SINCE 00 l9

admissions

2012 Postgraduate Prospectus inspirationa

University of Birmingham Postgraduate Prospectus 2012 admissions AN INSPIRATIONAL ACADEMIC EXPERIENCE AT A LEADING GLOBAL UNIVERSITY Welcome 3

What does this mean for you?

Pushing the boundaries Outstanding opportunities A unique learning of knowledge for an elite that prepare you environment in a academic experience for success global city

Our range of research is one of the You have access to a wealth of As one of the most popular universities widest in the UK and has powered opportunities that will transform for postgraduate study in the UK, our University for over 100 years, won your thinking, widen your horizons Birmingham has a vibrant and lively Nobel Prizes and made an impact on and ensure you have the skills you academic community. You cannot fail the region, the nation and the world. need to succeed in the employment to be inspired by our campus, which This track record of research excellence market. You can gain a global is rich in heritage and beauty, set means we can offer you a world-class perspective by visiting one of our in a leafy green site with a wealth experience, studying and working international partner universities, of amenities and attractions. Our alongside academics who are global or boost your understanding of world-class facilities are continually experts and leaders in their field. We This businesstext to throughbe rewritten events such for as PG being improved and developed, with belong to the prestigious Russell Group our Postgraduate Enterprise Summer an investment of around £1 million a of research-intensive UK universities, School. We offer a wide range of week. You will study on the doorstep and have longstanding partnerships training and development courses, of Birmingham, one of Europe’s most with leading companies and other opportunities to teach or volunteer dynamic and culturally diverse cities. academic institutions throughout and have strong links with companies the world, ensuring that you have – all of which help you acquire the access to the very latest theoretical transferable skills that employers and applied knowledge in your require. Whether you choose a chosen subject area. taught programme or undertake a research degree, you’ll be well rewarded by improved career prospects and accelerated progress once you start work. 4 Welcome

Welcome from the Vice-Chancellor

AT THE UNIVERSITY OF BIRMINGHAM WE OFFER AN ELITE EDUCATION AND AN INSPIRATIONAL LEARNING AND RESEARCH ENVIRONMENT. AS POSTGRADUATE STUDENTS OR DOCTORAL RESEARCHERS WE VALUE YOUR ROLE AS PART OF OUR ACADEMIC COMMUNITY AND WE ARE CONSTANTLY STRIVING TO DEVELOP AND FURTHER ENHANCE THE SERVICES, FACILITIES, AND OPPORTUNITIES AVAILABLE TO YOU.

We understand the sophisticated academic support requirements Our representative offices and staff inD elhi, India; Beijing, Shanghai of our postgraduate students. The University Graduate School and Guangzhou in China; Chicago in the United States; and provides the best possible research and education environment Brussels in mainland Europe, as well as our membership of the – dedicated postgraduate study rooms provide space for you to U21 global network, ensures that the University is well connected work, while events and training programmes support your personal and measures success against international standards. and professional development. We ensure that our teaching, learning, and research support is first class, enabling you to fulfil At Birmingham you will benefit from the experience of over a your potential. We share your ambitions for the future, and want century of academic success, the UK’s most beautiful campus, to ensure that your time at Birmingham secures your future an academic reputation for innovative research focused on the success whether your career lies in academia, in business, world’s greatest challenges, and a proven record of ensuring in public service or in the professions. our students receive a high quality education. What makes Birmingham stand out today is our commitment to and investment At Birmingham our research record speaks for itself. The most in even greater success in our second century, and the impact recent UK Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) rated 90% of that our graduates and research will make around the world. our research activity as ‘world leading’ or ‘internationally excellent’. But our ambition means that we cannot afford to rest on our laurels; we continue to appoint outstanding new academic talent in a wide range of disciplines, we are investing in substantial new research programmes, we are building new national and international Professor David Eastwood research collaborations, and we have recently launched the Vice-Chancellor Birmingham Fellowships programme, a high-profile initiative to attract the brightest post-doctoral minds from across the globe. Welcome 5

We are a leading Our University motto global university. Per Ardua Ad Alta From amongst the translates as ‘through world’s many thousands efforts to high things’. of institutions, we are 59th in the QS World University rankings. 6 Welcome Welcome 7

Contents Arts and Law Life and Environmental Sciences

Birmingham Law School 73 School of Biosciences 146

PUSH THE BOUNDARIES Institute of Archaeology and Antiquity 76 School of Geography, Earth of KNOWLEDGE and Environmental Sciences 150 School of English, Drama and Why Birmingham? 10 American & Canadian Studies 82 School of Psychology 157 Taught programme options 14 Doctoral research study options 15 School of History and Cultures 94 School of Sport and Exercise Sciences 162 Combined research and taught School of Languages, Cultures, study options 16 Art History and Music 101 Continuing professional development (CPD) and other ways to study 18 School of Philosophy, Theology Medical and Dental Sciences and Religion 109 Learning at Birmingham 20 School of Cancer Sciences 168 Facilities and resources 22 School of Clinical and New ways of learning 24 Experimental Medicine 171 Birmingham: solving tomorrow’s Engineering and Physical Sciences problems today 26 School of Chemical Engineering 119 School of Dentistry 178 Our research in action 28 School of Chemistry 122 School of Health and Population Sciences 180 SEIZE THE OPPORTUNITIES THAT School of Civil Engineering 124 WILL SHAPE YOUR FUTURE School of Immunity and Infection 189 School of Computer Science 127 University Graduate School 32 The Guild – your students’ union 34 School of Electronic, Electrical Create your future 36 and Computer Engineering 130 Social Sciences Your wellbeing – support when School of Mathematics 134 Birmingham Business School 197 you need it 38 A global university 42 School of Mechanical Engineering 137 School of Education 206 Welcoming international students 44 School of Metallurgy and Materials 139 School of Government and Society 215 A relationship for life 46 School of Physics and Astronomy 141 School of Social Policy 232 IMMERSE YOURSELF IN THE BIRMINGHAM EXPERIENCE Programmes in collaboration A town within a city 50 with other organisations 239

The city on your doorstep 52 How to find us 241 Culture on your doorstep 54 Sport 56 The small print 248 Accommodation 59 Index of research degrees Essential information and taught programmes 252 Tuition fees 62 Sources of finance 64 General index 257 Making your application 66 Visit the University 258 8 Pushing the boundaries of knowledge

push the boundaries of knowledge

I am investigating clinically useful disease markers for a major cause of blindness. We are investing in innovative 2D and 3D My researchmulti-user, revolves multi-touch around technologiesAge Related Mthatacular will Degeneration, the largestrevolutionise single cause learning of vision experiences loss in the in museums,Western world. We work to providelibraries, a clinical archives tool forand, fast, in duecost-effective, course, in ourdiagnostic screening of the seminarelderly, using rooms. MA TheLDI highly Mass intuitive Spectrometry interfaces Imaging and Optical Imagingprovided in conjunction by touch with tables computer and touch models. walls I havemake presented my work nationallyit astonishingly and internationally easy for users and to hopeaccess in theand future that early diagnosisexplore resulting information from my rapidly research with willreadily lead learnt to early treatment and a reductionhand gestures. or prevention of sight loss.

AndrewDr Palmer Richard Clay Doctoral Researcher, Physical Sciences of Imaging Senior Lecturer in History of Art in the Biomedical Sciences Doctoral Training Centre Pushing the boundaries of knowledge 9

the boundaries of knowledge 10 Pushing the boundaries of knowledge

Why Birmingham?

POSTGRADUATE STUDY IS A SIGNIFICANT COMMITMENT AND YOU NEED TO BE SURE THAT YOUR CHOSEN UNIVERSITY OFFERS A HIGH-QUALITY ACADEMIC EXPERIENCE IN AN ENVIRONMENT WHERE YOU CAN DEVELOP AND PROSPER.

With over 13,000 postgraduate students at Birmingham, we are one of the most popular universities for postgraduate study in the UK. Our extensive academic portfolio offers over 350 taught postgraduate programmes and a wealth of research opportunities for you to choose from. Given the breadth of research supervision available, we have an exceptional ability to take on ambitious research topics, and postgraduates with interdisciplinary research interests are particularly welcome.

Spirit of innovation Birmingham is a university of firsts.O ur university grew out of a radical vision for a new model of higher education in the UK. Founded in 1900, Birmingham was England’s first civic university, where students from all religions and backgrounds were accepted on an equal basis. That spirit of innovation continues through our groundbreaking research in areas ranging from cancer studies to sustainable energy: research that impacts on society and on people’s lives.

Fact

Our physicists were part of the team at CERN’s Large Hadron Collider, which changed our view of the Universe immediately after the Big Bang, revealing that it was not only very hot and dense, but behaved like a liquid. Pushing the boundaries of knowledge 11

From revealing the structure of DNA to developing new treatments for heart disease and cancer, The University boasts eight Nobel Prize winners among its alumni and staff. 12 Pushing the boundaries of knowledge

At almost 100m, the University clock tower, known to students as ‘Old Joe’, is the tallest freestanding clock tower in the world.

Leading the way n We are a leading global university; from among the world’s many thousands of institutions, we are 59th in the QS World University rankings n researchers at the University have successfully used a herpes vaccine to attack and kill cancer cells – a leading development for cancer vaccines n research at Birmingham enabled the development of radar and the microwave oven n sir Peter Medawar, former Professor of Zoology, was awarded the 1960 Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine for his work, which has formed the basis of modern transplant surgery n in 1891, John Henry Poynting was the first scientist to successfully calculate the mean density of the Earth, which he performed at the University

University of choice n Birmingham has been chosen as the first of a unique chain of Cancer Research UK centres in the country, because of its research and medical expertise n 4,000 international students from 150 different countries make Birmingham one of the largest international student communities in the UK

Unique resources Birmingham is pioneering research n the University owns over 2.7 million books and periodicals that will make our cultural artefacts including its Special Collection of over 80,000 pre-1850 books and 3 million manuscripts dating from 1471 available digitally, including the n the Barber Institute of Fine Arts, located on campus, Eton Myers collection of Egyptian contains works by Botticelli, Degas, Monet, Van Dyck, Antiquities and Mingana Collection Picasso, Matisse and Rembrandt of Medieval Manuscripts. Pushing the boundaries of knowledge 13 14 Pushing the boundaries of knowledge

Taught programme options

THESE PROGRAMMES ARE ASSESSED BY A COMBINATION OF COURSEWORK, EXAMINATION AND DISSERTATION.

Our taught programmes are: n masters in Arts (MA) n masters in Science (MSc) n masters in Education (MEd) n masters in Business Administration (MBA) n Postgraduate Diplomas and Certificates (PGDip, PGCert)

MA/MSc programmes These programmes are normally a year in duration and can be studied on a full- or part-time basis. For most Masters programmes you need a good degree (usually 2:1) or an equivalent qualification in a relevant subject. Diploma/Certificate courses MEd programmes Usually nine months in duration and can be studied on a full-time, The MEd qualification is restricted to qualified and experienced part-time or modular basis. Some programmes have additional teachers but otherwise is similar in structure to MA programmes. requirements such as relevant work experience.

MBA programmes Overseas students The Birmingham MBA is a suite of high quality programmes For international students who need additional support prior in a variety of flexible formats. It can be studied as a 12-month to their Masters degree or who are looking for a two-year intensive full-time programme; alternatively you can choose programme leading to a Masters qualification, we offer pre-Masters to study preliminary courses that can extend the programmes programmes in certain areas within Social Sciences. These are ideal to 21 or 24 months. It can also be studied part-time over two courses if you need to develop your academic English and study to four years, delivered in intensive blocks. skills in order to prepare for your Masters level study. Pushing the boundaries of knowledge 15

Doctoral research study options

WE OFFER A RANGE OF DOCTORAL RESEARCH STUDY OPTIONS. THESE ARE DEGREES BY RESEARCH ALONE, WITH A HIGH LEVEL OF RESEARCH TRAINING.

Working closely with the support and guidance of a supervisor, you will produce a thesis, which at PhD level is a work of original scholarship worthy of publication in a learned journal. Your thesis is usually required to be between 50,000 and 80,000 words depending on your subject area.

Most research degrees require a good first degree (usually at least a 2:1) or equivalent qualification in a relevant subject – some also require additional criteria such as relevant work experience.

Our doctoral research programmes are: n doctor of Philosophy (PhD) MA/MSc by Research n ma/MSc by Research This course enables you to pursue an individual programme of n doctor of Engineering (EngD) research in any field.I t involves the investigation and evaluation n doctor of Dental Surgery (DDS) of an approved research project and the presentation of a n doctor of Medicine (MD) dissertation. The award comprises 180 credits. The programme lasts one year full-time or two years part-time. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) The PhD is normally a three-year (full-time) or six-year (part-time) Doctor of Engineering (EngD) research-only degree and may include the equivalent of up to 120 This programme, usually lasting four years, integrates research with credits of research training spread over a notional 540 credits for taught postgraduate work comprising a maximum of 180 credits. the three years of the programme. Doctor of Dental Surgery (DDS), Doctor of Medicine (MD) These part-time programmes, usually lasting two years, may include taught postgraduate work comprising a maximum of 180 credits. 16 Pushing the boundaries of knowledge

Combined research and taught study options

COMBINED PROGRAMMES CONTAIN SOME TAUGHT ELEMENTS ALONGSIDE TRAINING IN RESEARCH SKILLS AND METHODOLOGY.

Most combined programmes require a good first degree (usually at Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) with Integrated Study least a 2:1) or equivalent qualification in a relevant subject – some This four-year programme (also known as the New also require additional criteria such as relevant work experience. Route PhD) combines the traditional research degree with a range of skills- and subject-focused taught Our combined research and taught programmes are: modules comprising a maximum of 180 credits. n master of Research (MRes) n doctor of Philosophy (PhD) with Integrated Study Professional doctorates (ClinPsyD, ForensPsyD, n Professional doctorates EdD, EdPsychD, EngD, SocScD, ThD, DBA) These programmes integrate taught postgraduate work MRes programmes and/or professional practice with research in a programme These programmes are normally one year full-time in duration of 540 credits. You are assessed by written examinations, (two years part-time) and require the production of a final project reports and a dissertation or thesis, which collectively dissertation or thesis of between 15,000 to 20,000 words make an original contribution to knowledge that is worthy on a specific research topic. Providing a structured study of publication. Spread over a period of three years, programme offering a broad training, MRes programmes programmes comprise research-related work and are an ideal stepping stone to a PhD programme. subject-focused taught courses. Pushing the boundaries of knowledge 17

‘I chose postgraduate study at the University of Birmingham due to the hugely positive experience I had here as an undergraduate. I was attracted to [my postgraduate] course as the half- taught, half-research structure would allow me to gain an interdisciplinary introduction to the main theories and developments in the field. [I could] also specialise in a particular area and gain the academic and personal skills necessary for a career in research.’

Deborah, MRes Gender Studies 18 Pushing the boundaries of knowledge

Continuing professional development (CPD) and other ways to study

WHETHER YOU ARE LOOKING TO DEVELOP SPECIALISED SKILLS AND EXPERTISE TO MEET YOUR CAREER NEEDS, OR YOU’RE AN EMPLOYER LOOKING TO PROVIDE MOTIVATING, WORK-RELATED STUDY OPPORTUNITIES FOR YOUR STAFF; WE HAVE A FULL RANGE OF EXECUTIVE EDUCATION OPPORTUNITIES FOR ESTABLISHED PROFESSIONALS.

CPD courses Conversion courses We work with companies and organisations from a variety These provide opportunities for those with existing higher of sectors and industries, in the local region, nationally and education qualifications to gain advanced knowledge and internationally, to provide innovative yet practical skills development skills in a new subject area or enable a change in career. courses. We offer a range of study options that provide flexibility Routes available include qualifications in business, computer for employees and employers to meet real business and career science, economics, education, human resources, law, needs. All our professional development courses are designed marketing, and medical and health sciences. Entry requirements to reflect work-based practice, while also benefiting from the vary but a good first degree in any subject will be sufficient; internationally significant research that is inherent in our strong some science courses require a science-related qualification. academic knowledge base. Many of our courses are accredited Visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/pg for a full list of our by professional bodies and count towards CPD portfolios. conversion programmes.

Short open courses Distance learning/distance education Offered in a number of subject areas, short open courses provide If you are unable to study on campus we offer a range of you with the opportunity to network with other professionals in programmes through distance learning (also referred to as your discipline, in a dynamic learning environment made up of distance education in some subject areas), which you can participants from a range of companies and organisations. They study providing you have regular access to a computer with provide the opportunity to examine longer, advanced-level CPD internet connection. With most learning materials online, you possibilities and help you stay up to date with the current best will have access to our libraries along with a vast collection practice in your profession. of e-resources. Programmes that have a distance learning option are highlighted in this prospectus; further information Bespoke programmes can be found at www.birmingham.ac.uk/student/pg Our bespoke programmes are tailored solutions to meet specific business needs for companies and organisations. Commissioned Learn more from across our wide ranging CPD portfolio, the specific and See the CPD website for more information specialised programmes are designed in partnership with the www.birmingham.ac.uk/student/cpd business client to ensure relevance and flexibility. Pushing the boundaries of knowledge 19 20 Pushing the boundaries of knowledge

Learning at Birmingham

AT BIRMINGHAM YOU WILL RECEIVE AN OUTSTANDING LEARNING EXPERIENCE. YOUR STUDIES WILL BE CHALLENGING AND INSPIRATIONAL. AS A BIRMINGHAM POSTGRADUATE YOU ARE PART OF AN ELITE ACADEMIC COMMUNITY WHERE YOU WILL LEARN FROM AND WORK ALONGSIDE WORLD LEADING EXPERTS.

Learning at Birmingham is a partnership that stimulates natural What does this mean for our postgraduate curiosity and enables your original ideas to flourish.Y our learning research students? will be participative: a partnership of enquiry and interaction between An enquiry-based research environment will enable you to yourself and your tutor – this characterises our enquiry-based hone your potential to undertake world-class research. Key approach to learning. We want you to be challenged and will to this environment is our model of postgraduate research encourage you to think for yourself. (PGR) induction and supervision through which you will identify your research and training goals, take ownership of your own What does this mean for our postgraduate taught students? programme and develop skills geared to the achievement of As you progress through your degree programme, our research excellence. While facilitating your individual enquiry, enquiry-based learning approach will enable you to control we also encourage you to exchange ideas with different research your own learning and will encourage you to develop the qualities and disciplinary traditions. In addition, you are offered the that employers are looking for in today’s competitive graduate/ opportunity to explore, where possible and appropriate, postgraduate employment sector: creativity; independence; collaborative and team working in a range of contexts. team-working; goal setting; and problem solving. These skills will give you the tools to succeed in your future career. Postgraduate teaching at Birmingham Learning and teaching are interdependent and complementary experiences. Results from our 2011 Postgraduate Taught Experience Survey revealed that our taught postgraduate students rate their learning experience at Birmingham very positively. The survey demonstrated that: n over 9 in 10 postgraduate students surveyed rate the teaching and learning on their programme as ‘good’ n over 8 in 10 agree that ‘staff are enthusiastic about what they are teaching’ and their ‘course is intellectually stimulating’ n three-quarters of those surveyed say the quality of teaching and learning has exceeded expectations Pushing the boundaries of knowledge 21

‘The University of Birmingham ‘I was impressed by the level of surpassed all my expectations. personal interaction and support Besides the academic knowledge offered by the academic staff. This gained, Birmingham is a vibrant and approach proved instrumental in cosmopolitan city which lessened my maximising the learning from the homesickness. As a South African I course and significantly challenged found shops that sold my favourite and shaped my knowledge and food from home and I also met and style in the work place.’ socialised with a lot of fellow South Lee, MBA Public Service (and Chief Inspector Africans. The calibre of lectures, the {Operations} at West Midlands Police) learning facilities, the type of students and city mean that the University of Birmingham provides the ultimate learning environment.’

Sewela, MSc Strategic Marketing and Consulting 22 Pushing the boundaries of knowledge

Facilities and resources

AS A BIRMINGHAM POSTGRADUATE YOU HAVE EASY ACCESS TO THE MATERIALS YOU NEED FOR WORLD-CLASS RESEARCH AND STUDY.

The University has the largest research support facilities in the West Midlands, offering over 2.7 million books and periodicals and more than 16,000 electronic resources. Many of our resources are of national significance, and all are fully available to doctoral researchers.

They include: n our Special Collections and Archives consisting of 120,000 pre-1850 books and 3 million manuscripts n the Mingana Collection of Middle Eastern manuscripts, the largest such collection after the Vatican and the Bibliothèque Nationale de France n the largest superconducting magnet for molecular imaging in the UK, housed in the University’s Henry Wellcome Building n the Shakespeare Institute Library in Stratford-upon-Avon, which holds an internationally significant collection of books, manuscripts and archive material on the history and performance of Renaissance drama

Learn more www.library.bham.ac.uk www.special-coll.bham.ac.uk Pushing the boundaries of knowledge 23

‘What sets Birmingham apart from others is the breadth of treasures available to our students. We have been building our library collections for over 100 years across all our disciplines.’

Diane Job, Director of Library Services

Access where and when you need it Fact As part of our annual satisfaction survey, our students told us that they wanted the library opening hours to reflect their working Our libraries are currently benefiting from a £1.8 million digital patterns; so, our Main Library is now open until midnight during the project. The project will ensure that more of our prestigious week. If you do find yourself working a long day then our iLounge collections will be accessible to our students making items café is the perfect place to recharge your energy levels with a drink easier to find. By tracking patterns of use, the project is or a snack. The Library houses a range of flexible learning and intended to make the Library collection more responsive meeting spaces, from room for group work to quiet corners for to your research and curriculum needs. individual study. Wherever you find yourself on campus, be it tucked away in a lecture theatre, under the trees in Chancellor’s During 2011, the Barnes Library and main reception at the Court in the summer, or wherever you choose to study, you will Medical School is undergoing a revolution. A refurbishment be able to log on to the student portal. This is your personalised valued at close to £2 million will create a single student-focused gateway to the digital campus, providing access to email, news, hub, bringing study spaces, library resources, student services online communities and eLibrary. This will give you access online and training facilities together into a single dynamic location. to over 16,000 electronic periodicals, databases, websites and other resources to support your studies.

Shakespeare Institute library We have a wide range of services designed to help you access and use these resources most effectively, including: n  Electronic databases and journals on the eLibrary, available both on and off campus n online library catalogue of printed collections n one-to-one information clinics for doctoral researchers to support individual learning needs n subject and database guides to help identify useful information sources n skills guides to help you get the most out of your research n a range of library services accessible by telephone or online 24 Pushing the boundaries of knowledge

New ways of learning

AT BIRMINGHAM, WE EXPECT A LOT FROM OUR STUDENTS, BUT WE HAVE CREATED AND CONTINUE TO INVEST IN AN ACADEMIC ENVIRONMENT WHICH WILL HELP YOU SUCCEED.

This not only means that we provide the facilities and opportunities Research into action for you to work whenever and however suits you. You will We offer a wide range of support services to enable also benefit directly from learning technologies, including: doctoral researchers to develop their research into n WebCT Vista and the iVLE – our virtual learning practical and marketable applications. environments, which include online course content, programme materials, assessment and discussion boards. Our Research and Commercial Services team provides n our pioneering Active Learning Classroom – an innovative advice and assistance in the following areas: multi-level learning space which facilitates group work, n Project and bid development class collaboration and shared learning. The room can n funding opportunities accommodate five groups of students each with access n Compliance with research governance and ethics to a 40" LCD screen and PC. The technology enables n Contracting with third parties ideas to be developed in one group, and then shared, n Working with business and industry via the screens, with all of the others in the room for further development. Learn more about all aspects of our research at n the high-performance research computing facility, www.birmingham.ac.uk/research/index.aspx BlueBEAR – one of the most powerful computers in the UK, developed in partnership with IBM. ‘I benefited from collaboration with Year on year, the University is redeveloping its learning spaces. industry and other leading universities, Most of our teaching rooms are now equipped with touch screen digital whiteboards as standard, allowing your lecturers as well as encouragement to publish to annotate and highlight presentations in real time. We have my research work and present at recently refurbished some of our prime lecture theatres including leading conferences.’ the Muirhead Tower with high definition video projection for cinematic widescreen presentations. Ranjit, PhD Chemical Engineering Regional Manager, Technical Services, UOP (Honeywell) Pushing the boundaries of knowledge 25

‘During my Masters degree I was trained in the use of a wide variety of digital archaeological prospection and processing techniques including geophysical survey, aerial and satellite remote sensing, spatial analysis, and three-dimensional visualisation. The personal and technological resources made available by the Visual and Spatial Technology Centre (VISTA) have provided me with an academic and vocational skill-set which I am confident will prove invaluable towards my progression into the professional world.’

Jack, MA Landscape Archaeology, GIS and Virtual Environments

Innovative learning technologies To make our learning more interactive we are investing in innovative multitouch learning technologies. Our pilot 2D and 3D touch tables allow several users to simultaneously access multiple images, scans, films, and texts. Using simple hand gestures, the detail of any piece of content can be expanded or contracted to observe details, uploaded or downloaded to handhelds, and passed about between users. So, a user could rotate a 3D scan of an ancient sculpture, see it from every angle, and flick it over to their friend to consider. Meanwhile, across the table you could be exploring 3D laser scans that the University’s VISTA group has recently made of a villa in Pompeii. Noting a spot that has been highlighted on a kitchen wall, you could expand it to see a piece of graffiti that the scanners detected even though it is invisible to the naked eye. If your Latin is not up to scratch, you could touch the screen to get a translation of the graffiti and discover that it is a recipe scraped into the wall almost 2,000 years ago. Perhaps you might email it to yourself and try the dish out at home! 26 Pushing the boundaries of knowledge

Birmingham: solving tomorrow’s problems today

BIRMINGHAM IS AN INTERNATIONALLY POWERFUL RESEARCH-LED UNIVERSITY AND OUR ACADEMIC STAFF ARE ENGAGED IN A WIDE RANGE OF RESEARCH PROJECTS THAT HAVE CREATED A MAJOR POSITIVE IMPACT ACROSS THE GLOBE.

At Birmingham we have a tradition of innovation. For more than disciplines, are supporting substantial new research programmes, a century, our research has had a major impact on the city, the are building new national and international research collaborations, region and the world. Our early research had a lasting impact on and are developing the Institute of Advanced Studies to bring lives, culture, industry and society; and our current research aspires together the brightest minds from across the institution. to do the same. In the 20th century we pioneered transplant surgery, the use of microwaves and created artificial vitamin C.I n the 21st In particular, the Birmingham Fellows scheme is a major new century we continue to break new ground. From world-class initiative to attract the world’s leading early career researchers research into cancer and global infection to the development to the University. With 50 posts available across a wide range of a new generation of fuels, a Cultural Learning Hub and the of disciplines, the Birmingham Fellows will be outstanding Birmingham Policy Commissions, our academic expertise post-doctoral researchers who are on a trajectory to become continues to address today’s key national and global challenges. the next generation of research and academic leaders. The Fellowships will be five-year appointments, giving A commitment to research excellence the Fellows the time they need to engage in serious research At Birmingham our commitment to research is stronger than ever. and to establish themselves within the academic community We continue to appoint outstanding new talent in a wide range of at Birmingham, nationally and internationally. Pushing the boundaries of knowledge 27

Rachel Gurney, a doctoral researcher in the School of Biosciences, is investigating the synthesis of an antibiotic that kills the MRSA superbug. ‘I am using genetics, molecular biology, biochemistry I am funded by the Biotechnology and Biological and bioinformatics to investigate how bacteria make Sciences Research Council which allows me antibiotics. By studying the biosynthetic pathway to study for a PhD and provides funding for from bacteria, I hope to understand the production laboratory resources. I have my own lab space line itself, how the process is initiated and regulated. and access to laboratory equipment, computer This knowledge can then be applied to produce and library facilities. Doing my PhD has presented new antibiotics that are effective against many opportunities to write a review of the topic I different human pathogenic bacteria, including work on and to present my work at national the MRSA superbug. and international conferences.’

The Guangzhou Biobank Cohort Study The Guangzhou Cohort Study is a collaborative research project between the universities of Birmingham and Hong Kong and the Guangzhou Occupational Diseases Prevention and Treatment Centre in China. The major study, which involved more than 20,000 people in the Chinese city of Guangzhou, has shown that exposure to passive smoking is putting many non-smokers at risk of developing chronic lung disease (including chronic bronchitis and emphysema).

The results, published in The Lancet, suggest that exposure to passive smoking could cause up to 1.9 million deaths from chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) among non-smokers across China.

Kar-Keung Cheng, Professor of Epidemiology at Birmingham, is a co-Principal Investigator of the Guangzhou Biobank Cohort Study and has longstanding interests in the impacts of smoking and obesity prevention. Professor Cheng is the lead researcher on health in the UK government’s China Task Force chaired by the Chancellor of the Exchequer. 28 Pushing the boundaries of knowledge

Our research in action

WE ARE CHANGING THE WORLD… WE ARE BIRMINGHAM

Improving our understanding of trauma care A £20 million trauma care collaboration between the University of Birmingham, University Hospitals Birmingham Foundation Trust, the Department of Health and the Ministry of Defence was officially launched in January 2011.

The National Institute for Health Research (NIHR) Centre for Surgical Reconstruction and Microbiology brings together military and trauma surgeons and scientists to share their medical research expertise to boost trauma care delivery at the earliest stages of injury.

This groundbreaking centre has been pioneered by University Exploring the past to protect the future of Birmingham scientists and is the first and only research Archaeologists from Birmingham have discovered a major centre of its kind in the UK to focus on military and civilian ceremonial monument less than one kilometre away from care and treatment. the iconic Stonehenge.

Housed in state-of-the-art facilities at Birmingham’s recently The incredible find has been hailed by Professor Vince Gaffney, opened new Queen Elizabeth hospital – where all returning from the University’s IBM Visual and Spatial Technology Centre, injured UK military personnel are treated – the centre will as one of the most significant yet for those researching theU K’s provide an unrivalled research environment to improve most important prehistoric structure. The Stonehenge Hidden the treatment of military and civilian trauma patients during Landscapes Project, which began in July 2010 and runs for three the next five years.T his will, in part, be achieved by applying years, is led by the University of Birmingham and the new Ludwig the latest microbiological and immunological techniques to Boltzmann Institute for Archaeological Prospection and Virtual improve our understanding, diagnosis and management of Archaeology in Vienna, along with the National Trust and English trauma-related infection. Heritage. It brings together the most sophisticated geophysics team ever to be engaged in a single archaeological project in Britain. Pushing the boundaries of knowledge 29

(Not) seeing is believing Research at the University of Birmingham with colleagues at Imperial College, London and Technical University of Denmark, has demonstrated an ‘invisibility cloak’ that can hide objects visible to the human eye.

The cloaking uses a natural calcite crystal, which splits light into two polarizations travelling at different speeds and in different directions. Two triangular pieces of calcite are glued together and placed on a mirror, which can make an object placed at the join appear invisible. This is the first time a cloaking area has been big enough for the invisible object to be observed by the naked eye.

How to cope with care home closure Continued reductions in social care funding in the UK will create changes in care – with councils seeking to reduce costs by closing remaining in-house provision, while some independent care homes will continue to close as their owners leave the sector.

The University’s Health Services Management Centre (HSMC) has produced a good practice guide to help local councils reassess and resettle older people in care homes facing closure. Commissioned by the Association of Directors of Adult Social Services (ADASS), the guide highlights the difficulty in emergency closures, emphasising time as the key to successfully resettling residents.

Lead author, Professor Jon Glasby from the University’s College of Social Sciences, hopes the guide will minimise the negative impact the collapse of care home providers will have on residents by proposing good practice guidelines, offering practical advice on A computer visualisation of the site at Stonehenge managing closures and providing a series of helpful checklists. 30 Seizing the opportunities Seizing the opportunities 31 seize the opportunities that will shape your future

I’ve had contact with some of the best minds in my research area, while realising my passion for business.

I completed the Entrepreneurship and Innovation Talent Pool programme, which offered me an insight into the real value of the skills that I am being taught and how I can use such skills as a consultant.

I also won the Plan B Business Competition, in which I pitched my idea before a panel of judges. This led to my business partner and I being accepted for the SPEED WM Business Incubation programme, providing us with mentoring and training to start up our company in the emerging area of hydrogen, fuel cells and their applications – a key aspect of my PhD research.

Amrit Singh Chandan Doctoral Researcher, Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cell (PEMFC) Research Group 32 Seizing the opportunities

University Graduate School

THE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE SCHOOL SUPPORTS THE POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH COMMUNITY AT THE UNIVERSITY. IT ACTS AS THE CENTRAL RESOURCE POINT, GIVING ACCESS TO A WEALTH OF SERVICES TO SUPPORT YOU IN YOUR RESEARCH, DEVELOP YOUR SKILLS, AND PREPARE YOU FOR SUCCESS IN A COMPETITIVE GLOBAL JOB MARKET.

What is the University Graduate School? Additionally, our Doctoral Researcher Essentials package The University Graduate School (UGS) challenges the old provides an online guide to your first year as a doctoral adage that postgraduate research is a lonely experience. researcher. This can be a particularly valuable tool if you It brings together all postgraduate researchers registered are starting your research degree in-year or completing at the University, with a philosophy to support and promote your studies part-time. the postgraduate researcher community. In doing so, the UGS works on behalf of postgraduate researchers to ensure Skills and training development the best possible research and educational environment. The University Graduate School offers a dedicated doctoral researcher training programme to help you become an effective From networking events and University inductions, to a researcher, develop your transferable skills and enhance your comprehensive skills development programme, the UGS CV. Whether you need to prepare for a conference presentation, ensures that postgraduate researchers get the most out improve your writing skills or get to grips with project management of their time at the University of Birmingham: both academically skills, our extensive training programme has a course that can and personally. The aim is to ensure that our researchers are support you. equipped to do the highest quality research during their time at Birmingham, and to go on rewarding and successful careers You can also consider opportunities through the Midlands after their graduation. Hub Training Exchange which enables University of Birmingham postgraduate researchers to take advantage of high quality Welcome and induction skills training provision offered in other universities throughout The University Graduate School Induction Day in October will the Midlands region. introduce you to the facilities available to doctoral researchers and will outline how we can support you in your studies. We also run a dedicated welcome programme, including lunches and coffee mornings, where you can get to know other new doctoral researchers in a friendly, informal setting. Seizing the opportunities 33

‘Right from the outset when I first publishing, intellectual property, registered for my PhD programme, project management, entrepreneurship, the University Graduate School was networking and teaching – to mention on hand with information about the but a few! The events and courses that large variety of courses, workshops the University Graduate School offers and events available for doctoral have been invaluable training to me researchers at the University of as a doctoral researcher: I’m more Birmingham. So far, I’ve had the confident, professional and have really opportunity to complete courses developed my interpersonal skills.’ in effective research, written and Fabricio, PhD Chemical Engineering oral communication, academic

Training courses IT and research skills development training is offered to all postgraduate researchers. Courses offered include: n Time Management n Viva Preparation n Overcoming Procrastination n Speed Reading n Poster Design

Many courses are delivered online so you can learn at your own pace and at a time that suits your schedule.

Postgraduate community For more information see ‘Postgraduate Development As part of our postgraduate community you have the Funding’ at: www.as.bham.ac.uk/studentlife/finance/funding/ chance to participate in and contribute to the organisation postgraduate/index.shtml of University-wide events such as the annual Research Poster Conference and annual guest lecture. These events celebrate Learn more the achievements of Birmingham’s postgraduate researcher Through our website, University Graduate School blog, community, giving you a chance to meet other researchers and Twitter feed and RSS news feed we are able to tell you promote the exciting research that is taking place at the University. about upcoming events and important news from around the researcher community – keeping you up to date with The University Graduate School also works closely with colleges everything on offer. to support postgraduate led development opportunities; ensuring funding is available for postgraduate led initiatives such as www.graduateschool.bham.ac.uk online journals, postgraduate forums and training workshops. www.twitter.com/UoBGradSchool 34 Seizing the opportunities

The Guild – your students’ union

REPRESENTING OVER 28,000 STUDENTS, THE GUILD OF STUDENTS IS BIRMINGHAM’S RECOGNISED STUDENTS’ UNION. WITH A RANGE OF SERVICES ON OFFER AND OPPORTUNITIES TO MEET NEW PEOPLE AND BUILD A NETWORK OF CONTACTS, THE GUILD IS AT THE HEART OF UNIVERSITY LIFE.

As a student you will automatically be a member of the Guild. The Guild Officer Group The Guild represents you and brings students together on issues The Guild Officer Group comprises sabbatical and non- you care about to create positive change and achieve equality for sabbatical officers, elected by students every year to provide and within its membership. democratic leadership to the Guild.

The Guild is based in one of the largest students’ union buildings Postgraduate and Mature Students Officer in the country, offering places to eat, shops, and bars. Hosting The Postgraduate and Mature Students Officer is an elected social events, debates, and theatrical and musical productions, member of the Guild Officer Group, and represents the views The Guild provides the ideal place to relax and socialise. of their fellow students as well as offering support to individuals.

Get involved The Postgraduate and Mature Students Association, chaired by The Guild provides a range of opportunities for you to get fully the Guild Officer, provides an additional forum to discuss any involved in university life. With over 180 active student groups issues and represent the needs of our postgraduate community. and societies to choose from, covering interests from art and astronomy to walking or wine appreciation, there really is Campaigning something to suit everyone. The Guild runs campaigns throughout the year to enable students to raise awareness of the issues that matter to them. In addition, there are over 250 different ways for you to volunteer The Guild is also a member of the National Union of Students during your time at Birmingham, including opportunities with (NUS) – a federation of UK students’ unions that represents student-led projects and numerous external charities and over 5 million students. voluntary organisations. Guild Council Representing you The Guild Council is the democratic voice of students. The Guild is dedicated to ensuring that you have the best By getting involved in the Council and other forums you experience here at Birmingham. Students are at the heart can highlight issues affecting students and make changes of the decision-making process, and there are a number of in the Guild and University community. opportunities for you to be involved and have your say. Seizing the opportunities 35

Community Warden Scheme engages the local student and resident population via campaigns and events, to increase the sense of pride that student and non-student residents feel for their neighbourhood.

Student Representation Scheme Job Zone The Student Representation Scheme is a partnership between Our on-campus Job Zone offers expert guidance, advice and the Guild of Students and the University. Each school elects a assistance in finding part-time and temporary employment. student representative to act as the voice of Birmingham’s large The service can also help with tax queries and rights at work. postgraduate population. Student Mentor Scheme Providing support and guidance The Student Mentor Scheme provides advice and guidance The Guild offers a range of support services. They include: to all students living in University accommodation. The Scheme can help with a range of issues, including financial matters, Advice and Representation Centre (ARC) accommodation-related issues, your academic studies, and The ARC offers free, impartial and confidential information, your general wellbeing during your time at Birmingham. advice and representation on a wide range of issues to all students. It specialises in five main areas: Fully trained mentors and professional support staff are n academic (extenuating circumstances, available to support you and can be accessed by phone, plagiarism, complaints, and primary appeals) email or in person. n debt and Finance (funding, managing your money and debt) Learn more n employment For more information on the University of Birmingham n immigration Guild of Students n house (hunting, contract checks, deposits, www.guildofstudents.com and rights and responsibilities) www.facebook.com/guildofstudents twitter.com/GuildofStudents 36 Seizing the opportunities

Create your future

EMPLOYERS EXPECT POSTGRADUATES TO HAVE A RANGE OF SKILLS THAT EXCEED THEIR SUBJECT KNOWLEDGE. OUR CAREERS AND EMPLOYABILITY CENTRE OFFERS A RANGE OF SKILLS TRAINING COURSES AND SUPPORT SERVICES THAT ARE DESIGNED FOR POSTGRADUATES LOOKING TO FIND THEIR NICHE IN THE JOB MARKET.

In an increasingly competitive employment market, you campus. These include an employer presentation programme, need access to opportunities and resources to develop your the enterprise skills series, Finance, Consultancy and Professional employability and help you plan the next step in your career. Services Fair and a range of college-specific events.

Our specialist careers advisors offer one-to-one advice to Our strong links with major recruiters enable us to maintain help you plan your career, explore employment areas, research a large bank of vacancies that are notified directly to us and further study options, review your CV, complete application appear on our website. We will help you identify where relevant forms and prepare for interviews. vacancies are advertised and, where appropriate, how best to make speculative applications. You have access to a range of events including careers fairs, employer presentations, careers talks and skills workshops. Your global career Blue-chip companies such as Accenture, American Express, International students have full access to all Careers and Corus, Deloitte, Procter & Gamble, and Unilever are Employability Centre services and facilities. There is also a regular participants with a strong commitment to recruiting range of specialist services provided for international students who from Birmingham. want advice on working in the UK after graduation, and dedicated advice for students who would like to consider a career overseas. In addition we can offer bespoke training sessions, which can help you to improve your interview skills and help with job applications. ADEPT careers service for doctoral researchers ADEPT is designed to complement and enhance the core Meet the employers Careers and Employability Centre services and ensures that In the last year, over 200 employers from sectors such as industry we meet the needs of doctoral researchers. The programme and commerce, law, finance, science, engineering, technology and provides information, resources and online learning tools the public sector have visited our campus to give presentations, to assist you with planning for your future and getting the attend careers fairs or deliver skills workshops. career you want after your PhD. In addition, the ADEPT team organise events, workshops and networking opportunities Throughout the year, the Careers and Employability Centre to help develop your employability skills, meet prospective arranges a wide range of employer events and activities on employers and broaden your career horizons. Seizing the opportunities 37

In an independent survey, over 75% of employers regarded a postgraduate Masters-level qualification as ‘essential’ or ‘preferred’ when recruiting.

‘Talent Fishing: What Businesses want from Postgraduates’ A CIHE Report for Department of Business Innovation and Skills. March 2011

‘We have hired some fantastic Birmingham graduates and postgraduates in the past, and believe that they have the experience and intelligence to understand the challenges of working with Procter & Gamble.’

Graduate Recruitment Manager Procter & Gamble

Shaping the entrepreneurs of the future If you are interested in setting up your own business or social enterprise, our Enterprise and Innovation team provide specialist advice, support and guidance to give you the confidence to develop your ideas.Y ou will have access to training and mentoring to help you shape your plans.

The team offer a range of programmes and services designed to support you; from assisting business start-ups to running competitions, which allow you to discover your own entrepreneurial talents. Initiatives such as the Postgraduate Enterprise Summer School can help you develop your entrepreneurial and business skills. 38 Seizing the opportunities

Your wellbeing – support when you need it

NATURALLY, WE HOPE THAT EVERYTHING GOES SMOOTHLY WITH YOUR LIFE WHILE YOU ARE STUDYING WITH US. IF THERE ARE TIMES WHEN YOU NEED A LITTLE HELP, YOU WILL FIND WE HAVE A STRONG ADVICE AND SUPPORT NETWORK IN PLACE.

Supporting each other Both are open five days a week for 51 weeks of the year, To help you settle into your new home, if you are in University with opening times to fit around your academic life. Visit residences, you will be allocated a trained student mentor who www.nursery.bham.ac.uk for full details. will visit you every week or two to offer you support and useful welfare information. Mentors are also available on-call from Support from the Guild of Students 6.00pm–8.00am during term-time. The Guild’s Advice and Representation Centre (ARC) is a professional, student advice service, helping you Your wellbeing with common problems such as financial, academic, Our Wellbeing centre offers a proactive service that helps you housing, and immigration issues that you may face develop skills to manage emotional, psychological and practical during your time at the University. You can either drop problems that may prevent you from engaging fully in the academic into the centre for a chat in a safe, relaxed environment and social opportunities available at the University. The centre is or contact the ARC through its online service, where home to a team of professional counsellors that provide expert professional advisors can respond to individual queries individual, group or online contact. or concerns.

Respecting your faith Learn more St Francis Hall, the University chaplaincy, offers a place where www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/support students of all faiths, or those interested in world religions, can meet for worship, an informal chat in the Oasis Lounge, or to see a chaplain for spiritual or religious advice and pastoral counselling. We have Christian, Jewish, Muslim, Hindu and Buddhist chaplains and, in addition, many student-led faith groups and societies.

Looking after your children If you are juggling your studies with the care of young children, we provide two day nurseries situated close to the heart of campus offering a high standard of care and experience. Seizing the opportunities 39

‘When I was first starting as a postgraduate, having the opportunity to be able to contact postgraduate mentors that had been through it all already really made me feel like I wasn’t going through it alone. Postgraduate study is such a massive life decision, it was really helpful having someone to talk to about it.’

Sanjana, MA Critical Discourse Culture and Communication 40 Seizing the opportunities

Support if you have a disability If you have a disability, including specific learning difficulties such as dyslexia, our Disability and Learning Support Services can help you get the maximum benefit from University life. We positively encourage you to tell us if you have a disability so that we can support you and ensure that you have the best possible experience while you are with us. Our professional team is available to guide you through the application process, providing specific learning support and equipment during your studies, and offering help and information to ensure that you receive the financial support you are entitled to. For students with a mental health condition such as depression, anxiety, schizophrenia or psychosis, support is available from the Mental Health Advisory Service.

While we continually improve accessibility to our campus for people with mobility problems, the estate covers a significant area and includes a number of hills. A detailed mobility map is available to download at www.birmingham.ac.uk/contact/ directions although we encourage you to visit us and experience it for yourself.

Learn more Tel: +44 (0)121 414 5130, Email: [email protected] www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/support Seizing the opportunities 41

Support for international students ‘As someone who recently relocated As an international student you will receive excellent support to the UK I am particularly aware of at Birmingham. You will have access to a free, confidential advice and information service specifically tailored to the needs the practical problems international of international students and their families. Our International students face during the months Students Advisory Service (ISAS) provides advice on prior to the start of their programme. immigration, employment, bringing dependants to the UK, possible sources of funding, academic and personal I know very well that even the smallest matters, and a range of practical advice on living in the UK. problem might seem insolvable We have many successful years experience of welcoming when planning to move abroad. international students to Birmingham and we are here to I was lucky enough to get help and help you from the time you apply for your student visa and encouragement from the University are planning your journey, through to your time as a student at the University. In particular, our ‘International Welcome’ and friends. I myself now work as at the start of your first term includes a special induction a postgraduate mentor sharing programme designed to guide you through your initial my experiences and helping new administrative tasks (such as applying for a bank account), as well as a range of social activities to help you meet students to settle at the University.’ new friends.

Galateia, Doctoral Researcher, Department of English ISAS also co-ordinates activities and events for international students that provide exciting and interesting opportunities to learn about life in the UK and at Birmingham. These activities can also introduce you to new cultures from among the 140 nationalities on campus, and help you to develop and improve your knowledge and use of the English Language.

In addition to the support available from ISAS, the International Students’ Officer in the Guild represents the interests of international students across the University, and our English for International Students Unit (EISU) can offer English language support before you arrive and throughout your time at Birmingham.

Learn more International Students Advisory Service Tel: +44 (0)121 414 8464, email: [email protected] www.bham.ac.uk/study/support/international English for International Students Unit www.eisu.bham.ac.uk 42 Seizing the opportunities

A global university

CULTURAL DIVERSITY AND A GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE ARE AT THE HEART OF THE EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE AT BIRMINGHAM. WE RECOGNISE THE NEED TO BE INTERNATIONAL IN OUR OUTLOOK AND THIS IS REFLECTED IN ALL AREAS OF OUR WORK.

We have a range of initiatives designed to ensure that A global vision Birmingham graduates are equipped to be successful We have developed an international plan to ensure that and resilient in the fast-changing international employment our global perspective informs teaching, research and market. We actively encourage exchange programmes and business partnerships at Birmingham. We are encouraging currently have over 200 partner universities across the world. more of our staff to work overseas so that their experiences Our participation in Erasmus (the European Region Action can enrich the learning experience of our students when Scheme for the Mobility of University Students) allows many they return. Moreover, we continue to extend our research, of our students to spend a year at one of our 150 partner business and learning networks through partnerships with institutions within Europe, while at the same time allowing universities worldwide. continental European students to spend a semester or an academic year at Birmingham. We also have an active International Exchange Programme.

We are a member of Universitas 21, an international network of universities that enables global research collaboration and facilitates exchange programmes for students with some of the most prestigious universities worldwide in countries such as America, Canada, China, New Zealand, Singapore, and South Korea. Incoming students from these universities add diversity to Birmingham’s student body, providing cultural insights and experience both at home and overseas.

We are also founder members of the Russell Group, an association of 20 major research-led universities which accounts for more than 60% of UK universities’ research grant and contract income. Seizing the opportunities 43

The University has a permanent presence in China (Guangzhou, Beijing and Shanghai), India (Delhi) and the United States (Chicago). We are also the first UK university to have a dedicated presence in the political centre of the European Union, Brussels, creating opportunities for students and staff to research and study overseas.

Tawfeeq, PhD Marketing and Strategic Management, 2008–2011 I left my home country with two things: enthusiasm supportive, helpful and friendly – and keep and determination to achieve what I planned for research students updated with all events – and I found full support from all academic tutors that might be of interest. and the University staff. They became my second family. I was a full-time student at Birmingham Simply, I found exactly what I needed at BBS Business School (BBS). and was proud to be a student at one of the most well known universities locally and globally. I commenced the PhD programme after graduating I have persuaded people from my country to in 2008. People at the research office are very enrol at the University of Birmingham.

Sewela, MSc Strategic Marketing and Consulting, 2008–09

The MSc programme was the main

motivation for coming to the University. It has a practical element which ensured that I got both theoretical and practical knowledge in the marketing and communications field.I consulted with a UK company on social media marketing trends which I regard as an invaluable experience. I also liked the city because of its vibrant and cosmopolitan nature without the expense and rush of London. 44 Seizing the opportunities

Welcoming international students

WE HAVE A THRIVING POSTGRADUATE COMMUNITY, COMPRISING STUDENTS FROM OVER 150 COUNTRIES. THE DIVERSE BACKGROUND OF OUR STUDENTS AND ACADEMICS ENSURES THAT YOUR STUDY INCORPORATES THE LATEST THEORIES FROM AROUND THE WORLD.

Based at the heart of the country in the centre of the UK, Support while you are here with outstanding teaching and research capabilities, it is International Students Advisory Service easy to see why so many international students choose The International Students Advisory Service (ISAS) has many years to study with us. Birmingham is home to one of the largest experience working with international students. It understands their multicultural communities outside London and its central worries, concerns, needs and expectations and, as a result, provides location makes it an excellent base for travel, either within professional advice and services to meet them. Support starts with the UK or beyond. pre-arrival information and continues throughout your studies – supporting with general issues and specialising in immigration, We provide you with a strong network of support, from your finance and family concerns.ISAS offers an email advisory service, first enquiry through to graduation. a walk-in guidance service in its reception, and confidential one-to-one appointments with an advisor. Advice before you arrive Our International Relations staff frequently travel overseas Immigration advice and services to meet and advise students interested in studying in the UK. ISAS offers immigration advice and information relating to specific We attend exhibitions, events, and work with a network of overseas immigration categories including Visitors, Student Visitors, Students, representatives who can provide you with advice and guidance Student Dependents, EEA Nationals, non-EEA Family Members, on your application. See our country-specific pages on our and certain employment categories. For a full list of the immigration website for more information www.birmingham.ac.uk/international/ advice and services offered by ISAS advisers please see the students/country/index.aspx ISAS website.

To find out when we are visiting your country, please visit Bringing your family to the UK www.birmingham.ac.uk/international/meet/index.aspx We can provide support when applying for visas for family members and we can also provide information to assist families upon their In addition to in-country support from International Relations staff, arrival. The comprehensive ISAS guide Bringing your family to the International Student Advisory Service provides: comprehensive the UK covers areas such as childcare, health care, education pre-arrival support which guides students through the visa process; and working in the UK, and can be downloaded from the ISAS information for students bringing their dependants with them; website. ISAS staff are happy to answer any questions you have. preparation for coming to and for study in the UK; airport collection booking, and information about activities in the first semester. Finance Staff in the International Students Advisory Service are delighted The University of Birmingham offers a wide variety of scholarships. to help and support you coming to the UK and look forward to The ISAS website has information on sources of funding and meeting you when you arrive. scholarships and ISAS can provide advice in the case of financial difficulty.ISAS advisers may also help you clarify tuition fee status and eligibility for student support. Seizing the opportunities 45

‘The University had so much to offer, events, weekend trips; the facilities were amazing too... at the end of my studies I was offered three graduate jobs at top multinational companies, and have now joined Barclays as their Product Manager. Having a The University of Birmingham prestigious degree in the UK was has one of the largest international essential to securing the job offers.’ student communities in the UK. Erika, MSc International Business, 2007

Working in the UK an opportunity for you to meet new people and see different places If your visa permits it, and if you would like the experience of working in the UK. ISAS also arranges and promotes social events such as in the UK during your time here, ISAS offers information on working the Christmas party for children of international students. in the UK and about the various work schemes currently available for international students following graduation. Postal address Living in the UK International Students Advisory Service (ISAS) ISAS provides support to help you settle into Birmingham and Advice and Support, Division of Student Life University life; including guidance on how to open a bank account, 1st Floor, C Block, Aston Webb Building registering with a doctor and the police and details about local University of Birmingham, Edgbaston, shops. More detailed information can also be found on the Birmingham B15 2TT United Kingdom ISAS website. Learn more Personal and academic support International Students Advisory Service (ISAS) Some students may need to discuss personal problems that are Tel: +44 (0)121 414 8464 affecting their studies or stay in the UK. If this happens to you, Fax: +44 (0)121 414 3850 you should firstly discuss problems regarding your studies with www.as.bham.ac.uk/international your personal/welfare tutor or supervisor. Alternatively ISAS advisers are also available to listen, give you information or English language courses refer to more appropriate support areas in the University. If your offer is conditional on English language, satisfactorily completing one of our pre-sessional English courses will mean Social activities and development you do not need to take or retake IELTS or TEFL. These courses In order to help new international students settle into life at are delivered by the English for International Students Unit (EISU), Birmingham, ISAS runs a five-day orientation programme called who offer high quality courses in a friendly, welcoming and Welcome International, held in September. The dedicated week supportive study environment. EISU offer a range of academic begins with an airport collection service and includes providing you programmes focused on improving your academic English, with information about social activities on Campus and how you can strengthening your skills in reading, writing, listening and book on to them and start to meet UK students and make friends speaking and also developing your study skills. They also during your first weeks in Birmingham.T his will help you settle offer specialist preparatory business courses. into life at Birmingham. ISAS works with the Guild of Students, Accommodation Services, the Chaplaincy and other key areas to Learn more plan and organise social activities throughout the year, which are English for International Students Unit (EISU) available to all students. When you arrive you can sign up to our Tel: +44 (0)121 414 5697 information link and we will keep you informed of activities. We would Fax: +44 (0)121 414 3600 encourage you to sign up for as many events as possible, as it will be www.eisu.bham.ac.uk 46 Seizing the opportunities

A relationship for life

THE EXPERIENCES YOU HAVE AT UNIVERSITY, ALONG WITH THE FRIENDS YOU MAKE, WILL LAST A LIFETIME.

Being a member of our 163,000-strong alumni community Many of our alumni remain actively involved with the University gives you even more; ensuring that the benefits of studying after leaving, offering a whole range of support to students at Birmingham extend way beyond your postgraduate studies. including networking sessions, mentoring and sharing their Join us and make sure you keep in touch. experiences at careers fairs.

The Development and Alumni Relations Office The Careers and Employability Centre As a graduate or ‘alumnus’ of the University, you automatically You can continue to access resources and support to help become part of a worldwide community that brings benefits you further your career for one year after graduation. The such as careers support, exclusive discounts, publications Careers and Employability Centre (CEC) provide workshops, and a monthly email newsletter. careers advice, and training. The University also runs an extensive range of professional development programmes. The Development and Alumni Relations Office also runs highly successful networking events for those of you working in the same Learn more profession to get together and gain further support and advice. Development and Alumni Relations Office Our online community ‘your.bham’ allows you to upload photos www.birmingham.ac.uk/alumni and news, view jobs, and access a directory of Birmingham alumni. Seizing the opportunities 47

Fact

n our graduate community comprises over 157,000 alumni in 204 countries around the world n in the 2009–10 academic year, 2,467 alumni made financial donations to theU niversity, raising over £8 million n Past alumni guest speakers include the influential Chief Executive of Manchester United, David Gill, and George Davies, retailer and creator of Next n the new Bramall Music Building, due to be completed in 2012, has been made possible thanks to the generous support of our alumni community, who contributed £5,933,812 to the project

‘There’s really something special about Birmingham – it’s like a big family where students and staff interact in a very friendly and supportive environment. I really enjoyed my time during the MBA. It’s hard work but it’s extremely rewarding.’

Andrew, MBA International Business, 2009

‘The year I spent in Birmingham was the happiest year in my life. Besides the knowledge and experience, I made some great friendships there, some of which will last forever.’

Yunwa, MSc Marketing, 2007 48 Immersing yourself in the experience

immerse yourself in the Birmingham experience

Studying here has afforded me a host of opportunities for professional development.

I’ve had a fantastic year studying at the University’s Shakespeare Institute in Stratford-upon-Avon. The Institute has a strong postgraduate community, and encourages students to participate in extra curricular activities like the weekly play-reading group, stage fight club, football and the student drama group. I’ve also had the opportunity to get involved and make a difference as a student representative, Student–Staff Committee secretary, and student mentor, and to participate in workshops for students and teachers at the Royal Shakespeare Company (RSC). I’m currently interning at the RSC as a researcher, making it easier for me to conduct relevant research for my dissertation.

Thea Buckley MA Shakespeare and Education, The Shakespeare Institute, College of Arts and Law Immersing yourself in the experience 49 50 Immersing yourself in the experience

A town within a city

LIFE AT BIRMINGHAM OFFERS YOU THE BEST OF BOTH WORLDS – A PEACEFUL, THRIVING CAMPUS COMMUNITY ON THE DOORSTEP OF ONE OF EUROPE’S MOST DYNAMIC AND CULTURALLY DIVERSE CITIES.

Studying in the shadow of striking architecture on a 250-acre n the University hosts the latest nuclear magnetic resonance green and leafy site, you’ll be inspired to get the most out of technology, including the UK’s only 900 MHz spectrometer your time here. We invest around £1 million a week to ensure and cryogenic probes within the Henry Wellcome Building our campus offers not only historic architecture but also for Biomolecular NMR Spectroscopy. great facilities designed to give you the best experience. n a purpose-built robotics laboratory space contains a suite of robot research platforms including a B21r, three other The campus offers a safe, friendly environment with all the mobile platforms, three stereo heads, and a pair of robot amenities of a small town – with the added benefit of a full-time manipulators. The laboratory is part of a major new initiative security team. You’ll find shops, bars, cafés, banks, sports focusing on research in computational neuroscience and facilities and a train station, all within easy reach. An award- cognitive robotics. winning art gallery, a concert hall, a botanical garden and a museum are among the cultural attractions that make it Continuing to invest in your future a place to enjoy. Our campus is a constant work in progress. We are investing £175 million in key developments including a new sports At a glance… centre and a new library, to join our new Music building We lead the field in many of the emerging disciplines that will be completed in 2012. of the 21st century such as hydrogen vehicle technology, nanotechnology, gene therapy, robotics, and the use The prestigious Bramall Music Building will provide a state-of- of virtual reality in archaeology. the-art auditorium and will be the most flexible performance space at a UK university. Some of our research facility highlights include: n  The VISTA (Visual Spatial and Technology Centre) The plans for the sports centre include a 50m swimming pool is one of the best-equipped archaeological visualisation alongside sports halls and training facilities. The proposed laboratories in Europe. The facilities enable 3D laser library development will provide outstanding resources for scanning of objects and artefacts, and as well as the a new generation of students and researchers, as well as use of geophysics techniques (enabling non-intrusive an open access cultural hub for the University and the city, exploration of both land and marine sites). with services available to the public. Immersing yourself in the experience 51

‘The University is in a unique position. A campus university, with everything you could ever need within easy walking distance, and in a beautiful environment - and yet only ten minutes to the second largest city in the country.’

Mark, Healthcare Leadership and Management

Artist’s impression of the interior of the new Bramall Music Building 52 Immersing yourself in the experience

The city on your doorstep

BIRMINGHAM HAS BEEN TRANSFORMED INTO ONE OF EUROPE’S MOST EXCITING CITIES. IT IS MORE THAN SOMEWHERE TO STUDY; IT IS SOMEWHERE TO BUILD A SUCCESSFUL FUTURE.

When you choose to study at Birmingham, you’ll be minutes away The Jewellery Quarter is home to Birmingham’s historic jewellery from a confident, modern commercial centre.T he city is home to trade, and the area still boasts more than 400 shops to enjoy: the largest financial services and creative sectors outside London the perfect place to pick up a unique piece at a bargain price. and a thriving business community that offers you a wealth of career opportunities. The surrounding area If you want a break from city living, some of England’s most Away from your studies, the city provides you with the perfect beautiful countryside is within easy reach. The Severn Valley, backdrop to relax. Alongside restaurants and bars, Birmingham the Malvern Hills, Ironbridge Gorge (a UNESCO world heritage is a hive of live entertainment, from mainstream contemporary site) and the picturesque Cotswolds villages are all ideal acts at the O2 Academy and National Indoor Arena for music, destinations for a day trip. Nearby Stratford-upon-Avon, to the Glee Club for comedy. Warwick Castle, Kenilworth Castle and the Black Country Museum are rich in historical interest. Canals and waterways The city also boasts one of Europe’s finest concert halls,S ymphony thread their way through the region, offering a relaxing way Hall, home to the City of Birmingham Symphony Orchestra. The to explore its natural landscapes. Hippodrome Theatre is home to the Birmingham Royal Ballet. The city centre has three other theatres and a number of cinemas, For ‘hobbit’ fans, Sarehole Mill is a 200-year-old watermill including Star City, an entertainment complex featuring 24 screens providing a tranquil haven from 21st century life outside. It with the latest Asian and mainstream films under one roof. was a favourite haunt of the young JRR Tolkien and it is said that the Mill and Moseley Bog provided the inspiration for For shopping you are spoilt for choice with the iconic Bullring the Shire home to Frodo and Bilbo Baggins. being one of Europe’s largest city centre shopping areas. Birmingham also has four bustling indoor and outdoor markets There is something for everyone in Birmingham and you will selling everything from vintage clothes to fresh fruit and get a warm welcome in one of the most culturally diverse vegetables; while for a real treat you could visit the Mailbox, cities in Britain. a unique development which brings together designer fashion and lifestyle shops, luxury apartments, hotels and an array of restaurants and café bars. Immersing yourself in the experience 53

Fact n Close to £9 billion has been invested in the city centre over the past 20 years n the Bullring is the most visited shopping centre outside London’s West End, with more than 150 shops inside the iconic £530 million complex n there are more than 500 restaurants in Birmingham offering a vast range of international cuisine n Birmingham was the first city to be awarded National City of Sport status and hosts top level football, cricket, tennis and golf

‘Birmingham is a remarkable and diverse city with a huge arts and culture scene. The University campus is beautiful and very green. It’s a great place to spend a lot of time.’

Michael, MA European Studies 54 Immersing yourself in the experience

Culture on your doorstep

THERE ARE FEW UNIVERSITIES WITH SUCH A WEALTH OF CULTURE ON THEIR CAMPUS. OURS IS ALIVE WITH FINE ART, RENOWNED COLLECTIONS AND PERFORMANCE.

Yet there is more – you’ll discover exceptional rare books and three orchestras, a number of choirs, and a huge range archives and many different teaching and research collections, as of student ensembles, including a brass band, wind band well as an internationally reputed concert hall opening in 2012. In and jazz orchestra. and around this we have a vibrant cultural scene led by our students including concerts, student theatre, dance, gigs at the Guild, The Guild of Students offers you the chance to be involved volunteering, and exhibitions for everyone to get involved with. in music theatre, drama, Latin dance, chamber music, hip-hop or circus skills, through its vast range of clubs and societies. The collections are here to be savoured and treasured. But the huge range of objects on campus – from Old Master paintings The wide range of cultural events at Birmingham includes to historic physics instruments – also play a crucial role in our concerts by both professional and student performers, not research and teaching. Some collections are housed within only on campus, but also in major venues in the city. The academic departments for this reason. University boasts a unique alliance with the BBC in the form of the Drama Village, located on our Selly Oak campus, All our students have the opportunity to use these unique forging links and opportunities for you to develop your collections during their studies. We also run an active volunteer skills via this partnership. programme involving students from all walks of University life. The projects that students develop provide valuable work There is also the chance to be involved with cultural events experience for anyone interested in developing a career in within the city, such as Artsfest and Flatpack Festival, the museums and heritage sector. showcasing the arts within Birmingham.

Be part of culture on campus To find out more about Music visit: Culture on campus is here for every student to enjoy and www.barber.org.uk/music.html experience whether your passion is music, art, antiquities or zoology. To find out more about the collections visit: www.birmingham.ac.uk/collections There are plenty of opportunities for taking part in theatre, music and dance as part of your leisure time. We can boast Blue Plaque Trail: www.rcc.bham.ac.uk/blueplaque Immersing yourself in the experience 55

Cultural Intern Scheme

In October 2011 the University launches a pilot project to offer five intern placements at leading cultural organizations, including the City of Birmingham Symphony Orchestra (CBSO), Birmingham Royal Ballet and Birmingham Museum and Art Gallery. The scheme is open to recent graduates and provides an opportunity to develop essential knowledge and skills for those looking to develop a career in the cultural sector. This is just one initiative in the University’s rapidly expanding cultural partnership programme. The Church at Varengeville, Claude Monet

The future

Culture at Birmingham is constantly evolving. The new Bramall Music Auditorium is set to be completed in 2012 providing a splendid new home for our Department of Music and a concert hall on campus.

Community Day at Winterbourne House We are also investing in facilities to improve access to collections. Our collection of historic manuscripts (Special Collections) recently moved to a new state-of-the-art home in the Cadbury Research Library in Muirhead Tower to make them more accessible. In 2011 we also launched our Blue Plaque Trail, which allows you to visit sites of artistic and scientific importance around our campus.

Birmingham is also pioneering research that will make our wealth of cultural artefacts available digitally. A team from the University’s IBM VISTA centre are creating 3D digital versions of the superb Eton Myers collection of Egyptian Antiquities (see page 50).

A similar project is also underway to create a digital library of the University’s Mingana Collection of Middle Eastern manuscripts.

Our academics are collaborating with the heritage and creative industry sectors to broaden the appeal and scope of cultural learning. The Heritage and Cultural Learning Hub harnesses leading technologies to enhance the ways in which we learn and interact with the past.

Winterbourne botanic gardens 56 Immersing yourself in the experience

Sport

SPORT TAKES CENTRE STAGE AT BIRMINGHAM – NOT ONLY ON THE PLAYING FIELDS BUT AS AN IMPORTANT PART OF OUR ACADEMIC PORTFOLIO.

We are one of the UK’s leading sporting universities, recently finishing number two in the BUCS (British Universities and Colleges Sport) league. Birmingham has been a consistent top three competitor in BUCS for over 15 years and ranking second place in 2011 reflects the quality and dedication of our sports teams, clubs, and the professional staff who support them. We are internationally recognised for our academic excellence in sports science, coaching and psychology.

In summer 2012, the Jamaican track and field team, including world-beating sprinter Usain Bolt, will draw on our expertise when they establish their pre-Olympic training camp on our campus. You’ll have numerous opportunities to tap into this sporting pedigree whether you are an elite athlete with the ambition to be the next Olympic gold winner or just have an interest in playing sport to keep fit or have fun.

We have outstanding research in sport, exercise and movement across a diverse range of academic disciplines from physical education and dance to sports psychology. Our School of Sport and Exercise Sciences focuses on global health problems like obesity and diabetes as well as training and nutrition for elite sport. We are also world leaders in researching new methods of sports coaching and education with research partners including the Professional Golfers Association (PGA) and the Football Association (FA). This outstanding research also ensures that our teaching can be cutting edge. Immersing yourself in the experience 57

‘The three years I spent at Birmingham were some of the best of my life. Hopefully I stand as proof that it is possible to combine higher education, a career and sporting achievement. I feel that it has given me the balance and perspective that I might have otherwise lacked and has certainly helped to shape me into the athlete that I am today.’

Chrissie Wellington (Triple Ironman World Champion)

Facilities Our campus-based facilities include: n fully-equipped fitness suite with extensive free weights area n three multi-purpose sports halls n 25-metre swimming pool n seven squash courts (three glass-backed) n Gymnastics centre n dojo (martial arts) room n athletics track n a range of pitches, including water-based, 3G synthetic pitches, and rubber crumb pitches n specialised Human Performance Lab offering training assistance, nutritional advice and performance monitoring

Additionally, off campus, the Raymond Priestley Centre in the Lake District provides the opportunity to try a host of outdoor activities including sailing, windsurfing, mountaineering, rock climbing, kayaking and canoeing. We also have a boathouse in Worcester where the rowing club trains on the River Severn. 58 Immersing yourself in the experience

Investing in sport

The University has been awarded over £65,000 in National Get involved Lottery funding by Sport England to help encourage our At Birmingham sport is for all, from elite performance to students to get more active, as part of the mass participation general fitness and wellbeing. legacy from the London Olympics and Paralympics. n over 2,000 athletes across 50 sports represent the University and UK in regional, national and international competitions. The project encourages more informal activities away from n our Active Lifestyle programme of fitness classes is one of the main sports facilities allowing you to interact with new the largest of its kind in the UK and offers such a huge variety people and relax away from the pressures of study. of aerobic, toning, holistic and dance classes that you’ll be spoilt for choice! Active Lifestyle gives everybody an To further enhance our sporting pedigree we are investing opportunity to get involved in exercise in a fun and friendly £55 million in a new state-of-the-art sports centre and environment. Classes are available to suit all levels so you 50-metre swimming pool. can try something new or develop existing skills. n our award winning Thrive (Health and Fitness) team also offer free lifestyle assessments and advice on how to get Elite sport fit and healthy the right way. We support our student athletes to ensure they achieve personal n if you prefer to enjoy your sport from the sidelines, events like and team successes at Birmingham. Our athletes achieve in the annual American Football XpLosion and the Ivy League the classroom while their sports performance is supported by athletics meeting attract more than 3,000 spectators. exposure to the latest coaching and training principles in nutrition, n Birmingham is also a city packed with world class sport from psychology, physiology, and sports medicine. Louise Hazel, who Premier League football to international athletics, cricket won gold in the Commonwealth Games heptathlon, was a recent and elite tennis; so you can enjoy great sport whatever sports scholar. Our current scholars include GB hockey star Susie your passion. Gilbert and GB cyclist Elle Hopkins. Immersing yourself in the experience 59

Accommodation

WHETHER YOU ARE LOOKING FOR UNIVERSITY ACCOMMODATION OR RENTED PROPERTY IN THE PRIVATE SECTOR AT A REASONABLE PRICE, OUR ACCOMMODATION SERVICES TEAM CAN HELP YOU FIND THE RIGHT PLACE.

University accommodation for postgraduates is located in all Selly Oak Village of our student villages: The Vale Village, Pritchatts Park and n Just five minutes walk from the main campus Selly Oak Village – all within walking distance of the main n situated in a great location for the city centre campus. International students who are new to Birmingham are guaranteed a place in University accommodation, subject Accommodation is located in Jarratt Hall, built around to certain terms and conditions – go to www.birmingham.ac.uk/ a pleasant central courtyard and three landscaped areas. accommodation for further information. Jarratt Hall accommodates over 400 postgraduate students within three- to six-bedroom en-suite apartments, with internet Pritchatts Park Village access and shared kitchen and living room facilities. n Residences just ten minutes walk from the main campus n A social centre that creates a sense of community The Vale Village n  Facilities such as meeting rooms, licensed bar, n residences just 20 minutes walk from the main campus games room and launderette n a social centre that creates a sense of community n Limited on-site car parking is available n facilities such as a licensed bar, pool tables, launderettes and a convenience store Pritchatts Park comprises accommodation for postgraduate n Limited on-site car parking is available students within walking distance of the University, close to n set in a tranquil conservation area surrounded by local amenities and excellent travel links to the city centre. trees and a lake Pritchatts Road accommodation offers modern purpose built studio apartments offering independent living. All Predominately an undergraduate village, postgraduate students studios are fitted to a high standard and fully-equipped can be allocated our Aitken accommodation, offering flats with with everything you need. shared bathroom and kitchen facilities for groups of between 6 and 9 students. We also have studios and apartments in Shackleton building and top floor modern apartments inM ason accommodation – some benefiting from a picturesque view of the lake. 60 Immersing yourself in the experience

Living in one of our accommodation sites means you’ll benefit from no hidden costs because the price includes all your bills, including internet access and a basic contents insurance. We’ve taken the best of student accommodation and created a new kind of living experience, designed with you in mind. Privately owned purpose-built student accommodation

In order to supplement our University stock, we enter into agreements with third party providers. These providers work very closely with the University to ensure that the cost and range of facilities and support provided is similar to what you would receive if living in University accommodation. The Accommodation Services team, based in the LIVING shop in University Centre will manage your application and allocation but you will receive your offer of accommodation, which will include a contract from the private provider. A UK guarantor may be needed for these types of accommodation.

Accommodation for international students We guarantee a place in University accommodation to all international students who are new to Birmingham, as we understand the importance of securing suitable accommodation, particularly when you are getting used to an unfamiliar environment and meeting new people.

This guarantee is subject to the following conditions: n You must have firmly accepted the offer of a course n  You must have submitted an online application for accommodation by 31st July 2012 The accommodation available includes rooms in self-catered n  You must be applying for single accommodation (the flats and studio apartments, all of which are located within easy University also has a limited supply of accommodation reach of the main campus. We do our best to allocate you to for students wishing to bring their families to Birmingham your first choice of accommodation but some places are more but this cannot be provided on a guaranteed basis) popular than others, and we cannot always guarantee that you n  You agree to remain in your University accommodation will get your first choice.H owever, we will work with you to make for the full term of your contract sure that you get accommodation that suits you. Immersing yourself in the experience 61

‘I was an international student when I came to study here, and couldn’t arrange to find and rent a house beforehand, so I was very thankful that the University guaranteed a place in one of the postgraduate halls.’

Elisabeth, MPhil Medieval Studies

Should you have any difficulties with your private sector accommodation at any time during your time with us, you can contact the Accommodation Services team in LIVING, University Centre for help and advice. Your accommodation information will be sent to you by email as part of your offer pack.

What it costs University accommodation fees for postgraduate students start from £4,499.86 for self-catered accommodation, which includes bills such as gas, electricity and water.

For a single room in a shared house in the private sector, you should expect to pay approximately £60–70 per week (bills extra). For students with families, a three-bedroom house can be rented for approximately £500–£750 per calendar month.

Private sector accommodation Prices given for the private sector exclude gas, electricity and If you prefer not to live in University accommodation, our telephone bills, which will cost approximately £90 per month per Accommodation Services team in LIVING, will help you student/adult household member. You would also be required to find something suitable in the private sector. There is a pay one month’s rent in advance and a deposit equivalent to one wide range of accommodation available in the local area, month’s rent before moving into the house. Information about including single flats, shared flats, houses for different accommodation will be sent to you with your offer. sized groups, properties for families and lodgings with a residential landlord. Learn more Further details on all the accommodation available and an Our team can provide: online application form can be found at www.birmingham.ac.uk/ n  An online search service to provide you with a comprehensive accommodation and up-to-date database of private sector properties – see www.birminghamstudentpad.co.uk Or follow us on n  A contract checking service Facebook n  Help for students with families www.facebook.com/birminghamaccommodation n  Help and advice should you have any difficulties Twitter with your private sector accommodation at any time http://twitter.com/livingatbham 62 Essential information

Tuition fees

WE WANT YOU TO BE COMPLETELY AWARE OF YOUR FINANCIAL COMMITMENT BEFORE BECOMING A STUDENT AT BIRMINGHAM. THIS SECTION PROVIDES YOU WITH INFORMATION ON TUITION FEES AND OTHER COSTS INVOLVED IN POSTGRADUATE STUDY.

The University charges an annual tuition fee. This covers the The annual tuition fee is set for a 12-month session, which cost of your tuition, examination and graduation, and includes usually runs from October to the end of September the following membership of the Guild of Students. Fees are payable when year. For doctoral research programmes that begin and/or you register for your programme. end mid-session, fees are normally charged on a pro rata basis according to the number of months studied within When you accept the offer of a place, you are also accepting a session. For example, if you are on a 15-month research responsibility for the payment of your tuition fees, even if you programme beginning in October 2012, you pay the annual are sponsored or in receipt of an award and the sponsor fails tuition fee in the 2012–13 session, and a further three-twelfths to pay. It is therefore very important that you have sufficient of the tuition fee for 2013–14 from October to December. funds available to you. Unfortunately, if you fail to pay the fees, you will not be permitted to continue your studies. Payment methods You may pay your fees in full prior to or upon registration. The standard annual tuition fees for 2011–12 are listed in the Alternatively, you may make monthly or termly instalment table opposite. Individual programmes may charge a different payments using the University Direct Debit scheme from fee from that quoted. Where this is the case it is made clear a UK bank account. in the individual programme description in this prospectus and online at www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/pg Where the instalments total more than £4,000, there is a 3% non-refundable administration fee. For more information on the payment options available, please visit www.payments.bham.ac.uk Essential information 63

Postgraduate tuition fees Remember that tuition fees do not cover living costs such as These fees are for 2011–12. Please check with the school or accommodation, living expenses and the cost of books and department for the latest fees information before applying. (for some programmes) equipment.

UK and EU students International students Taught Research The fees you pay depend on whether you are classed as an Full-time £4,650 £3,732 overseas student for fees purposes. The criteria for definition are set by the British government. In general terms, overseas Part-time £2,325 £1,866 fees are charged to students who do not have a ‘relevant Overseas students* Taught Research connection’ with the United Kingdom and Islands. Band A (Clinical) £26,590 £26,590 Band B (Laboratory) £15,660 £14,650 You have a ‘relevant connection’ if: n you have been ordinarily resident in the UK and Islands Band C (Intermediate 2) £14,010 £13,000 throughout the three-year period before 1 September, Band D (Intermediate 1) £14,010 £12,000 1 January or 1 April closest to the start of the first term Band E (Class) £12,330 £11,340 of your programme, and Clinical programmes £25,685 n you have not been resident in the UK and Islands during Research fees also apply to combined research and taught any part of that three-year period wholly or mainly for the programmes unless otherwise indicated. purpose of full-time education, and

*Some courses do not fit these classifications. Confirmation of your n you have no time limit or other restrictions on your stay course fee will be provided with your offer letter. Your first-year fee in the UK will remain constant with no inflationary increase (for normal duration of programme), except for IFP and clinical rates. The regulations state that the University may not charge overseas fees to ‘excepted students’. ‘Excepted students’ meet one or UK student visa regulations mean that students classed as more of the following definitions: overseas for fees purposes may normally only register on a n those who have citizenship and residence in a country within full-time basis. the European Union n those who have not been ordinarily resident solely because Other costs they, or their spouse, or their parents, have been temporarily Some departments may levy a bench or extra fee in addition employed outside the UK or EU (proof of the temporary to the tuition fee. You will be notified of any additional fee with nature of this employment is required – a fixed-term your offer of admission. contract, for example)

Doctoral research students who choose or are required to Concerned about your fee status? register beyond the minimum period required for their degree, If you are concerned about your fee status at the time of application pay the full tuition fee for that period. If your normal period of you can request a Fee Status Questionnaire from the Postgraduate registration has ended but you have yet to submit your thesis, Admissions Office. you are liable to pay a continuation fee (£180 in 2011–12).

You are also expected to meet the costs of typing and binding your thesis in accordance with University requirements. This might be in the region of £300 for a doctoral degree. 64 Essential information

Sources of finance

THERE ARE MANY WAYS TO FINANCE YOUR POSTGRADUATE STUDY. HERE WE TAKE YOU THROUGH WHAT’S AVAILABLE TO HELP YOU LESSEN THE BURDEN ON YOUR FINANCES.

Sources of finance available to postgraduate students include Research councils grants, scholarships and studentships from research councils, There are seven grant awarding research councils covering government departments, business and industry, and charities. a range of academic disciplines, awarded to those studying You should be aware, however, that competition for these Masters, MRes or PhD programmes. awards will be intense. Competition for research council funding is fierce as the awards Loans made provide cover for both fees and maintenance (though A popular means of funding postgraduate study is by taking applicants from EU countries other than the UK are only eligible out a loan. There are a number of loans available, typically to apply for assistance with fees). For more information contact with a repayment programme that does not take effect until the University’s Research Student Administration Officer after graduation. International students need to apply to their for Studentships on +44 (0)121 414 2898 or email country of origin for educational loans. [email protected]

Learn more Learn more www.as.bham.ac.uk/studentlife/finance/funding/ www.rcuk.ac.uk postgraduate/index.shtml www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/fees/dr/loans-charities.aspx Charities Some charities, trusts and foundations offer funds to students Statutory funding who are undertaking particular routes of study and research. Mandatory funding is only available for uk postgraduates A list of organisations offering funding can be found in The in the following study areas: Grants Register, published annually by Palgrave MacMillan n teaching and available from www.palgrave.com/home Copies are also n social work available at the University Careers and Employability Centre n nursing (taught programmes) and the Main Library.

Learn more www.direct.gov.uk/studentfinance www.nhsbsa.nhs.uk/students Essential information 65

University scholarships We have a number of scholarships available to students, The Job Zone, based in the Guild covering both research and taught programmes. Based on of Students, can help you find academic performance, the awards can be used to assist part-time employment. with tuition fees and in some cases may contribute towards living costs. Competition is intense and the number available varies from year to year. For more details visit www.birmingham. ac.uk/students/fees/postgraduate/scholarships The Access to Learning Fund (ALF) ALF is a non-repayable, discretionary fund provided by Earning while you learn the government in order to assist UK students experiencing Graduate teaching assistantships financial difficulties. ALF awards range from £100–£3,500. Research students are eligible to apply for teaching assistantships, All applications are means-tested and not guaranteed successful. which enable you to undertake a certain amount of teaching on Postgraduate students applying to the ALF need to demonstrate undergraduate programmes. They provide a welcome additional that they have made realistic provision for the funding of their source of income while also broadening your academic experience. studies through loans, scholarships and sponsorships before You can get details of the assistantships when you speak to the commencing their course. Further details can be found at named contact about your research. www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/support/moneyadvice/alf.aspx

Part-time employment More detailed information on funding opportunities for The Job Zone, based in the Guild of Students, can help you postgraduate students can be obtained from our booklet find part-time employment.H undreds of vacancies are advertised Sources of Finance 2012: A Guide for Postgraduate online at www.guildofstudents.com/jobzone Postgraduate Students. To obtain a copy please contact: students are very welcome to drop in and discuss their The Distribution Centre employment needs. University of Birmingham Edgbaston The Student Mentor Scheme provides a limited number of Birmingham B15 2TT places for postgraduate students to provide help and support Tel: +44 (0)121 414 6727 to other students in University accommodation. Student Voicemail: +44 (0)121 414 6728 Mentors live in the residences, thus providing guaranteed Email: [email protected] accommodation alongside paid work. For more information www.distribution.bham.ac.uk visit www.guildofstudents.com/studentmentors

Learn more www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/fees/dr/earning.aspx 66 Essential information

Making your application

THE QUICKEST AND MOST EFFICIENT METHOD OF APPLYING FOR ADMISSION TO POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES AT BIRMINGHAM IS TO APPLY ONLINE AT www.postgraduate.bham.ac.uk/apply

We prefer all applications to be online, but if this is not possible Finding a potential supervisor(s) and identifying your research you can request a paper application in exceptional circumstances area (doctoral research only) by emailing: [email protected] You should ensure that the department to which you are applying is able to offer appropriate supervisory support in your relevant When to apply research area. Before submitting an application to the University, Most taught and combined research and taught programmes start you will need to identify potential supervisors in your desired field in late September, and you will be informed if the start date of your of research and contact them directly about your research proposal. chosen programme is different. Start dates for doctoral research programmes can be at the beginning of any month apart from July Here are some tips for finding a prospective supervisor and August. at Birmingham: n search for an advertised postgraduate research opportunity via In general, there are no closing dates for applications to taught our Doctoral ReSEARCHer pages – www.birmingham.ac.uk/ programmes or research degrees but you are advised to apply by students/courses/postgraduate/findaphd.aspx the end of June for programmes starting in the Autumn term. This n Browse the online course finder research degreesA –Z which is because many of our programmes receive more applications identifies research leads by subject area – than there are places available. International applicants should www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/pg also allow time to obtain a visa. n Browse our school web pages – most schools provide a list of research active staff and their research interests on their website If you are seeking financial support from a research council n school pages also include instructions on how to approach you should contact our Research Student Administration potential supervisors – follow these guidelines when making Officer for details of deadlines via – +44 (0)121 414 2898; a research proposal [email protected] Essential information 67

Research proposals Before you apply for a research degree you should: Depending on the programme you choose you may need to n Contact the school or department you are interested in to submit a research proposal. check that they have an appropriate supervisor in the area you wish to undertake research If you are applying for research degrees in the College of n ensure your qualifications meet our entry requirements – see Engineering and Physical Sciences and the College of Life www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/pg/requirements and Environmental Sciences, where students join an existing n ensure you have sufficient funds to finance your studies – see research group, we need to know: www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/fees/postgraduate/index.aspx n your research interests (but do not require a detailed proposal) n Which areas of the College you would like to work in Supporting documents n the names of one or more potential supervisors The following documents are required in order for your application to be considered: All other subject disciplines require a research proposal detailing n two academic references your own original idea. The proposal should be between 1,000 n degree transcript(s) and 1,500 words and specify the subject of the proposed research, n Personal statement – approximately one side of A4 in the body of ideas or theory that will be used, the aim and objectives length, explaining why you are interested in studying on and the methodological approach to be adopted. your chosen programme n english Language Certificate – ifE nglish is not your Some combined research and taught programmes also require first language and you have already taken a test a research proposal. See www.postgraduate.bham.ac.uk/apply n research proposal (if appropriate) – see previous page for more information. and departmental entries for further information and to find out whether a research proposal is required as part of the application 68 Essential information

About the documents All documents must be in English or have a certified translation. Scanned or photocopied transcripts should have an original certification stamp and be certified by a notary, an organisation such as the British Council, your institution or a University of Birmingham overseas representative in your country. Details of our overseas representatives can be found on our country specific information pages www.birmingham.ac.uk/international/ students/country/index.aspx All students are required to bring Entry requirements for international students their original qualification documents with them to theU niversity. We accept a wide range of qualifications from across the world. We are happy to provide individual guidance if you are unsure Sending your supporting documents whether your particular qualifications meet our entrance When you complete the online application form, you will requirements – contact the International Relations Office receive an ID number by email on the day after you submit for more information. Specific information on qualifications your application. Please quote your ID number when from your country can be found at www.birmingham.ac.uk/ submitting any supporting documents. international/students/country/index.aspx

If you submit your supporting documents before completing the For entry to all programmes you need: online application form, please make sure that you write your full n To show that you are suitably qualified name, email address, date of birth and the programme you are n  To submit official transcripts of your qualifications – translated applying for on all the documents. into English and showing the subjects and grades obtained n  To satisfy the University’s English Language requirements If you apply using the paper application form, please include, where possible, your supporting documents with the application. English language requirements In order to gain full benefit from your studies, you need to Where to send supporting documents: demonstrate that you have a high level of written and spoken The Admissions Office English. For full information about English language requirements, Aston Webb Building please visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/international/students/ University of Birmingham entry-requirements.aspx Edgbaston Birmingham B15 2TT Please note: Entry on to many programmes is highly competitive; consequently General entry requirements we also consider the skills, attributes, motivation and potential Entrance requirements vary for each academic school for success of an individual when deciding whether to make an or department in the University. Full entry requirements offer. After we have received your application you may, if you for each programme can be found online at live in the UK, be invited for an interview or to visit us to discuss www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/pg/ your application. Essential information 69

The application process Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) All applications for postgraduate study are processed through This is a process by which the University gives credit for learning our central Admissions Office and forwarded to the programme achieved by an individual before entry to a programme of study: selectors in the relevant department for consideration. The n Previously assessed and certificated – this learning may Admissions Office will inform you of the decision, which will have been previously assessed and certificated by an be one of the following: education provider, in which case it is known as ‘prior n a conditional offer – the offer of a place is subject to certificated learning’ you meeting the conditions stated in the offer letter n acquired outside formal systems – it may also have been n an unconditional offer – you have met all the conditions acquired outside formal education and training systems required for entry (for example, through work experience) and is therefore n We are unable to offer you a place known as ‘prior experiential learning’

Your offer If you feel that you have sufficient qualifications and/or If you are made an offer of a place it will be subject to the terms experience to give you partial exemption from a programme and conditions of the University. These terms and conditions of study at Birmingham, you are welcome to make a claim for will be included with the offer and relate to a range of issues, APL. Please note, however, that you must first make a separate for example the fees payable or what the University will do application for admission via the central Admissions Office – should a research supervisor unexpectedly become unavailable. for more details about APL see www.admissions.bham.ac.uk/apl

As a condition of an offer of a place you may be required to Please note: the postgraduate application process is being achieve a particular result in your current studies, undertake updated, please refer to the website for the most up-to-date a preliminary period of study consisting of selected academic information on how to apply. work or technical training, or provide evidence of English language proficiency.

Non-EEA international students will need to consider certain immigration requirements when accepting their offer and when preparing for their student visa application. For further advice see www.birmingham.ac.uk/international/index.aspx College of Arts and Law

College of Arts and Law

Expertise to help you A supportive achieve more: learn from global experts community who will give you the environment knowledge you need of over 1,500 postgraduate students

to achieve your Co-supervision giving you access full potential to more than one expert perspective on your PhD topic, enriching your research experience Dedicated College Graduate and allowing you to see first-hand School encouraging how methodological approaches can complement each other interaction between disciplines and fields of research with Unique range of exciting innovative collaboration and innovative modules across between staff and students postgraduate taught programmes

Be among like-minded Home to a host of learning resources people; giving you the and facilities, including the Harding Law Library, stimulation, support and challenges you Barber Institute of Fine Arts and the Visual and need to succeed Spatial Technology Centre Interdisciplinary programmes 72

Birmingham Law School 73

Institute of Archaeology and Antiquity 76

School of English, Drama and American & Canadian Studies 82

School of History and Cultures 94

School of Languages, Cultures, Art History and Music 101

School of Philosophy, Theology and Religion 109

www.birmingham.ac.uk/calgs

Be among like-minded people; giving you the stimulation, support and challenges you need to succeed 72 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law SchoolThe College of of ArtsBiosciences and Law Graduate School

When you join us as a postgraduate you automatically become Taught programme a member of the College of Arts and Law Graduate School, where we bring together world class academics and inquisitive Translation Studies MA FT postgraduates who share interests and aspirations. This one year full-time programme is designed for people who are proficient in more than one language and would like to start The Graduate School has the strength of a large university a career as translators. Whether you want to develop your skills in which postgraduates have access to an excellent range of in translation technology and terminology management or deepen resources, but it also retains a sense of community. The supportive your understanding of translation as a creative and challenging environment that results from this combination enables research to act of cross-cultural communication, you can on this programme. flourish. Activities are designed to encourage collaboration among It combines both practical and theoretical elements and therefore disciplines and fields of study creating a rewarding and stimulating provides excellent preparation for further study at PhD level. research environment. Guidance and support is provided from The programme offers two pathways: Translation and Language our academics and our research culture is enhanced by visiting Technologies, based in the Centre for English Language Studies scholars from around the world. This network of knowledge adds (CELS), and Translation and European Languages and Cultures, to the quality of research and the overall postgraduate experience. based in the Centre for European Languages and Cultures (CELC). Both pathways share three core modules and you Interdisciplinary programmes can then choose from a range of optional modules to complete the required number of credits. Combined research and taught programme A distance learning MA in Translation Studies is also offered Gender Studies MRes FT PT by the Centre for English Language Studies – see page 90. A truly interdisciplinary example of collaboration, this programme Contacts: is staffed by academics from a range of disciplines, each bringing Ms Sheila Brady, Postgraduate Administrator – their specific expertise to bear on the topics under discussion. [email protected] It provides you with sophisticated theoretical frameworks and Dr Gabriela Saldanha – [email protected] methodologies with which to approach issues of gendered identity in a range of texts (literary, visual, film, and dramatic) and in Doctoral research programme socio-cultural contexts; ensuring a solid methodological foundation for your own exploration of gender in a chosen area. New for 2012: Integrated Study Applied Linguistics PhD You are introduced to a range of theoretical and methodological Split between the College of Social Sciences and the College issues and debates, which have characterised the development of Arts and Law, this programme builds on research strengths of gender studies, particularly in the past 20 years, and to a in Linguistics across the University, incorporating subject variety of different disciplinary perspectives. You will acquire knowledge, research training and the development of transferable the necessary skills to carry out independent research, perhaps skills. It encourages doctoral research participation in the work as a foundation for doctoral study or to seek employment of three vibrant centres: the Centre for Corpus Linguistics, in a wide range of professions. the MOSAIC Centre for Research on Multilingualism and Contact: Dr Charlotte Ross – [email protected] the Centre for English Languages Studies. Contact: Mrs Helen Joinson – +44 (0)121 414 4847/4879; [email protected] College of Arts and Law 73

Arts and Law Birmingham Law School

For over 80 years Birmingham Law School has made a major Duration of programmes contribution to teaching and scholarship. Our academics are  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time leaders in their fields and the authors of many key works used  MPhil – 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time by practitioners today.  MJur/LLM – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time  Graduate Diploma – 1 year The Times 2011 Good University Guide placed Birmingham  LLB for Graduates – 2 years ninth in the country; our research was also ranked seventh in the country for world-leading and international excellence in the most Entry requirements recent Research Assessment Exercise. These results underline Candidates for our research degrees are normally expected to the School’s strength across the legal curriculum, the top-class have obtained a first- or upper second-class Honours degree or teaching we provide, and the extent of our contribution to policy equivalent in Law; although applications from candidates without making and our understanding of the modern world. these qualifications will be considered. For our taught Masters programmes, applicants should have a good Honours degree Facilities in Law, or a degree in another discipline augmented with a The School occupies a prime location in one of the University’s pass in the Common Professional Examination (GDL), or a original redbrick buildings in the centre of the Edgbaston corresponding level of achievement in the case of applicants campus. Our staff and approximately 1,000 students are housed from other jurisdictions. See also ‘General entry requirements’ over three floors of the Law Building, which incorporates the on page 68 or contact the Law School. prestigious Harding Law Library. We have a postgraduate common room, while access to computer facilities is provided English language requirements in a dedicated postgraduate workroom. The building offers If your first language is not English you must provide an wireless internet access throughout. We also hold seminars on, English language qualification. Please see page 68. and offer training in, the development and use of research skills. Scholarships and studentships All of our postgraduate students become part of – and We offer a number of postgraduate teaching assistantships contribute to – the vibrant international community of the to students who enrol on our research degree programmes: College of Arts and Law Graduate School, which offers recipients teach up to 75 hours of small group teaching per excellent research resources and a supportive working year on our LLB programmes. The Taught LLM programmes environment. Our team of academic and operational staff have a range of scholarships each year. Other scholarships are on hand to offer support and advice to all postgraduate may be available. Please see our website at www.birmingham. students within the College. ac.uk/law for further information.

Postgraduate study Fees and funding As well as providing supervision for each project from an Standard fees apply (see page 62) to all programmes – except for experienced member of staff, the School cultivates a friendly the Graduate Diploma in Legal Studies; for information about fees and supportive environment for its community of students. We for this course, please contact the Law School. regard doctoral researchers and other postgraduate students as playing an important part in maintaining and strengthening Starting dates the research traditions of the School, and we are committed Programmes start in September 2012. to increasing the number of such students and the range of the research that they are undertaking. Learn more www.birmingham.ac.uk/law 74 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law Birmingham Law School

Taught Masters programmes International Commercial Law LLM FT PT This LLM is ideally suited to those wishing to specialise in the Birmingham’s LLM programmes have been designed to allow international aspects of commercial law. Optional modules in-depth analysis of important legal topics. Modules are all include: Commercial Conflict of Laws; EU and WTO Public 30 credits in length to enable students to develop significant Procurement Law; EU Competition Law; Financing of expertise which will enhance their career prospects. The LLM International Trade; International and Comparative Oil programme has four taught modules and a dissertation of and Gas Law; International Commercial Arbitration; 15,000 words; the latter to be submitted at the end of the International Investment Law; Law and Policy of the year of study. Full module information and the latest course World Trade Organisation; Marine Insurance; Maritime details, along with videos about our programmes is available Law, and the Vienna Sales Convention. online at www.birmingham.ac.uk/llm LLM (General) FT PT Commercial Law LLM FT PT The ideal programme if you wish to gain Masters-level knowledge This programme develops expertise in a range of commercial law and skills without limiting yourself to a single branch of law. subjects. Optional modules include: Agency and Domestic Sale Modules available include all of those available on the other of Goods; Commercial Conflict of Laws; Company Law; English LLM programmes plus modules such as Advanced Political Law of the International Sale of Goods; Financing of International and Legal Theory. Trade; Health and Safety at Work Law; Marine Insurance, and For all of the LLM programmes contact: Maritime Law. The LLM Programme Secretary – +44 (0)121 414 6290; [email protected] Criminal Law LLM FT PT This programme draws on our expertise in the field of criminal Taught conversion programmes law. The modules available include: Criminal Law and Medicine; European Human Rights Law; Health and Safety at Work Law; Graduate Diploma in Law FT International Criminal Law; International Law of Human Rights; The Graduate Diploma in Law (also known as the Common Legal Responses to Terrorism; Public International Law; Professional Examination) is a 36-week programme Restorative Justice, and Theory of Criminal Law. for graduates in subjects other than law who wish ultimately to enter one of the legal professions in England and Wales. European Law LLM FT PT Birmingham is one of the most highly rated universities to This LLM provides the opportunity to study in depth several key offer such a programme (The Times 2011). aspects of European Union law. We have considerable research strengths in the field, with staff working under the auspices The programme consists of the foundation subjects: Public Law, of the School’s Institute of European Law. Optional modules Criminal Law, European Law, Obligations A (contract), Obligations B include: Commercial Conflict of Laws; EU and WTO Public (tort), Property Law A (land) and Property Law B (Equity and Trusts) Procurement Law; EU Competition Law; European Human – together with certain other elements which are separately assessed, Rights Law; EU Constitutional Law; EU Security and Defence including the English Legal System, Legal Research Skills and an Law, and Law of the Internal Market. additional area of legal knowledge, assessed by an extended essay. College of Arts and Law 75

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

If you are intending to qualify as a barrister or solicitor, Doctoral research programmes this diploma gives you exemption from the academic stage of the Bar Standards Board and Solicitors Regulation Authority Law PhD/MPhil/MJur FT PT examinations in England and Wales, provided you pass all The 2008 Research Assessment Exercise confirmed our the foundation subjects. excellent reputation for doctrinal, empirical and theoretical Contact: The GDLS Programme Secretary – research, particularly in the fields of commercial law, criminal +44 (0)121 414 6312; [email protected] law, criminal justice, judicial administration, European law, web: www.birmingham.ac.uk/GDL public law, human rights, international law, private law, restitution, conflicts of law, international economic law, comparative law, Applications for this programme must be submitted through health and social welfare, socio-legal studies and legal theory. the Central Applications Board. Many of our research students have obtained academic careers Contact: CPE/Diploma in Law Courses in the top law schools in the country. Central Applications Board, PO Box 84 Guildford, Surrey GU3 1YX For a full list of the research interests of our academic staff and +44 (0)1483 451080 areas which we may be able to offer research supervision in, www.lawcabs.ac.uk please see our staff profiles at www.birmingham.ac.uk/law

LLB for Graduates FT This two-year programme is an innovative and challenging alternative to the one-year Graduate Diploma in Law. It is popular with both UK and international students. Compared to the Graduate Diploma, the LLB for Graduates provides:  Opportunities for deeper study of a broader range of legal subjects  Choice of optional specialist modules in areas like company law, family law, healthcare law, human rights law, public international law, or international sale of goods  More time to acquire skills in legal reasoning and research  An Honours degree qualification

If you are intending to qualify as a barrister or solicitor, this degree gives you exemption from the academic stage of the Bar Standards Board and Solicitors Regulation Authority examinations in England and Wales, provided you pass all the foundation subjects. The LLB for Graduates also counts towards legal qualifications in many other countries. Contact: The LLB Programme Secretary – +44 (0)121 414 6290; [email protected] web: www.birmingham.ac.uk/M990

Entry to this programme is made via UCAS www.ucas.com (UCAS code: M990) 76 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law Institute of Archaeology and Antiquity

The exceptional interdisciplinarity of the Institute of Archaeology the HP Visual and Spatial Technology Centre (VISTA) has and Antiquity (IAA) is one of its unique features and our thriving first-class computational facilities for IT-based research including international postgraduate community benefits from – and GIS, spatial analysis and visualisation. The IAA has dedicated contributes to – our excellent track record in developing environmental archaeology laboratories, and benefits from the cutting-edge research in the fields of: facilities of the renowned Ironbridge Institute, a world centre for  Classics (including reception studies) Heritage Management and Historic Environment Conservation  Ancient History (including Egypt and the Ancient Near East) run jointly by the Ironbridge Gorge Museum Trust and the  Archaeology (British, Classical, European, landscape University, and situated in the Ironbridge Gorge World Heritage and environmental) Site in Shropshire.  Byzantine, Ottoman and Modern East Mediterranean history and culture (including Modern Greek and Balkan studies) Postgraduate study  Heritage Management (including Building Conservation) We can offer you an exceptionally wide range of opportunities  Virtual and digital technologies for advanced study, for research and professional training and for research at Masters and Doctoral level. Given the breadth Our annual journals, symposia, and colloquia are of international of research supervision available, we have an exceptional ability standing, and the IAA hosts major research projects funded by to take on ambitious research topics, and postgraduates with research councils and trusts. interdisciplinary research interests are particularly welcome.

Facilities The range of training in ancient languages we can offer is All of our postgraduate students become part of – and contribute unique; subject to programme requirements, students can learn to – the vibrant international community of the College of Arts and or improve their knowledge of Classical and Byzantine Greek Law Graduate School, which offers excellent research resources and Classical Latin, Ancient Egyptian, and the languages of the and a supportive working environment. Our postgraduate Ancient Near East, and we support regular student-led reading research students are given access to a workspace with groups focusing on ancient texts. The study of German or other a computer, printing, and copying facilities and our team of modern languages for academic purposes may also be possible. academic and operational staff are on hand to offer support and advice to all postgraduate students within the College. We encourage you to attend conferences on subjects related to your research interests (financial support is available for research We have an outstanding research collection in the University students’ expenses), and to participate in our lively interdisciplinary Library, with strong holdings in periodicals and other scholarly seminar series (some of which are run by our postgraduates). We publications, including those in relevant European languages, enable advanced research students to broaden their skills through and subscriptions to all the major online databases and appropriate training in teaching skills and, where possible, through e-resources. Our students have access to the IAA Museum, offering the chance to gain experience in teaching. In addition, our which holds a collection of some 1,700 artefacts, mainly from annual postgraduate colloquia provide training in oral presentation classical antiquity. We benefit from access to the Barber skills and the professional dissemination of research within an Institute’s Collection of Roman and Byzantine coins – one interdisciplinary environment. of the largest in the world – and we also host the Eton Myres collection of Egyptian antiquities. If you wish to apply for a research programme (PhD and MA by Research/MRes), we recommend that you contact potential If your interests are in late antiquity, the medieval Balkans or supervisors in advance of applying. We welcome telephone or modern Greece, your research will be supported by the excellent Skype conversations where face-to-face interview is impractical. specialist library housed in the IAA’s Whitting Room. In addition, College of Arts and Law 77

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Duration of programmes Starting dates  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time Most programmes start in September 2012. PhD study may  MA by Research – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time also start at alternative dates; please contact the IAA Director  MRes – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time of Postgraduate Programmes – [email protected] or your  MSc – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time; 4 years modular potential supervisor to discuss whether different start dates  MA – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time can be accommodated.  MA by distance learning – 24 months part-time  Certificate by distance learning – 1 year part-time Learn more  Diploma – 9 months full-time; 21 months part-time www.birmingham.ac.uk/iaa  Certificate – 9 months part-time Taught programmes Entry requirements We admit students for research training or professional Antiquity MA with pathways FT PT training programmes with a good first degree (or appropriate This innovative programme offers a choice of eight pathways: the professional experience) in a related subject. If you wish pathway chosen will define the title of the MA awarded. The to pursue a research programme, you will need a sufficient pathways cover the full range of subjects associated with study background in your chosen field and we can offer additional of the ancient world and offer intensive preparation for further training through our range of MRes programmes as appropriate. and interdisciplinary research. You receive professional skills See also ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68. training and the chance to enrich and develop your understanding of the societies of ancient Europe and English language requirements the Mediterranean world. Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). You take an exciting range of taught modules and a research Scholarships a topic of your own choice for a 12,000-word dissertation. Scholarships may be available. Please contact the Pathways available are: Postgraduate Office – +44 (0)121 414 2277 or email [email protected]  Ancient History This pathway focuses on the concept of the individual Fees and Funding in history, exploring what personality and individual Standard fees apply for most programmes (see page 62), consciousness might have represented through the except for the Certificate in Museum Management, Certificate study of literary and historical texts, primarily focusing in Heritage Management by distance learning, Heritage on the first century BCE onwards. Management, and Historical Environment Conservation,  Byzantine Studies Practical Achaeology, Landscape Archaeology, This provides the methodologies essential to the study Environmental Archaeology and Conflict Archaeology. of Byzantium through source materials such as images, For non-standard fees information please contact documents, historical narratives, coins, seals or inscriptions the Postgraduate Office – +44 (0)121 414 8950. and explores the potential and problems of each. The study of subjects such as archaeology, art history, gender or the history of a period offer opportunities for applying multidisciplinary approaches to your chosen dissertation topic. 78 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law Institute of Archaeology and Antiquity

 Classics Heritage management programmes This takes Herodotus’s extraordinary travelogue – the history Our heritage management programmes are taught at the of the interaction between Greeks and Persians, as a way of Ironbridge Institute, run jointly by the Ironbridge Gorge Museum exploring Mediterranean identity, and assessing the literary Trust and the University, and draw on the experience of one and stylistic features of one of the most influential and of the largest independent museums in Britain. They provide controversial Classical authors. advanced vocational qualifications in heritage management for  Classical Archaeology those who wish to enter this sector. They equip you with the This studies approaches to the archaeology of Greece and skills needed for museums work, conservation and regeneration, Rome from prehistory to the Roman period and opens up the management of historic buildings and landscapes, and contemporary developments in the theory and practice of cultural tourism. archaeology.  Egyptology These programmes have proved successful in providing both This explores the key period from 1100–200 BC, covering entry qualifications and continued professional development the dramatic shifts in power and ideology as Pharaonic Egypt in these fields. They have a strong reputation in the sector clashed with Persia, with Alexander the Great, and finally and are linked where appropriate to the relevant National came into contact with the new superpower – Rome. Occupational Standard for Archaeology.  European Archaeology Contact: Mrs Janice Fletcher, [email protected] This explores the complex societies of the Iron Age and Roman and early medieval periods in temperate Europe, Heritage Management MA/Diploma FT 1000BC–AD1000, and their interaction with the state This programme is appropriate for people working or planning to societies and empires of the Mediterranean world. Key work in conservation and recording agencies, museums, tourism, themes include state formation, elite society, cultural and environmental education, archaeology and landscape design and political change, trade and urbanism. planning. Modules include Understanding Heritage, Conservation,  Late Antiquity Business Management, Marketing and Interpretation, a one-week This pathway explores the transformation of the Roman World residential study school and a 12,000-word dissertation. in the period AD300–700. It examines major debates about the period tackling historical, textual, archaeological and art Heritage Management MA/Diploma by distance learning PT DL historical material. These debates will be examined through Modules include Understanding Heritage, Conservation, case studies focusing on the city as a venue for change and Business Management, Marketing and Interpretation. It continuity and as an arena for political, social and religious is taught over two years using an online virtual learning display and competition. environment, and two one week residential study schools  Roman History and Archaeology (assessed), followed by the 12,000-word dissertation. The cities of the Roman world provide a touchstone for tackling the material, cultural and historical traces of one Heritage Management Certificate by distance learning FT DL of the world’s greatest empires. Case studies focus on the Delivered by online teaching materials and one weekend interdisciplinary study of textual and archaeological evidence. residential study school, three compulsory modules are Contact: Institute of Archaeology and Antiquity Director of taught over one year: Principles and Ethics of Heritage Postgraduate Programmes – [email protected] Management; Good Practice in Heritage Management, and the 6,000-word dissertation. College of Arts and Law 79

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Historic Environment Conservation MA/Diploma PT Legacy, and Regional Heritage and Identity and carry out a This programme has a strong practical element and is delivered related fieldwork project to explore the heritage and identify through a series of weekend workshops throughout the year. of a specific locality. If you wish to gain the full Masters degree Two compulsory modules: Management and Project Design, (MA) you will complete a 12,000-word dissertation on a subject and Basic Concepts in Conservation, cover key skills such of your choice. as the ethics and philosophy of conservation, the legislative background, project management and the financing of Archaeology programmes conservation projects. You also select six optional practical conservation workshops from a choice of ten that provide Conflict Archaeology MA/Diploma FT PT a detailed introduction to conservation techniques and A one-year intensive training programme in the emerging field approaches. of conflict archaeology, from the distant past to the present. Includes appropriate field and interpretive techniques, hands-on Historic Environment Conservation field survey, the management of conflict sites, and a dedicated MA/Diploma/Certificate by distance learning PT DL programme of visits to study sites. If you wish to gain an MA (subject to approval) you will also complete a 12,000-word dissertation. This programme delivers the two core modules covering key skills such as the ethics and philosophy of conservation, the Environmental Archaeology legislative background, project management and the financing of and Palaeoenvironments MSc FT PT conservation projects, via distance learning. It offers a choice of An ideal programme for those wishing to develop skills in optional practical conservation workshops from the existing scientific approaches to archaeological sites in a professional Historic Environment Conservation programme taught at orresearch capacity: elements include palynology, zooarchaeology, Ironbridge or distance learning modules of similar character. archaebotany, paleoentemology, and geoarchaeology and Holocene landscapes and environments. You will also complete Heritage and Identity a 12,000-word dissertation. MA/Diploma/Certificate by distance learning PT DL Heritage is the key to identity. While most heritage programmes Landscape Archaeology MA/Diploma/Certificate FT PT DL focus on built or buried remains, ours goes well beyond the This focuses on current approaches to the archaeological material remains in exploring the groups of people and investigation and interpretation of past and present landscapes, communities which are an essential part of the concept of providing intensive training in the theory, practice and research heritage. You will explore the complex ways in which heritage frameworks of landscape archaeology. You can develop actively contributes to the construction of identities in societies, all-round as well as specialist capabilities in digital data providing an idea of heritage and identity across different collection, spatial analysis and dissemination technologies continents and cultures. In the first year three core modules (eg, in GIS and visualisation), and detailed knowledge of provide basic skills and knowledge and at the end of the year particular cultural landscapes and thematic areas of study you will be invited to attend a five-day study tour (this is not (as diverse as submerged landscapes, ancient cityscapes assessed), where you will examine the issues raised in your and landscapes of conflict). You can also study this through studies through discussion groups and practical examination distance learning. of heritage sites. In the second year you will take three optional modules from a range including Medieval Heritage, Post-Colonial Heritage, Popular Culture, National Identity, Shakespeare’s 80 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law Institute of Archaeology and Antiquity

Professional Archaeology MA/Diploma/Certificate FT PT DL Classics MRes FT PT This provides intensive training in professional archaeology Those undertaking this degree will typically have a BA in if you are an existing practitioner (to gain new managerial and some area of Classics or Ancient History and some experience technical skills) or if you want to develop a career in archaeology. of ancient language study. It offers the chance to deepen and Core modules focus on professional, legal and social frameworks develop your knowledge of classical antiquity through appropriate of archaeological practice in both commercial and curatorial skills training and taught modules, which may include study contexts, project planning and management, and the of a classical language, and draw upon the range of optional post-excavation process. A wide range of optional modules modules available in the MA in Antiquity (page 77). are available in practical and research areas such as field survey, geophysics, GIS, and landscape and environmental Cuneiform and Ancient Near Eastern archaeology. You can also study this through distance learning. Studies MRes FT PT This programme introduces the Akkadian and Sumerian Combined research and taught programmes languages (and possibly some less well-known languages of the Ancient Near East), and the cuneiform script. Seminar Our MRes programmes provide an individually tailored package work on the history and archaeology of the Ancient Near East of taught modules (totalling 60 credits) with the opportunity to is available as an option. Depending on availability of places, carry out in-depth research on a topic of your choice, assessed it may be possible to combine the classroom element with in the form of a 20,000-word dissertation. fieldwork in the Near East and/or experience of work in a museum with significant Near Eastern holdings. Archaeological Practice MRes FT PT Leading to a research qualification, this programme prepares Egyptology MRes FT PT you for doctoral study and provides career development For those with a substantial prior knowledge of Egyptology, through specialisation in archaeology and heritage and cultural this degree offers the opportunity to deepen and develop environment professions. Potential areas for research include: expertise in this subject area. The taught elements centre British and European prehistory; the archaeology of the Roman on a seminar on Egyptian religion and appropriate training World; and early medieval archaeology; along with a host of in Egyptian language and scripts. thematic areas such as landscape, material culture, environment, death and burial, age and gender, and conflict. Greek Archaeology MRes FT PT If you have a good grounding in the field of your proposed Byzantine Studies MRes FT PT research, this programme offers essential training in method This programme is intended for students who have a background and practice in the Greek context, as well as a range in Byzantine Studies and, normally, some knowledge of Greek. of advanced area or period-based taught modules to Taught elements provide an opportunity to deepen knowledge complement your existing knowledge and inform your of Byzantium through a range of modules in archaeology, chosen research topic. art, literature and numismatics as well as providing essential methodological skills. College of Arts and Law 81

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Modern East Mediterranean History MRes FT PT Doctoral research programmes This degree offers the chance to explore key aspects of East Mediterranean history in the 19th and 20th centuries, with a Archaeology and Antiquity PhD/MA by Research FT PT focus on the study of primary evidence. Special emphasis is put Research areas: on the causes and consequences of Great Power intervention  Classics and Ancient History in the region. Taught elements provide the context and skills We offer you an exceptionally wide range of opportunities needed to conduct independent research into a region which across these disciplines, including Ancient Near Eastern includes the Balkans and the Middle East. Applicants will Studies and Egyptology. Subject to programme requirements, typically have a background in the study of history of this era. you can also learn or improve your knowledge of Classical and Byzantine Greek, Latin, Greek, Ancient Egyptian, and the Modern Greek Studies MRes FT PT languages of the Ancient Near East. Those taking this degree need not have a background in the  Archaeology and Heritage Management subject, but will have experience in the subject area of their We offer research in all areas of our expertise in Archaeology research project, which is the culmination of the programme. and Heritage Management. These include: Classical You are introduced to recent developments in the areas of archaeology; Conflict archaeology; Environmental archaeology Modern Greek language, literature, history and culture. and palaeoenvironments; Heritage management and historic environment conservation; Landscape archaeology, GIS Ottoman Studies MRes FT PT systems and virtual landscapes; Museums management; This programme introduces you to the state of the field in Palaeoecology, and Prehistoric archaeology. current research on Ottoman history, cultural studies and  Byzantine, Ottoman and Modern Greek Studies allied disciplines. It also provides appropriate training in the We offer a broad range of opportunities across the range of use of original sources, both narrative and documentary, in Eastern Mediterranean and Balkan history and culture from Ottoman Turkish. Applicants will typically have a background the Byzantine to the modern period, whether your interests in the study of the history of this era. are historical, archaeological or literature-based.

For more information on the work of our interdisciplinary research groups or to explore the full range of academic ressearch interests of our staff please visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/iaa 82 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of English, Drama, and American & Canadian Studies

AMERICAN AND CANADIAN STUDIES Postgraduate study Our programmes are challenging and rewarding and offer the We are one of the most respected departments of American opportunity of gaining a highly respected qualification. When and Canadian Studies in the world and ranked in the top ten you enrol on one of them you join our intellectual community in the Guardian 2011 university league table. We are committed of postgraduate students, which regularly meets for both to excellence in teaching, and our staff and postgraduate academic and social occasions. You will find them readily students are at the forefront of interdisciplinary research open to new members. into literature, culture, history, film and television, politics and international relations. Duration of programmes  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time Facilities  MA by Research – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time All of our postgraduate students become part of – and  MRes – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time contribute to – the vibrant international community of the  MA – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time College of Arts and Law Graduate School, which offers excellent research resources and a supportive working Entry requirements environment. Our postgraduate research students are given See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact access to a workspace with a computer, printing, and copying the Postgraduate Office – +44 (0)121 414 8950. facilities and our team of academic and operational staff are on hand to offer support and advice to all postgraduate International entry requirements students within the College. We accept a range of qualifications from different countries. See www.birmingham.ac.uk/international/students/ The University Library is one of the largest academic libraries country/index.aspx in the country, with a book stock of some 2 million volumes and 3 million manuscript and archival items. It has very good holdings English language requirements in most fields of American and Canadian literature, history, and Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). film/video. Since 1997, there has been significant investment in primary documents: notable amongst the acquired collections Scholarships and studentships is the Declassified Document Reference System, the premier Scholarships may be available. source for research on US foreign policy since 1939. Email [email protected] for more information.

The Richard Shackleton Room houses our rapidly expanding Fees and funding collection of videos, DVDs, books and journals for students Standard fees apply (see page 62), except for the taught to borrow in support of their research. It has 4,000 hours of MA programmes; please contact the Postgraduate Office – primary archival material on US- and Canada-related matters. +44 (0)121 414 8950 for further information. The Department also has its own digital editing suite and a technician to assist students with their audio visual projects. Starting dates Programmes start in September 2012.

Learn more www.birmingham.ac.uk/acs College of Arts and Law 83

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Taught programmes Combined research and taught programmes

Film and Television: Research and Production MA FT PT American Film and Literature MRes FT PT This is the new title for the long established and very popular MA This programme allows you to develop skills in critical analysis in History, Film and Television. Although history is still very much and academic research, and shows you how to apply these skills an element of teaching and research, this new name reflects the to the study of American literature and film. You will also be able opportunities available on the MA to study and work within the film to pursue cross-disciplinary study in these subject areas. and television industries and prepare you for a career in the media. Contact: Dr Michele Aaron – [email protected] It combines rigorous academic training in research skills and methodology with technical and vocational training in designing, Film Studies MRes FT PT researching and editing programmes, and in the process by Giving you a critical and evaluative understanding of film within which programmes are commissioned and sold. The programme an interdisciplinary context, this programme encourages you includes a unique 12-week work placement in the media industry. to understand the role of film and cinema within a range of Contact: Dr James Walters – [email protected] socio-cultural arenas. Forging the links between film theory and film practices, cultural politics and state or foreign policy, Transatlantic Studies MA FT PT it will also allow you to assess the notion of film as a social The transatlantic relationship between North America, Britain process engaging with issues of representation, production and Europe will be the focus of significant debate in the future. and consumption. This programme provides you with a transatlantic understanding Contact: Dr Michele Aaron – [email protected] of Atlantic cultural and political relations. Options include topics such as international history and diplomatic relations, US Foreign Policy MRes FT PT cultural relations and foreign policy, intelligence studies and Linking the study of US diplomacy and policymaking to a broader global history. appreciation of US society and culture, our US Foreign Policy Contact: Dr Helen Laville – [email protected] degree is designed for students preparing for a PhD and those seeking a career in diplomacy, business, or other fields. Literature and Film MA FT PT Contact: Dr Steve Hewitt – [email protected] This new interdisciplinary programme explores key approaches to film and contemporary literature, from the late 19th century US Intelligence Services MRes FT PT to the present day, with an emphasis on their critical, ideological This programme is the only one of its kind in Britain. It prepares and aesthetic practices. You’ll develop a critical understanding you for doctoral research in US intelligence services and related of film and literature and the optional modules allow you the areas. It fills a vital gap in the traditional disciplines of diplomatic flexibility to choose areas that interest you the most, so you history and international relations, enhancing the skills of current have freedom to work on literature or film or work equally or future practitioners in foreign policy, government, business on both. and other fields. Contact: Dr Michele Aaron – [email protected] Contact: Dr Steve Hewitt – [email protected] 84 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of English, Drama, and American & Canadian Studies

Doctoral research programmes  Late 19th- and early 20th-century American literature and art, especially the movement between realism and modernism; American and Canadian Studies PhD/MA by Research FT PT American visual culture – including genre painting Research areas and illustration, documentary art and photography  Film studies; queer theory, Ethics and Spectatorship; Jewish Contact: John Fagg – +44 (0) 121 414 7812; cultural studies; Identity and representation; representations [email protected] of death  20th-century American literature and art, African–American Contact: Dr Michele Aaron – +44 (0)121 414 5750; artists and abstraction; Contemporary US fiction [email protected] Contact: Dr Sara Wood – +44 (0)121 414 5681;  19th- and 20th-century US literature and culture; [email protected] African–American studies; 1950s US and the Beats Contact: Professor Dick Ellis – +44 (0)121 414 5509; For a full list of research groups in American and Canadian [email protected] Studies, please contact the Department or visit www.birmingham.  20th-century North American literature (especially Canadian ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate/findaphd.aspx fiction); Canadian Studies; gender studies in a Canadian context; contemporary print cultures/reading studies Learn more (UK and North America) www.birmingham.ac.uk/acs Contact: Dr Danielle Fuller – +44 (0)121 414 6611; [email protected]  Canadian history and politics; North American security DRAMA AND THEATRE ARTS and foreign policy Contact: Dr Steve Hewitt – +44 (0)121 414 6634; We provide a dynamic environment in which students, scholars [email protected] and theatre practitioners can work together to achieve a new  Film aesthetics; television studies; Hollywood cinema; breadth and depth in the study of drama. Our department benefits authorship; fantasy and fictional worlds; performance; from Birmingham’s exceptional resources for theatre research, production communities; children’s media as well as the University’s links with world-class theatre in Contact: James Walters – +44 (0)121 414 8333; Birmingham, Stratford-upon-Avon, London and beyond. [email protected]  Gender and international history; civil rights; American Facilities women’s history; Cold War film and history All of our postgraduate students become part of – and Contact: Dr Helen Laville – +44 (0)121 414 5737; contribute to – the vibrant international community of the [email protected] College of Arts and Law Graduate School, which offers  Social and cultural history; African–American history excellent research resources and a supportive working (especially slavery); popular culture (especially commercial environment. Our team of academic and operational staff entertainment); 19th-century history are on hand to offer support and advice to all postgraduate Contact: Dr Robert Lewis – +44 (0)121 414 5745; students within the College. [email protected]  20th-century US diplomatic and political history; history The department is located on the picturesque Selly Oak campus, and the media; propaganda; US intelligence services; a short distance from the main Edgbaston campus, and offers Anglo–American and US–European relations extensive facilities for drama students. Contact: Professor Scott Lucas – +44 (0)121 414 5763; [email protected] College of Arts and Law 85

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Our technical and production modules are taught in the Entry requirements George Cadbury Hall (which includes a high definition cinema See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68. Also see individual facility and a purpose-built theatre that recently underwent a programme entries for additional requirements or visit our online £1 million refurbishment), and the Gillett Centre (which includes prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/requirements/ a full-size gymnasium space for dance and physical theatre index.aspx training). Additional amenities for drama students include the state-of-the-art Orchard Learning Resources Centre with its English language requirements own well-stocked library and 24-hour access to computer suites. Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68).

Research facilities include the Noël Coward Archive, the John Scholarships and studentships Galsworthy Papers, the Barry Jackson Papers, and the Charles Scholarships may be available. Please contact the Parker Collection. The main University Library has collections Postgraduate Office – +44 (0)121 414 2277 or email in Classical and European as well as British, Irish and American [email protected] drama. Birmingham City Central Library also houses the Birmingham Shakespeare Library; some 45,000 items, including a large Fees and funding collection of playbills, translations and adaptations of Shakespeare’s Standard fees apply (see page 62), except for the PhD works into more than 90 languages. The University’s Shakespeare in Integrated Studies – please contact the Postgraduate Institute in Stratford-upon-Avon also contains an extensive library Office – +44 (0)121 414 2277 for further information. and resources, and the Barber Institute has important and comprehensive holdings for the study of music, drama, opera, Starting dates dance and theatre. Also in Stratford is the Shakespeare Centre Most programmes start in September 2012, although dates Library, which has extensive drama and theatre holdings, including can be negotiated for the PhD. The MRes in Playwriting Studies the RSC’s archive and the Bram Stoker Collection of material and Directing and Dramaturgy have application deadlines – relating to Sir Henry Irving’s tenure of the Lyceum Theatre. contact the Department for details.

Postgraduate study Learn more We offer unique opportunities for the study of theatre in terms www.birmingham.ac.uk/drama of text, history, theory and practice, and work in partnership, where appropriate, with practitioners in the professional theatre. Combined research and taught programmes You will have opportunities to publically present practice-based research in the George Cadbury Hall, supported by our Directing and Dramaturgy MRes FT PT professional technical and production staff, or be supported This is an innovative programme with an emphasis on the directing in making the necessary links to present work off campus and ‘authoring’ of creative processes, which will enable you to in appropriate locations around the city. work theoretically and practically from conventional directing of text to dramaturgical practice in the development of both text-based Duration of programmes and devised theatre. It provides professional development and  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time recognised vocational skills, as well as opportunities to develop  MA by Research – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time collaborations in the creative industries. You will complete three  MRes – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time taught modules, which will develop a range of creative practices  MA – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time and build specific skills within a rigorous analytical framework, and produce a dissertation portfolio, which will comprise a substantial 86 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of English, Drama, and American & Canadian Studies

work of creative practice and a related 10,000-word thesis. Current research interests include: The practical element will draw on expertise within the department  Post-colonial theatre with a special emphasis on and connections with performance creators, companies and the contemporary theatres of India and Africa organisations. There will be the opportunity to undertake work  Shakespearean performance; Anglo-European theatrical placements as part of the independent research component relationships; Victorian and Edwardian theatre; the of the degree, through the Department’s network of professional history of film contacts and partnerships.  Women’s writing in the Romantic and Victorian periods; 19th-century popular theatre in Britain and Australia; Drama and Theatre Studies MRes FT PT John Ruskin and the theatre This programme provides you with a conceptual and methodological  Popular theatre; contemporary and historical popular foundation in drama and theatre studies, where you take three modules entertainment; music theatre; contemporary theatre of taught coursework to support your independent 20,000-word making and music performance; multi-media performance research thesis. The flexibility to design training suited to your own  Automata in performance; European theatres of the 17th research is a central feature of this degree, and is particularly helpful and 18th centuries; gender and sexuality in early modern to students pursuing interdisciplinary and cross-disciplinary theses. performance; dramaturgy  Performance techniques, contemporary theatre theory Playwriting Studies MRes FT and practice, and contextual studies of theatre in the This is Britain’s leading programme dedicated to the craft of the areas of political and cultural theory dramatist. You are taught by some of the key practitioners in drama  The iconography of performance in medieval and early modern through tutorials, workshops and seminars. Professional playwrights theatre; popular performance; religion and performance and other practitioners are invited to lead classes and discuss their  Playwriting; British new writing; art and globalisation work in colloquia outside the classroom. It is an intensive course  Russian and East European theatre; acting training and encouraging you to think critically about dramatic writing and put scientific thought; Stanislavski; community arts these insights into practice in your own plays. The programme is assessed by an original and complete work for the stage, Practice-based Research PhD FT PT accompanied by a 6,000-word critical analysis. The University of Birmingham has recently extended its Contact for the above programmes: Dr Rose Whyman, Director regulations and now allows submissions relating to practice- of Postgraduate Studies in Drama – +44 (0)121 414 6005; based research. Research through all aspects of performance, [email protected] playwriting and dramaturgical practice may be allowed, though there is the requirement that students accompany such practice Doctoral research programmes with a 40,000-word thesis. It is important that students wishing to apply to register for practice-based PhD degrees submit Drama and Theatre Studies PhD FT PT detailed information about how they intend to cover the costs Research activity is led by staff and our traditional research incurred in pursuing the chosen field of practice beyond the strengths lie in: British theatre (particularly theatre history – facilities and space which the Department can allot. (Intending Medieval to 21st century); Eastern European theatre; applicants should bear in mind that the range of taught Masters Contemporary practice, playwriting and acting training; and undergraduate programmes means that such resources are theatre and community development; theatre and political in considerable demand). activism, theatre and critical theory and theatre and science. For further information and specific enquiries please contact: Dr Rose Whyman, Director of Postgraduate Studies in Drama – + 44 (0) 121 414 6005; [email protected] College of Arts and Law 87

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

ENGLISH Duration of programmes  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time We are one of the leading centres for the postgraduate  MLitt – 2 years full time; 4 years part time study of English in the UK, and offer expert teaching and  MA by Research/MRes – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time research supervision to postgraduates across practically  MA/Diploma – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time the entire historical and conceptual range of English  Sandwich and modular PhDs in Applied Linguistics – language and literature. 4–6 years part-time

Facilities Entry requirements All of our postgraduate students become part of – and See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68. contribute to – the vibrant international community of the College of Arts and Law Graduate School, which offers English language requirements excellent research resources and a supportive working Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). environment. Our postgraduate research students are given access to a workspace with a computer, printing, Scholarships and studentships and copying facilities and our team of academics and Scholarships may be available. Please contact the operational staff are on hand to offer support and advice Postgraduate Office – +44 (0)121 414 2277 to all postgraduate students within the College. Fees and funding We have many well-established resources to draw on and Standard fees apply (see page 62), except for: continue to recruit scholars at the forefront of that rethinking  MA/Diploma in: Applied Corpus Linguistics; Applied of English studies that makes research in the field sointellectually Linguistics; Critical Discourse Culture and Communication; rewarding. Many of our able doctoral students move on to English as a Foreign/Second Language; Special Applications successful academic careers of their own. of Linguistics; Translation Studies – £5,250 for MA (UK/EU full-time); £4,650 for Diploma (UK/EU full-time) Our Centre for Corpus Research (CCR) is an umbrella for  MRes in Corpus Linguistics – £5,250 (UK/EU full-time) research and postgraduate training in corpus linguistics.  PhD in Applied Linguistics (sandwich or modular) – Students working within the medieval, modern and early modern £5,590 (UK/EU full-time) literary periods are supported by lively and productive research These fees are those charged in 2011–12 and are for guidance groups, involving staff and students, which act as hubs for only. For the most up-to-date information contact the School research activity. directly or [email protected]

Postgraduate study Starting dates We welcome applications from candidates with a good honours Most programmes start in September 2012. degree in English, or its equivalent, to work for PhD, MLitt, MRes or MA by Research degrees in all principal areas of English Literature and Modern English Language. We also offer a number of rewarding Taught Masters degrees. In addition to traditional in-residence research degrees, we also offer two distance learning PhDs (modular and sandwich). 88 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of English, Drama, and American & Canadian Studies

Taught programmes Literary Linguistics MA FT PT This programme explores the language of literary texts from many Creative Writing MA FT PT angles, drawing on linguistic description and insights. You will This programme is for students who have completed an acquire an understanding of stylistics theory and methodology undergraduate degree containing some creative writing or while studying the role of grammar and context in literary texts. for English graduates with considerable experience in writing You will also study narratology, applied to prose fiction and creatively and who wish to proceed to a career or further study film, in depth. In addition we look at exciting new movements in this area. You will receive instruction and experience across in stylistics: multimodal analysis, cognitive poetics, and a range of writing types, including new media, collaborating corpus stylistics. with other students across genres before specialising in either Contact: Professor Michael Toolan – [email protected] screenwriting, playwriting, fiction or poetry for your dissertation. Contact: Dr Luke Kennard – [email protected] or Medieval Studies (Medieval Literature) MA FT PT Dr Richard House – [email protected] If you choose to study the Medieval Literature pathway of this programme you study key resources and methods for literary work English Literature MA FT PT in the medieval period. Options include Literature and Culture of Drawing on our extensive international research expertise, this the Medieval West Midlands with opportunities to study literary programme develops critical skills in English literary studies; texts, manuscripts, church art and material associated with the providing a solid grounding in the key intellectual debates on region such as the Staffordshire Hoard. You also take core a range of period and context specialisms, and developing skills modules in Medieval Studies and can choose options from for writing a 12,000-word dissertation. Alongside a core module other disciplines. More information on other pathways in MA in literary research methods, you select two sets of linked Medieval Studies can be found on page 95. modules (four modules in total) from a number of taught modules Contact: Professor Wendy Scase – [email protected] covering a variety of authors and themes from the medieval period to the 20th century. Each module is examined by a Combined research and taught programmes 4,000-word essay. Corpus Linguistics MRes FT PT Literature, Culture and Modernity: Victorian This MRes aims to develop your interest in the use of corpora and Modernist MA FT PT and provides research training in corpus linguistics. It is suitable (subject to approval) if you have a professional interest in language; have studied This MA explores the literary and cultural forms and movements language at university and want to extend your knowledge, that emerged in the decades around 1900, as industrialisation, and if you have an interest in language and computers and urbanisation and other forces of modernity reshaped society. wish to bring these disciplines together. You take three taught It enables the in-depth study of specific authors and texts modules and write a 20,000-word dissertation. associated with particular moments, such as fin de siècle Contact: Dr Nicholas Groom – [email protected] decadence or the politically committed modernism of the 1930s, and offers a breadth of perspective by moving Literature and Modernity MRes FT PT across periods that are often artificially divided. Core, Offering higher-level work in late 19th- and early 20th-century option, and research skills modules are grounded in the literary studies with a focus on the concepts of Aestheticism, study of English literature but also facilitate transatlantic Decadence and Modernism, this programme consists of three and interdisciplinary approaches. taught modules designed to enhance your knowledge and Contact: John Fagg – [email protected] College of Arts and Law 89

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

understanding of literary texts and cultures between 1870  Early Modern (for example, Browne, Daniel, and 1940. It provides solid grounding in the key critical Donne, Jonson, Marlowe, Middleton, Milton, scholarship on Victorian Modernity and Modernism and Shakespeare, Spenser) develops skills for writing a 20,000-word research thesis. Our focus on drama extends into the reception of Contact: Dr Deborah Longworth – [email protected] the dramatists in later periods and their significance in contemporary culture, and runs alongside work Medieval Studies MRes FT PT on cultures of manuscript, print and 17th-century This programme offers opportunities for the advanced study women’s writing of Medieval English texts (or another medieval literature and  Restoration, 18th century and Romantics (for example, culture), with options to explore links between medieval writing, Coleridge, Goldsmith, Johnson, Pope, Sheridan Swift, cultural production and social processes. Study modules Thomson, Wordsworth) provide the framework for a 20,000-word thesis. We focus on reading literary works in their historical and Contact: Professor Wendy Scase – [email protected] cultural contexts, with special interests in the editing of texts, in language and lexicography including Johnson’s Dictionary Doctoral research programmes and in reception of the medieval, and in gender  19th- and 20th-century research (for example, Oscar English Language and Applied Linguistics Wilde, Virginia Woolf, J G Ballard, Djuna Barnes, Conrad, PhD/MLitt/MA by Research FT PT DL T S Eliot, Michael Field, Wyndham Lewis, Caryl Philips, Our principal areas of research expertise are: Zadie Smith, Meera Syal)  Corpus Linguistics – linguistic theory and language description We have a broad range of expertise in this period, and  Discourse Studies – narrative analysis, critical discourse a particular focus on the period 1830–1940 (especially analysis, and social theory Victorianism, Aestheticism Decadence and Modernism,  Language, Learning and Teaching – the acquisition and use of periodisation, historiography, science, print, and culture) figurative language, corpus approaches to phraseology, lexis and on Postmodernism, Postcolonialism, Cultural Theory and grammar, and discourse approaches to academic literacies and Film (especially psychoanalysis, nationhood, space and  Translation Studies – corpus approaches to translation; place, disability studies, Black British and British Asian writing, translational stylistics, studies of translation reception gender and sexualities, and literary and cultural studies) Contact: Dr Alison Sealey – a.j.sealey@ bham.ac.uk Research themes such as materiality of the text (for example, English Literature PhD/MLitt/MA by Research FT PT textual editing, history of the book), gender (for example, women We are interested in proposals for research in almost all areas writers, relevant theoretical approaches), and genre (for example, of literary study. The following summary indicates our principal the lyric poem) can be pursued across all these periods. areas of research expertise:  Medieval English (for example, Old English, Chaucer, Please view our website at www.birmingham.ac.uk/english Langland, Lollard writing, Reformation writing and for further details of our interests and staff. medievalist writers such as Tolkien) Contact: Dr Marion Thain – [email protected] Extends through medieval literature into concerns with editing, print production, bibliography, manuscript studies, and non-manuscript verbal cultures of the Middle Ages; and also with relations between medieval verbal and visual cultures 90 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of English, Drama, and American & Canadian Studies

CENTRE FOR ENGLISH English as a Foreign/Second Language LANGUAGE STUDIES (TEFL/TESL) MA FT PT DL This programme is intended for those interested in a career in Taught programmes English language teaching and for teachers of English who wish to upgrade their professional standing. As with the other MA Applied Corpus Linguistics MA FT PT programmes, you take six taught modules, write a 12,000-word This flexible programme allows you to study corpus linguistics dissertation and are introduced to the 400 million-word Bank of applied to other language areas, such as teaching and learning, English corpus. For related programmes in TEFL/TESL, please translation or lexicography. A 12,000-word dissertation allows see the School of Education (Social Sciences) entry on page 210. you to develop a particular area of interest in greater depth. Special Applications of Linguistics MA FT PT Applied Linguistics MA FT PT DL This programme is intended for new graduates and others This programme is intended for anyone interested in the with an interest in linguistics. You take six taught modules, application of language research to language pedagogy, and including describing language, the social and psychological for teachers of English who wish to upgrade their professional aspects of language, discourse and culture, and research standing. You take six taught modules and complete a 12,000- methods in applied linguistics. You also write a 12,000-word word dissertation. All students on this programme are introduced dissertation and are introduced to the 400 million-word Bank to the 400 million-word Bank of English corpus, an invaluable of English corpus. collection of authentic language data against which theory, intuition and pedagogic materials can be measured. Translation Studies MA DL This programme is for practising translators and those interested in Critical Discourse, Culture and Communication MA FT a career in translation. The central philosophy behind the programme This programme is intended for those who wish to upgrade is that you, as a translator, teacher or academic, should be able to their professional and academic standing in critical discourse, apply the linguistic concepts and theories of translation, which you cross-cultural communication and the media. It is particularly encounter during your course of study, to your own situation as a suitable for students and researchers who want to move into professional of the area. Whether your interest is in the translation higher education, journalism, and research into the role of of specialised documentation (commercial and technical translation), communication in media and society. You take six taught creative writing (literary translation) or the translation of hybrid text modules and write a 12,000-word dissertation. All students genres such as websites or advertisements, the programme will on this programme are introduced to the 400 million-word provide you with a solid foundation to develop your career. Bank of English corpus, an invaluable collection of authentic For further information contact the Postgraduate Administrator: language data against which theory, intuition and pedagogic Mrs Sheila Brady – [email protected] materials can be measured. Professor Chris Kennedy, Director of CELS and MA Admissions Tutor – [email protected] Dr Robert Holland (CELS Co-ordinator for campus programmes) – [email protected] College of Arts and Law 91

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

THE SHAKESPEARE INSTITUTE Study options Our programmes may be studied full-time or part-time and we Situated in Stratford-upon-Avon – within walking distance of offer pathways that include a two-week summer school; three Shakespeare’s birthplace, school and grave, and the theatres long weekends at approximately monthly intervals; one day a of the Royal Shakespeare Company (RSC) – The Shakespeare week during a semester (ten days in total), and a distance learning Institute offers postgraduate students and scholars an academic option. Starting dates can be negotiated. The MA is awarded experience unrivalled by any other university. to those completing the dissertation; otherwise you receive the Diploma for completing the modules. Contact the Institute for Facilities further information. Your learning resources are all around you. We have the extensive resources of The Shakespeare Institute Library Learn more (a renowned collection of international importance), the library The Shakespeare Institute of the Shakespeare Centre that curates the archives of the Mason Croft, Church Street, Royal Shakespeare Company, and the RSC itself. You also Stratford-upon-Avon, CV37 6HP have access to the outstanding picture collections, records +44 (0)1789 293138 and library holdings of The Shakespeare Birthplace Trust. [email protected] www.birmingham.ac.uk/shakespeare The Institute is housed in 17th- and 18th-century buildings, which retain their domestic atmosphere, providing a working environment Duration of programmes where learning spills over beyond formal tuition into play-readings in  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time the lounge, performances in the lecture hall, and discussion and debate  MLitt – 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time in the common room, kitchen and extensive gardens and grounds.  MA by Research – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time  PhD with Integrated Study – 4 years full-time; All of our postgraduate students become part of – and contribute up to 8 years part-time to – the vibrant international community of the College of Arts and  MA/Diploma – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time Law Graduate School, which offers excellent research resources and a supportive working environment. Our team of academic and Entry requirements operational staff are on hand to offer support and advice to all You should possess a good Honours degree or equivalent. postgraduate students within the College. Also see ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68, and individual programme entries for additional requirements, or visit our online Postgraduate study prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/requirements/ The Institute provides an intense learning experience in which index.aspx you will contribute to the advancement of the study of Shakespeare, from a range of perspectives, with the support and encouragement English language requirements of staff, all of whom are respected academics in their own field. Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). You will have the opportunity to explore the work of Shakespeare and the drama of his time, broader aspects of early modern Scholarships and studentships culture and literature, its subsequent cultural significance Scholarships may be available. Please contact the Institute and performance on stage and screen. directly or email [email protected] 92 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of English, Drama, and American & Canadian Studies

Fees and funding Shakespeare, Stratford-upon-Avon and the Standard fees apply (see page 62), except for MA Shakespeare Cultural History of Renaissance England MA FT PT and Theatre, and MA Shakespeare and Education – £4,950 Taught jointly with the School of History and Cultures, this (UK/EU full-time). interdisciplinary programme invites you to understand Shakespeare’s works in the context of the society for and within which he was Starting dates writing. It is taught by English literature scholars and historians, Most programmes start in September/October 2012. whose areas of expertise range from local history, court politics, gentry culture and the English Reformation to textual criticism Taught programmes and the history of Shakespeare in performance. You are required to produce a 12,000-word dissertation. Shakespeare and Education MA/Diploma FT PT DL Contact Dr Tara Hamling – [email protected] Particularly appropriate for practising teachers, this unique, modular course offers you the opportunity to enhance your Shakespeare Studies MA FT PT expertise in different aspects of Shakespeare’s work. You This programme offers an unrivalled opportunity for the study study two core modules, two optional modules, and complete of Shakespeare at graduate level. It develops a critical but a 12,000-word dissertation. The flexible structure allows you appreciative understanding of Shakespeare’s contribution to study in a wide variety of ways and through a range of to literary and theatrical history, and the place his works pathways, including a distance learning option. Please note: occupy in today’s cultural landscape. You will follow six with the exception of distance learning, not all modules are modules, including: The Plays and Poems of Shakespeare; available through all pathways every year. The schedule of The History of Shakespeare in Performance; The History of delivery allows access to all modules through a range of Shakespeare Criticism, and Textual Studies in Shakespeare. pathways over any three-year period. You then conclude with a 12,000-word dissertation.

Shakespeare and Theatre MA/Diploma FT PT DL For all the above programmes This innovative programme enables you to focus on how Contact: [email protected] Shakespeare’s plays work in performance. It encourages an historical approach to interpretation and styles of Combined research and taught programmes presentation, and promotes the value of close reading as the basis for evaluating the plays on the page, stage Shakespeare Studies PhD with Integrated Study FT PT and screen. You are encouraged to visit the theatre and This is an innovative programme combining taught coursework cinema to benefit from the excitement of Shakespeare’s with a full-length doctoral thesis, allowing you to bring together plays in performance. This programme is available to study a broad foundation in Shakespeare studies and its research distance learning. methods through taught and assessed coursework, with the full research training and experience of the traditional PhD. The flexibility to construct a portfolio of training suited to your own needs is a central feature of this degree. Contact: [email protected] College of Arts and Law 93

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Doctoral research programmes

Shakespeare Studies MA by Research/MLitt/PhD FT PT Research areas include:  The role of theatre and drama in early-modern culture and the impact of that drama on our own time  Shakespeare’s ‘value’ in 21st-century culture  Shakespeare’s contemporary dramatists  The full corpus of dramatic works written in the British Isles,and by British authors overseas, between the English Reformation and the English Revolution  Shakespeare in the 18th century  Shakespeare in education  Shakespeare and film, and the theatrical culture of the 1630s  Shakespearean performance  Acting, directing and dramaturgy, in the context of the early modern drama The extent of your research thesis will vary according to the type of research degree undertaken: MA by Research thesis – 40,000 words; MLitt thesis – 60,000 words, and PhD thesis – 80,000 words. Contact: The Shakespeare Institute – [email protected] 94 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of History and Cultures

The School of History and Cultures in Birmingham consists Duration of programmes of the Department of History and the Centre of West African  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time Studies, both of which offer possibilities for exciting taught  MA by Research – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time and research postgraduate degrees. If your interests are as a  MRes – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time historian, we have a large and vibrant community of researchers  MA – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time covering a broad range of time periods, geographical areas and themes – including war/the military, the environment, and cultural Entry requirements history. If your interests are as an Africanist, then we can offer See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact you the unique experience of sharing our research culture in the Postgraduate Office – +44 (0)121 414 8950. African Studies, developed over almost 50 years now. English language requirements HISTORY Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68).

We have expertise in supervising modern British and European Scholarships and studentships History; a diverse range of interests centred around the early Applicants for a full-time Masters (Research) History programme modern period in Britain and Europe, including close links with are eligible for the Pearson Scholarship. For further information the Shakespeare Institute in Stratford; the medieval, including email [email protected] Franks, Saxons, Normans and Vikings, not to mention Moors, and we have recently extended our geographical range to Fees and funding include medieval China, to 18th and 19th Century India, Standard fees apply (see page 62), except for the taught and the 20th Century genesis of the Middle East. MA programmes. For the most up-to-date information contact the Postgraduate Office – +44 (0)121 414 8950. Facilities All of our postgraduate students become part of – and contribute Starting dates to – the vibrant international community of the College of Arts and Programmes start in September 2012. Law Graduate School, which offers excellent research resources and a supportive working environment. Our postgraduate research Learn more students are given access to a workspace with a computer, www.birmingham.ac.uk/history printing, and copying facilities and our team of academic and operational staff are on hand to offer support and advice to all Taught programmes postgraduate students within the College. Air Power History Theory and Practice MA PT Researchers are also supported by the excellent resources of This programme explores a wide variety of air power issues and the University Library including a rich collection of modern British debates and is open to students from all backgrounds including the political papers, including those of two former Prime Ministers, armed forces, industry, students from other disciplines and those Neville Chamberlain and Anthony Eden (Lord Avon). Research who seek to expand their knowledge of this exciting subject within seminars give staff and postgraduate students the opportunity a structured academic environment. You study six compulsory taught to present their findings, discuss methods and results, and modules and take a supervised 12,000-word dissertation. Modules hear papers from visiting scholars. For more information visit include Air Power Theory in the Wider Context of Military Thinking; www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/historycultures Political, Legal and Ethical Issues; and The Experience of Air Warfare. Contact: Air Cdre (Ret’d) Dr Peter Gray – [email protected] College of Arts and Law 95

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

British First World War Studies MA PT History of Christianity MA FT PT This programme is unique in its focus on the Great War. It provides an This is an interdisciplinary programme involving staff from a opportunity to study, in depth, this most compelling and controversial number of departments each providing a different area of conflict. It focuses on the challenges posed by the war to the British expertise in the subject. Our range of expertise covers all state, the British Army and British society, and on the evolving ways periods and includes Catholic, Orthodox, Protestant and in which these challenges were met – or not met. African Independent branches giving you a rich variety of Contact: Professor Gary Sheffield – [email protected] options and a range of dissertation possibilities. It is also an excellent route for those wanting to go onto further study British Second World War Studies MA PT such as PhD research. This programme provides an opportunity to study in a Contact: Dr David Gange – [email protected] comparative way, taking into account former allies and enemies See also Theology and Religion – page 112 alike. You will study modules such as The Development of Operational Art in British Forces, Technology, Tactics and Medieval Studies MA FT PT the Secret War and The Higher Direction of the War. This programme offers an excellent chance to study the Middle Contact: Air Cdre (Ret’d) Dr Peter Gray – [email protected] Ages at an advanced level. You have a choice of four pathways: Medieval History; Medieval Literature; Byzantine Studies and Contemporary History MA FT PT Medieval Archaeology. It offers you the chance to study a This programme allows you to benefit from the expertise of a discipline-specific pathway whilst gaining interdisciplinary very large number of modern and contemporary historians at skills, providing you with a solid grounding for your further Birmingham. It will provide an understanding of contemporary studies or future career. There are a wide range of options history as a global phenomenon and offers modules on world available depending upon the pathway you choose. You’ll history in the 20th century. You’ll be able to specialise on many also complete a 12,000-word dissertation, supervised by areas of British, American, African, South Asian, Middle East and a specialist in your chosen field. European History. It can also be used as a route into MA by Contact: Dr Miriam Müller – [email protected] Research and PhD research. Rennaissance, Reformation and Early Cultural Heritage of Shakespeare’s England MA FT PT Modern Studies MA FT PT This interdisciplinary programme examines how we understand, This programme combines the approaches of religious, market and present the cultural heritage of Shakespeare’s social, cultural and political historians to take a fresh look England. You consider what the relationship is between at the Reformations in Britain and Europe during the 16th Shakespeare’s fame, the way his plays are staged and the and 17th centuries. It is taught by leading scholars whose stories we tell about the rich legacy of buildings and objects expertise covers the cultural and religious landscape of the that remain from this exceptional period of history. You will also pre-Reformation church, New World discoveries, the Catholic have the opportunity to undertake a term-long work placement Reformation in Europe, and the political and cultural worlds with a local heritage organisation, gain invaluable research skills of 16th- and 17th-century England. training and complete a final research project. You may complete Contact: Dr Elaine Fulton – [email protected] a 12,000-word dissertation on an agreed topic that relates to the historical or literary culture of the period, or there are opportunities for presenting research in different media, such as an audio-visual presentation supported by a written defence. Contact: Professor Richard Cust – [email protected] 96 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of History and Cultures

Shakespeare, Stratford-upon-Avon and the Cultural of one of the members of the Centre for West Midlands History of Renaissance England MA History, using one of the many archival resources available (taught jointly with The Shakespeare Institute) FT PT in the region. The programme will provide you with the in-depth This interdisciplinary MA invites you to understand Shakespeare’s training necessary to understand and use these sources. works in the context of the society for which and within which Contact: Dr Malcolm Dick – [email protected] he was writing. It is taught by English literature scholars and historians, whose areas of expertise range from local history, Combined research and taught programmes court politics, gentry culture and the English Reformation to textual criticism and the history of Shakespeare in performance Combined research and taught degrees in History consist (also see page 92). of three elements: the thesis, two core modules and a research Contact Professor Richard Cust – [email protected] training module. The thesis counts for 120 credits out of a total of 180. You work on the thesis throughout the academic session. Social Research (Economic and Social History) MA FT PT This programme provides research training that will prepare you to The thesis must be no longer than 20,000 words and is undertake research in the field of economic and social history. Its submitted from the end of September in the year following particularly useful if you want to convert to the study of economic entry to the degree. For part-time students this will be two and social history, or if you have already studied in this area and years following entry to the degree. wish to improve your skills. It is recognised by the Economic and Social Research Council as providing the requisite research In the first semester you take a core module on Historical training for a PhD so you can apply for funding for the MA to Methods. In the second semester you take a module focusing be the first (training) year of a four-year PhD. on methodological issues specific to the particular MRes Contact: Dr Gavin Schaffer – [email protected] programme. Classes meet for two hours each week and you write two assessed essays. Each of these modules is West Midlands History MA PT rated at 20 credits. This programme is aimed particularly at mature students interested in the history of the West Midlands region. It is Finally, there is a Research Training module, which varies delivered as three Saturday schools per term, running from according to your interests and requirements. You receive 10.00am to 5.30pm, organised around lectures, seminars, small bibliographical training and some training in IT. In addition, group workshops and day trips. It covers the history of the region linguistic, palaeographical, quantitative methods and other from the 11th century to the end of the 20th. It does not aim for training are offered. a complete century-by-century coverage but will allow you to acquire an in-depth knowledge of a series of major themes, such Early Modern History MRes FT PT as: Town and country in the West Midlands c.1050–c.1300; Contact: Professor Richard Cust – [email protected] Reformation, social change and the Civil War (West Midlands in the 16th and 17th centuries); Enlightenment, reform and Medieval History MRes FT PT industry (West Midlands in the 18th and 19th centuries), and Contact: Dr Miriam Müller – [email protected] Turmoil and change – economy, society and politics (West Midlands in the 20th century). You will also have the opportunity Modern European History MRes FT PT to research a topic of your own choice under the supervision Contact: Professor Corey Ross – [email protected] College of Arts and Law 97

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Twentieth Century British History MRes FT PT  China in the wider world in the 8th–11th centuries Contact: Dr Nicholas Crowson – [email protected] Contact: Professor Naomi Standen – [email protected]  The late medieval Church and society, especially in England History of Christianity MRes FT PT Contact: Professor Robert Swanson – +44 (0)121 414 5748; (interdisciplinary programme) [email protected] Contact: Dr Michael Snape – [email protected]  England, 900–1200: religious and political culture; See also Theology and Religion – page 113 gender and identity Contact: Dr Simon Yarrow – +44 (0)121 414 5744; [email protected] Doctoral research programmes Modern History PhD/MA by Research FT PT Research degrees in Medieval or Modern history are best Research interests, specifically military focused planned by discussion with potential supervisors. Please contact  19th–21st-century military history either the Department Secretary or the appropriate member of Contact: Professor Gary Sheffield – +44 (0)121 414 3203; staff, as listed under ‘Research interests’ below. [email protected] The Department Secretary – +44 (0)121 414 5752;  History of warfare, counter-insurgency and occupation [email protected] in the 19th–20th centuries Contact: Dr Jonathan Gumz Medieval History PhD/MA by Research FT PT  Air Power: history, theory and practice Research interests Contact: Air Cdre (Ret’d) Dr Peter Gray –  The late medieval Church in continental Europe, power +44 (0)121 414 8423; [email protected] and heresy  Comparative European economic history Contact: Dr Caterina Bruschi – +44 (0)121 414 5754; Contact: Dr Francesca Carnevali – +44 (0)121 414 6635; [email protected] [email protected]  Early European economic and social history, Iceland,  History of control of emotion in the 20th century Norway and the South Contact: Dr Hera Cook – +44 (0)121 414 5747; Contact: Dr Chris Callow – +44 (0)121 414 5934; [email protected] [email protected]  British 20th-century political history  Economy and society in late medieval England Contact: Dr Nicholas Crowson – +44 (0)121 414 5485; Contact: Dr Miriam Müller – +44 (0)121 414 5741; [email protected] [email protected]  Society and politics of 17th-century England  Early medieval societies Contact: Professor Richard Cust – +44 (0)121 414 5764; Contact: Dr Christina Pössel – +44 (0)121 414 5756; [email protected] [email protected]  History of the West Midlands since 1700  Religious culture in central Middle Ages (c.1000–c.1300) Contact: Dr Malcolm Dick – +44 (0)121 415 8253; Contact: Dr William Purkis – +44 (0)121 414 6626; [email protected] [email protected]  Counter-Reformation belief and politics  Late medieval English legal history Contact: Dr Elaine Fulton – +44 (0)121 414 6632; Contact: Dr Jens Röhrkasten – +44 (0)121 414 5761; [email protected] [email protected]  19th-Century culture, religion, and historical thought Contact: Dr David Gange – +44 (0)121 414 5665; [email protected] 98 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of History and Cultures

 The British economy in the 20th century  Race relations and immigration, 20th-century Britain Contact: Dr Julian Greaves – +44 (0)121 414 5760; Contact: Dr Gavin Schaffer – +44 (0)121 414 6621; [email protected] [email protected]  German history since 1870  Early Modern European exploration, expansion and Contact: Dr Armin Grünbacher – +44 (0)121 414 5759; colonisation [email protected] Contact: Dr Margaret Small – +44 (0)121 4145501;  Art and material culture of early modern Britain [email protected] Contact: Dr Tara Hamling – +44 (0)121 414 9510;  History of religion in the British Army [email protected] Contact: Dr Mike Snape – +44 (0)121 414 3405;  Modern British social history [email protected] Contact: Professor Matthew Hilton – +44 (0)121 414 7697;  British imperialism, South Asia and postcolonial theory [email protected] Contact: Dr Kim Wagner – +44 (0)121 414 5778;  French social and political history [email protected] Contact: Professor Peter Jones – +44 (0)121 414 5746;  Modern Middle East, political, social, cultural history [email protected] Contact: Dr Ben White – +44 (0)121 414 5663;  Religion and gender in early modern Europe [email protected] Contact: Dr Simone Laqua-O’Donnell – +44 (0)121 414 7649; [email protected] A number of academics and experienced researchers, whose  British–German relations since 1945 commitments elsewhere preclude them from providing full-time Contact: Dr Sabine Lee – +44 (0)121 414 5736; supervision, are available for consultation to assist you with [email protected] areas of research. These include:  17th- and 18th-century European history  The social and political history of the 19th and 20th centuries Contact: Dr Jerzy Lukowski – +44 (0)121 414 5742; (particularly of Birmingham and its region) [email protected] Contact: Professors Carl Chinn and Peter Marsh, via the History  France, Germany and Italy 1934–1945 Office – +44 (0)121 414 5736; [email protected] Contact: Dr Steffen Prauser – +44 (0)121 414 5512; [email protected]  Europe in the era of the First World War Contact: Dr Pierre Purseigle – +44 (0)121 414 5739; [email protected]  British imperialism and the history of science and culture in the 19th–20th centuries Contact: Dr Sadiah Qureshi  19th–20th century European History; Environmental History Contact: Professor Corey Ross – +44 (0)121 414 5757; [email protected]  Race relations and immigration, 20th century Contact: Professor Corey Ross – +44 (0)121 414 5757; [email protected] College of Arts and Law 99

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

WEST AFRICAN STUDIES Duration of programmes  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time We are a unique interdisciplinary department and the only  MA by Research – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time West African Studies Centre, even though we teach and  MRes – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time supervise on all of Africa and its diasporas. Students from  MA – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time all parts of Africa, Britain, Europe, America and the Caribbean work together in a friendly community. Entry requirements See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact the Facilities Postgraduate Office – +44 (0)121 414 8950. All of our postgraduate students become part of – and contribute to – the vibrant international community of the College of Arts and English language requirements Law Graduate School, which offers excellent research resources Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). and a supportive working environment. Our postgraduate research students are given access to a workspace with a computer, Scholarships and studentships printing, and copying facilities and our team of academic and Scholarships may be available. Please contact operational staff are on hand to offer support and advice to all the Postgraduate Office – +44 (0)121 414 8950 postgraduate students within the College. or email [email protected]

The Danford Collection of West African Art and Artefacts Fees and funding celebrates and showcases the extensive array of cultural Standard fees apply (see page 62). For the most up-to-date traditions and artistic expression from West Africa. Its contents information contact the School directly. range from historic carvings to contemporary fine art, and it is one of the finest collections of its kind in Europe. The collection Starting dates is housed within the Centre itself and is used for teaching, Programmes start in September 2012. research seminars, poetry readings and educational events for schools, as well as being open to the public. It is one of Learn more the many hidden treasures at the University of Birmingham. www.birmingham.ac.uk/cwas

Postgraduate study Taught programmes A wide variety of research takes place at the Centre of West African Studies (CWAS). For more information on research African Studies MA/Diploma FT PT and areas of supervision visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/ This is a multi-disciplinary programme focusing on contemporary historycultures Africa. It provides you with an understanding of major social, cultural, political and economic developments in Africa and the Diaspora. It allows you to develop your critical and analytical abilities in relation to current events in Africa as well as your ability to approach contemporary African issues from interdisciplinary standpoints. 100 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law FT Full-time PT Part-time School of History DL Distance Learning Apply online and Cultures www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Social Research (African Studies) MA FT PT Doctoral research programmes This is a research programme that focuses on contemporary Africa. It provides you with an understanding of major social, African Studies PhD/MA by Research FT PT cultural, political and economic developments and provides Research interests of staff you with the research training necessary to undertake a  Popular culture; Yoruba language, and oral literature and religion social-science based study of contemporary Africa which Contact: Professor Karin Barber – +44 (0)121 414 5125; will enhance your ability to prepare and present to an audience [email protected] on material you have researched. There may be ESRC funding  African and Caribbean literature; postcolonial British literature, available for this programme. and Caribbean film and music Contact: Maggie Egginton – [email protected] Contact: Dr Stewart Brown – +44 (0)121 414 5127; [email protected] Combined research and taught programmes  Social change; gender, and development Contact: Dr Lynne Brydon – +44 (0)121 414 5123; African Studies MRes FT PT [email protected] This programme offers seven alternative pathways allowing  Rural development, conservation and environment you to focus on a particular area within the subject. These are: Contact: Dr Reginald Cline-Cole – +44 (0)121 414 5132;  African and Caribbean Literature [email protected]  African Literature and Post-Colonial Critical Theory  History and politics, Muslim/Christian relations with special  Atlantic Slavery reference to Nigeria  Gender Issues in Africa Contact: Dr Insa Nolte – +44 (0)121 414 5129;  Media and Popular Culture in Africa [email protected]  History and Politics of Southern Africa  History, Politics – Africa-wide but with special reference  Independent Study on a theme of your choice to South Africa You take three taught modules and complete a Contact: Dr Keith Shear – +44 (0)121 414 2288; 20,000-word dissertation. [email protected]  History, Education – Africa-wide but special reference Caribbean Literature MRes FT PT to Ghana On this programme you cover a broad range of poetry and Contact: Dr Kate Skinner – +44 (0)121 414 6218; fiction from the English, French and Spanish Caribbean. In [email protected] the process, you engage with issues of Caribbean history, politics, national identity, gender and sexuality. You take three You can also contact the Postgraduate Admissions Tutor – taught modules and complete a 20,000-word dissertation. +44 (0)121 414 5128 or email [email protected]; alternatively visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/historycultures For further details about the Combined research and taught programmes, contact: The Programme Admissions Tutor – +44 (0)121 414 5128; [email protected] College of Arts and Law 101

Arts and Law School of Languages, Cultures, Art History and Music

EUROPEAN LANGUAGES MA Translation Studies programme. This programme contains AND CULTURES two distinct pathways: one based in CELS, focusing on translation technologies; the other focusing on translation The Department of Modern Languages is home to one of the and cultural transfer in and between modern European UK’s largest groups of internationally renowned researchers in languages and English. the national cultures of Europe – past and present – and covers Austria, France, Germany, Italy, Portugal, Spain and the Spanish You will benefit from the expertise available within the regions (Catalonia, Galicia), and Switzerland. The Department departments of English, French, German, Italian, Hispanic of Modern Languages incorporates the subject areas of French Studies and the Centre for Russian and Eastern European Studies, German Studies, Italian Studies and Hispanic Studies Studies, and have access to the facilities provided by the (Portuguese and Spanish) and you can pursue specialist, Centre for Corpus Research, which holds a large collection cross-disciplinary or interdisciplinary postgraduate study of corpora in several languages. in any of these areas. Duration of programmes You can research a wide range of cultural, literary, historical,  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time and socio-political topics related to periods from the Middle  MA by Research/MRes – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time Ages to the present day. You can also draw upon disciplinary  MA – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time and interdisciplinary postgraduate programmes organised within the School. You receive additional support and will be invited Entry requirements to attend and present papers at departmental research seminars. See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact You will also have the opportunity to present papers and work the Centre. in progress at the postgraduate-led School Postgraduate Forum and Graduate Centre for Europe. English language requirements Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). Facilities All of our postgraduate students become part of – and contribute Scholarships and studentships to – the vibrant international community of the College of Arts and Scholarships may be available. Please contact the Law Graduate School, which offers excellent research resources Postgraduate Office – +44 (0)121 414 2277 or email and a supportive working environment. Our postgraduate research [email protected] students are given access to a workspace with a computer, printing, and copying facilities and our team of academic and Fees and funding operational staff are on hand to offer support and advice to Standard fees apply (see page 62). all postgraduate students within the College. You will be able to attend training sessions in research methods and skills, and Starting dates have access to the Ashley Building, which is now home to all our Programmes start in September 2012. modern language disciplines (with work space and IT facilities). Learn more Postgraduate study www.birmingham.ac.uk/languages As well as our variety of research degrees, we offer an interdisciplinary programme: the MRes in Gender Studies (See ‘Interdisciplinary programmes’ on page 72) and a revised 102 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of Languages, Cultures, Art History and Music

Taught programme  Decadence; revolutionary fiction; 18th- and 20th-century women’s writing; drama (Beckett, Koltès); comparative literature Italian Studies: Culture and Communication MA FT PT (French and English); European and national identities This innovative programme, taught jointly with the University Professor Jennifer Burkett of Warwick, brings together the combined strengths of two  French cultural history, especially of 20th century; research-active departments, which are also highly rated for the Nouvelle Revue Française and Jean Paulhan; their teaching quality. It draws on the facilities of both campuses. Franco–British cultural relations It is intended as a means to further career development and can Professor Martyn Cornick also act as a stepping-stone to higher-level research, especially  Dada and Surrealism in French literature and film, particularly a PhD. A brochure is available on request from both universities. Tristan Tzara, Luis Buñuel and Jean-Luc Godard; 20th-century Birmingham contact: Dr Ita MacCarthy – [email protected] French poetry Dr Stephen Forcer Combined research and taught programmes  20th-century prose fiction; discourse analysis; literary stylistics; visual culture (advertising) European Languages and Cultures Dr Béatrice Damame-Gilbert PhD with Integrated Study FT PT  Early modern French literature and culture This is an interdisciplinary PhD research programme built on Dr Ursula Haskins-Gonthier the principle of guided student choice. It offers a unique  Francophone Caribbean literature and film from Martinique opportunity to train for specialist work in your own nominated and Guadeloupe and the Antillean diaspora (including the topic area. Taught modules (120 credits), which can be spread Haitian diaspora in Canada); Francophone Colonial and over two or three years, are chosen from a portfolio divided Postcolonial Studies more generally into two segments: core skills (research and transferable), Dr Louise Hardwick and subject specific (thematic).  French cinema (all periods); 20th-century visual art; literary, Contact: Dee McLaughlin – +44 (0)121 414 2829; critical and feminist theory; Duras; Beckett [email protected] Dr Kate Ince  Romance philology and French linguistics; medieval Doctoral research programmes French language and literature; medieval Occitan language and literature French Studies PhD/MA by Research FT PT Emeritus Professor Peter Ricketts Research in French Studies at Birmingham holds an international  Inter-war literature and culture; Second World War and reputation. Ranging from the medieval to the contemporary period literature; Irène Némirovsky; women’s writing; literature our broad base of specialist excellence has allowed us to develop and translation; travel writing our distinctive Cultural Studies orientations and expertise in Dr Angela Kershaw cross-disciplinary and comparative research.  19th-century literature; Honoré de Balzac; the politics of Balzacian provinciality; contemporary re-imaginings Research interests include: of 19th-century literature  The Algerian War of Independence; the French Dr Andrew Watts colonial experience  19th- and 20th-century French art and literature Dr Craig Blunt Dr Emma Wagstaff College of Arts and Law 103

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

 Colonial and postcolonial studies; popular representations Hispanic Studies PhD/MA by Research FT PT of Empire in Britain and in France; European imperialisms Research activity spans medieval to modern, embracing in comparative perspective; the decolonisation of European the history, literatures and cultures of Spain and its regions empire; colonial and postcolonial history of Francophone – Catalonia, Galicia, the Hispanic Caribbean and Spanish Africa, North Africa and the Sahara America, Portugal and Brazil. It also encompasses the Dr Berny Sèbe disciplines of Linguistics and Translation Studies.

Contact: Dr Stephen Forcer, Postgraduate Admissions Tutor, Research interests include: +44 (0)121 414 5985; [email protected]  Medieval chronicles  Golden Age literature and culture German Studies PhD/MA by Research FT PT  Drama and theatre in early modern Europe German Studies at Birmingham enjoys a long-standing  19th- and 20th-century Spanish literature national and international reputation. Research is pursued  20th- and 21st-century Hispanic narrative in its broadest social and intellectual context, and you are  Modern Spanish poetry encouraged to select topics that require knowledge of  Modern Hispanic poetry and narrative developments elsewhere in Europe.  Hispanic Caribbean and Latin-American literature  The Uruguayan short story Research interests include:  Portuguese literature  (Critical) linguistics, Sprachkritik, language corpora, and Kafka  Brazilian literature  German and Germanic philology  Portuguese literature in English translation  German culture and history since 1750, particularly the  The anthology in Portugal relationship between literature and politics  Catalan poetry and narrative  Medieval poetry, courtly romance, and Renaissance and  Comparative literature Reformation studies  The philosophy of María Zambrano  20th-century German literature and language  Hispanic Linguistics teaching methodology  Comparative philology  German intellectual and cultural history of the 19th and  Textual editing 20th centuries, especially Nietzsche, the First World War,  Translation studies and National Socialism  Advertising language  Women’s writing; the politics of remembrance and feminist  Intellectual history theory; gendered memories of Nazism; autobiography and  The interaction between literature and history identity, and women’s writing and fascism  German literature of the 19th and 20th centuries with special Key themes include: the avant-garde novel of the 1920s, interests in Nietzsche, Thomas Mann, Kafka and Brecht the social novel of the 1930s, Spanish Civil War literature,  Contemporary German language, and 18th-century Exile Literature, Censorship, Women’s writing, Gender women’s literature and post colonial studies, Violence and Gender, Crime and detective fiction. Interested graduates should contact Dr Nigel Harris for further details – +44 (0)121 414 6183; [email protected] Interested graduates should contact Professor Francis Lough, Postgraduate Admissions Tutor – +44 (0)121 414 6034; [email protected] 104 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of Languages, Cultures, Art History and Music

External funding  Medieval literature and Italian diachronic linguistics Hispanic Studies currently receives funding from several  Renaissance literature; the relation between literature and the regional and national governments in the Iberian Peninsula: visual arts; chivalric romance, particularly Ariosto; the concept  The Portuguese government has sponsored the Cátedra of grazia; the debate about women in the Renaissance, and Gil Vicente, a research centre for Lusophone Studies within contemporary women’s writing the Department. The centre funds conferences and training  20th-century and contemporary literature; discourses events organised or attended by academic staff, language of gender and sexuality in 20th-century and contemporary instructors and postgraduate students. It also offers partial culture and society bursaries to fund postgraduate students.  The Xunta de Galicia supports the Centro de Estudos Contact: Dr Clodagh Brook – Galegos to promote the teaching of Galician in the +44 (0)121 414 7504; [email protected] Department, and provides small sums to support research activity in Galician Studies. For a full list of research groups and for further information  The Institut Ramón Llull helps to fund a post and research about individual language departments, please in Catalan Studies. visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/pg The Basque government funds teaching and research-related activities in Basque language and culture. HISTORY OF ART Italian Studies PhD/MA by Research FT PT Italian Studies, with an excellent record in attracting funding, We are located in the Barber Institute of Fine Arts, which has a vibrant postgraduate community. The research environment houses the Barber Institute gallery. This is an excellent and is outstanding and it has one full AHRC PhD per year for the representative collection of post-medieval European art. It next two academic years (for entry in 2012 and 2013). It hosts includes paintings, engravings and drawings by such artists an annual Birmingham–Warwick postgraduate symposium and, as Rembrandt, Van Dyck, Veronese, Picasso, Magritte, as since 2008, has held a student-led Italian seminar series. It is well as an important collection of 19th-century paintings by home to the Leopardi Centre and, currently, to a Leverhulme- artists such as Monet, Manet, Degas, Gauguin, Turner and funded project on populists in power and to an AHRC-funded Whistler. This is a valuable teaching collection which all project on Leopardi’s Zibaldone. members of staff use on a regular basis.

Research interests include: Facilities  Italian politics, media and cultural studies The Barber Institute’s exceptional Fine Art Library (of circa  Italian film; literary and film theory; 20th-century poetry 60,000 volumes) contains specialist collections of sales and narrative; themes of conflict; opposition; power; catalogues and 19th-century books, in addition to excellent public and private holdings in all areas of art history. The University of Birmingham  The Age of Romanticism in Italy; the reception of Dante in Library provides an additional research resource of international the 19th century; 20th-century fiction; critical theory in Italy; quality, containing almost 2 million books, a wide range of the relation between oral and written literature, and the work periodicals and IT facilities. Its research holdings include of Umberto Eco important collections of historical and art-historical documents,  Autobiography; the work of Giacomo Leopardi, and Leopardi such as papers and photographs relating to Sir Lawrence in the European context Alma-Tadema. College of Arts and Law 105

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

All of our postgraduate students become part of – and Fees and funding contribute to – the vibrant international community of the Standard fees apply (see page 62). College of Arts and Law Graduate School, which offers excellent research resources and a supportive working environment. Starting dates Our postgraduate research students are given access to a Programmes start in September 2012. workspace with a computer, printing, and copying facilities and our team of academic and operational staff are on hand Learn more to offer support and advice to all postgraduate students www.birmingham.ac.uk/historyofart within the College. Taught programmes Postgraduate study There is a thriving History of Art postgraduate community at History of Art MA FT PT Birmingham, which offers a stimulating intellectual environment. This programme provides both training in research methods A wide range of public lectures and seminar programmes and specialist training leading to a dissertation. The programme are regularly hosted by the Department, some of which includes a research methods module, a wide-ranging module postgraduates help to plan and organise. These provide on the Critical Approaches to the History of Art, as well as a opportunities to discuss art-historical questions with visiting specialist subject and an additional optional module on a speakers as well as to engage with the latest research of period or theme. You will research and write a 12,000-word those working within the University. Postgraduate students dissertation. The MA also offers a further exhibitions module, are given the opportunity to co-curate an exhibition at the which introduces you to museum studies and the skills required Barber Institute annually and co-author and co-edit an to curate an exhibition. You are asked to curate an exhibition accompanying catalogue. as part of a team in order to complete this module and have the opportunity to co-author and co-edit an accompanying Duration of programmes catalogue. Specialist subjects and options vary from year to  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time year, so please consult the department for more information.  MA by Research/MRes – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time Contact: Dr Camilla Smith – +44 (0)121 414 7568;  MA – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time [email protected]

Entry requirements Combined research and taught programme See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact the Postgraduate Office – +44 (0)121 414 8950. History of Art MRes FT PT This programme offers two core modules, the Critical English language requirements Approaches to the History of Art and a research training Standard English requirements apply (see page 68). module. The programme requires you to research and write a 20,000-word thesis. You have the option to co-curate an Scholarships and studentships exhibition at the Barber Institute of Fine Arts and co-author History of Art students are eligible to apply for the and co-edit an accompanying catalogue. Haywood Scholarship. Other scholarships/funding may Contact: Dr Camilla Smith – +44 (0)121 414 7568; also be available. Please contact the Postgraduate Office – [email protected] +44 (0)121 414 8950 or email [email protected] 106 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of Languages, Cultures, Art History and Music

Doctoral research programmes The collaborative PhD programme is aimed at students who wish to pursue research careers in the wider cultural sector. History of Art PhD/MA by Research FT PT We make applications for similar funding annually. Normally, you need either to have gained an MA or MA by Contact: Dr Camilla Smith – +44 (0)121 414 7568; Research qualification in the History of Art, or to have upgraded [email protected] from an MA by Research in order to apply. The award of a PhD is virtually a necessary condition for pursuing a career as an academic art historian. MUSIC

Research interests: One of the most prestigious music departments in the UK, we  19th- and early 20th-century French art, design and visual culture have been ranked second in the country for the quality of our Dr Francesca Berry world-leading research and 2012 sees us expand our offering  18th- and early 19th-century French visual culture even further. (particular specialism in the revolutionary periods, especially iconoclasm and print culture) Facilities Dr Richard Clay From 2012 the Department will be located in the new Bramall  Roman architecture; Italian art, 1400–1600; Renaissance Music Building in Chancellor’s Court at the heart of the and post-Renaissance architecture in Italy and Britain University campus. The new premises will be centred on Mr David Hemsoll the 450-seat Elgar Concert Hall and will also contain a  Modern and contemporary art and exhibition cultures in suite dedicated to the study and performance of early music, Europe (with specific emphasis on migration, hybridity five electroacoustic studios and a large rehearsal room. and post-communism) Dr Jutta Vinzent In addition, the department’s performing and learning facilities  18th-century Swiss art and late 19th- and early 20th-century also include the Elgar Suite – a 16-room practice block – German and Austrian art and visual culture and the Birmingham Electroacoustic Sound Theatre (BEAST), Dr Camilla Smith which has an active concert presence within Europe.  German and Central European art and design from the mid-19th century to the present; the historiography of art; Our Music Library is one of the best in the country, with special contemporary art theory and criticism collections centred on 20th-century English music (including Professor Matthew Rampley Elgar’s diaries, manuscript scores and early editions) and Baroque music (including many manuscript and early printed Collaborative PhDs sources and an extensive microfilm collection). The Department has won a considerable number of AHRC funding awards for collaborative PhDs since the competition’s All of our postgraduate students become part of the College launch. Such PhDs are supervised in conjunction with non-HEI of Arts and Law Graduate School – a vibrant international partners (Birmingham Museums and Art Gallery, and the Royal community offering excellent research resources and a supportive Birmingham Society of Arts) and, in some cases, with the working environment. Students have access to a computer cluster Department of History, and the Institute of Archaeology and provided with music software, such as ‘Sibelius’ and ‘Adobe Antiquity at Birmingham. Audition’, and our Graduate School team of academic and operational staff are on hand to offer support and advice to all postgraduate students within the College. College of Arts and Law 107

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Postgraduate study Starting dates Supervised by experts of international standing, postgraduate Programmes usually start in September 2012. study in Music focuses on composition and musicology, including performance practice. Composition includes Learn more electroacoustic music; conventional and mixed media www.birmingham.ac.uk/music electroacoustics; instrumental and vocal music; mixed instrumental and electroacoustic music, and live and Taught programme interactive electroacoustics. Musicology ranges from the medieval to the contemporary, and across a number Music MA FT PT of European musical cultures. This programme introduces you to the advanced study of music in an atmosphere of critical analysis, creative thinking, and Duration of programmes debate. As well as gaining technical, discipline-specific skills,  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time you acquire general, transferable skills such as communication,  MA by Research – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time presentation, critical evaluation, advanced argumentation and  MMus – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time independent study skills.  MA Music – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time There are three pathways: Entry requirements  Composition pathway The usual entry requirement is an upper second-class degree This raises your awareness of issues in contemporary or higher in Music, or appropriate equivalent qualification. western music, increases your technical proficiency in See also ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68. writing music, and gives you experience of writing a sustained musical argument Additional requirements  Musicology pathway For Composition – you should also submit scores and/or This explores contemporary issues, methods, techniques recordings of your work with your application. For Musicology and debates in historical musicology, in the areas of source – you should also submit a recent piece of written work and studies (manuscript, printed and electronic), historical a brief research proposal with your application. These items performance practice, reception history, and historiography should be copies, since they cannot be returned.  Performance Practice pathway This improves your technical proficiency in performance, English language requirements raises your awareness of the issues of historically informed Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). performance practice, and gives you, if you choose, experience of performing on a Medieval, Renaissance Scholarships and studentships or Baroque instrument The Barber Trust provides an annual Scholarship for an international student in Music. Other scholarships may The programme is suitable either as an additional year of study be available. Please contact the Postgraduate Office – after an undergraduate degree, or as a stepping stone to +44 (0)121 414 2277 or email [email protected] postgraduate research (PhD). Contact: Dr Scott Wilson, Director of Postgraduate Studies Fees and funding – +44 (0)121 414 5767; [email protected] Standard fees apply (see page 62). 108 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of Languages, Cultures, Art History and Music

Combined research and taught programme Doctoral research programmes

Music MMus FT PT Musicology PhD/MA by Research FT PT The MMus offers a wide-ranging and flexible programme in Our research expertise is concentrated on: musicology, composition or performance practice that you  Music analysis and critical theory can take over one year (full-time) or two years (part-time)  Medieval music and includes elements of research and subject training.  Baroque music For musicologists we offer expert guidance on advanced  Romantic music techniques in musical analysis and critical theory, means  19th- and 20th-century British music of acquiring information on music and music history; new approaches to thinking and writing about music, editorial The musicology research area includes performance practice. skills, and modules on periods and genres covered by staff A particular focus is created by the existence of the Centre for specialisms. Early Music Performance and Research (CEMPR), which owns a large collection of reproduction early instruments and offers For composers we offer courses in acoustics and practical tuition in early instrumental and vocal techniques. electroacoustic resources (including aspects of notation and sound processing) many of which include practical work Musical Composition PhD/MA by Research FT PT with the Birmingham ElectroAcoustic Sound Theatre, the Departmental staff include composers, performers and writers New Music Ensemble and the Birmingham Contemporary on music. The Electroacoustic Music Studios and Birmingham Music Group in workshop and concert situations. ElectroAcoustic Sound Theatre (BEAST) are world leaders in Contact: Dr Scott Wilson, Director of Composition Studies ­– electronic composition and sound diffusion; and the Birmingham +44 (0)121 414 5767; [email protected] Contemporary Music Group is the Department’s ‘Ensemble in Association’, allowing composers an opportunity to hear their work performed by top-class professionals.

Research interests include:  Composition and acousmatic electroacoustic music  Composition and avant-garde music theatre  Composition and live electroacoustic music

For information on these programmes contact: Dr Scott Wilson – +44 (0)121 414 5767; [email protected] College of Arts and Law 109

Arts and Law School of Philosophy, Theology and Religion

PHILOSOPHY printing, and copying facilities and our team of academic and operational staff are on hand to offer support and advice to Our Department is home to a dynamic and friendly community all postgraduate students within the College. of philosophers, pursuing original research on a wide range of topics. We offer a diverse variety of postgraduate programmes, The Department also makes funds available to cover the and in addition to the formal teaching and training sessions we expenses of students wishing to participate in conferences. host a busy calendar of research seminars, colloquia and Global ethics students are expected to attend the weekly conferences. Philosophy Seminar (which includes many speakers who are relevant to global ethics, including moral and political Birmingham has a growing international reputation as a centre philosophers). In addition, in the Spring Term a dedicated of excellence for research in analytic philosophy. Staff members global ethics seminar is convened in order to bring more write papers and books in key areas, such as metaphysics, activist and practitioner speakers to the Centre. philosophy of language, philosophy of science, philosophy of religion, ethics and meta-ethics. We host regular research Postgraduate study seminars, workshops and international conferences, and have We have an expanding postgraduate community and our an expanding Postgraduate Research Programme. postgraduates are well integrated into our research culture. Students present and discuss their work in progress at the In addition, our Department includes the Centre for the Study weekly postgraduate research seminar. They are also encouraged of Global Ethics, which was founded in 2001, and was the to contribute informally to the Philosophy Society and Staff first of its kind in the UK. The Centre was set up to address Seminar. The Philosophy Society hosts guest speakers from the practical and theoretical issues raised by globalisation. other universities where the speaker gives a special pre-talk Global Ethics has natural affinities with Political Science for graduate students, aimed at familiarising them with the and International Relations, as well as the Institute of background issues of the main talk. Applied Social Studies. Students are encouraged to contribute to the international The Centre has links with the College of Medical and Dental conferences and workshops we host and a ‘mock conference’ Sciences, the International Development Department and for graduate students is held at the end of the year, in which the Birmingham Business School. We are multidisciplinary each graduate student gives a paper. in approach, as we believe that the issues we face today cannot be solved within, for example, economics, politics Duration of programmes or philosophy alone. n PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time n MA by Research – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time Facilities n MRes – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time We are housed in the European Research Institute building, which n MSc – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time is part of the main Edgbaston campus. All of our postgraduate n MA – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time students become part of – and contribute to – the vibrant international community of the College of Arts and Law Graduate Entry requirements School, which offers excellent research resources and a See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact supportive working environment. Our postgraduate research the Department. students are given access to a workspace with a computer, 110 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of Philosophy, Theology and Religion

English language requirements Philosophy of Health and Happiness MA FT PT Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). This programme focuses on the growing field of happiness and its overlap with health and wellbeing asking questions such as: Scholarships and studentships What is happiness? What is health? How does illness affect A number of postgraduate (mostly fees only) bursaries are our understating of what matters? Do our views about death available from the department, and PhD students are offered and mortality affect how happy we are and how meaningful paid work (and invaluable experience) as teaching assistants. our lives are? Please contact the School of Philosophy, Theology and Religion directly or email [email protected] You will complete three Philosophy modules; Research Skills and Methods for MA students, Philosophy of Health and Happiness Fees and funding and God, Freedom and the Meaning of Life as well as optional Standard fees apply (see page 62). modules from the School of Philosophy Theology and Religion, in the School of Psychology, or in the Birmingham Law School. Starting dates You will also complete a 12,000-word dissertation. Programmes start in September 2012. Philosophy of Language and Linguistics MA FT PT Learn more In addition to the dissertation (up to 12,000 words), you take two www.birmingham.ac.uk/philosophy philosophy modules: n Research Skills and Methods for MA Students Taught programmes n Philosophy of Language

Philosophy MA FT PT You also pursue 40 credits of relevant Philosophy modules and You will be taught by a vibrant community of philosophers, 40 credits of modules in linguistics at the Department of English pursuing original research on a wide range of topics on or the School of Psychology. which expert supervision is available. Topics include: ethics, meta-ethics and global ethics; epistemology and metaphysics; Philosophy of Mind and Cognitive Science MA FT PT mind, language and action; and the philosophy of health In addition to the dissertation (up to 12,000 words), you and happiness. take three philosophy modules: n Research Skills and Methods for MA Students In addition to the dissertation (up to 12,000 words), you take n Philosophy of Mind a research skills module. You then select options from a list n Philosophy of Cognitive Science or Philosophy of Health of modules offered by Philosophy (including the Centre for and Happiness the Study of Global Ethics) and other departments. You also pursue 40 credits of Cognitive Science modules in the School of Psychology or in the School of Computer Science.

Contact for the above four programmes: Dr Jussi Suikkanen, Departmental Postgraduate Taught Director – j.v.suikkanen@ bham.ac.uk College of Arts and Law 111

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Philosophy of Religion and Ethics other commitments. It is equally suitable for recent graduates or MA/Diploma/Certificate FT PT post-experience students, for those wishing to go on to further You will explore the key issues in the fields of Philosophy of research in one or more of the topics, or for those with a Religion and Ethics, such as ‘Are there shared human values?’ personal interest in the field of human rights. ‘How do we negotiate different belief systems in pluralistic Contact: Professor Tom Sorell, Director of the Centre for the societies?’ ‘Is there a conflict between science and religion?’ Study of Global Ethics – [email protected]

This programme will particularly appeal to graduates who wish Combined research and taught programme to develop their professional careers (including teachers, social professionals and those whose occupation touches upon these Philosophy MRes FT PT issues); those who wish to advance their academic careers, as The MRes is a one-year programme designed to enable you to well as those who simply have a passion for the topic. carry out a significant research project while following two taught Contact: Dr Yujin Nagasawa – [email protected] or modules. The first of these, Philosophical Research, investigates Dr David Cheetham – [email protected] key questions concerning philosophical methods and thereby helps you to plan and manage the preparation of your thesis. Global Ethics MSc/Diploma/Certificate FT PT It also facilitates the sharpening of key bibliographic, critical, You can study a range of modules including: Global Ethics, interpretive, and presentational skills. Two further modules Human Rights, Global Bioethics, and Development Ethics. are chosen from a number of options including Philosophy of Mind, Epistemology and Metaphysics, Ethics, and You can also participate in a research seminar, or undertake a Philosophy of Language. placement with an NGO or the equivalent. If you study the MSc, Contact: Dr Jussi Suikkanen, Departmental Postgraduate there are compulsory modules and the 15,000-word dissertation. Taught Director – [email protected] The programme is designed to be flexible to accommodate those wishing to study part-time, such as people with professional or Doctoral research programmes other commitments. It is equally suitable for recent graduates or post-experience students, for those wishing to go on to further Philosophy PhD/MA by Research FT PT research in one or more of the topics, or for those with a Research areas include: personal interest in the field of global ethics. n Philosophy of language, mind and action Contact: Professor Tom Sorrell, Director of the Centre for the n Moral philosophy (theoretical and applied) Study of Global Ethics – [email protected] n Metaphysics and epistemology n History of Philosophy Human Rights and Human Values n Philosophy of the Cognitive Sciences MSc/Diploma/Certificate FT PT n Philosophy of Religion You can study a range of modules including: Human Rights, Global Ethics, Global Bioethics, and Development Ethics. A full list of academic staff and their research interests can be found at www.birmingham.ac.uk/philosophy You can also participate in a research seminar, or undertake a Contact: Dr Mark Cartledge, Postgraduate Admissions Tutor placement with an NGO or the equivalent. If you study the MSc, – [email protected] there are compulsory modules and the 15,000-word dissertation. The programme is designed to be flexible to accommodate those wishing to study part-time, such as people with professional or 112 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of Philosophy, Theology and Religion

Global Ethics PhD/MA by Research FT PT The University’s major library collection supports our research Our PhD and MA by Research programmes require you to areas, with over 120,000 volumes and several hundred undertake independent research under the supervision of our periodicals. Much of this is located in the modern, spacious staff. We provide training opportunities such as modules from Orchard Learning Resources Centre on the Selly Oak Campus. the MSc programme or research skills training. Our research interests cover a wide variety of topics, details of which can All of our postgraduate students become part of – and contribute be found on our website www.birmingham.ac.uk/globalethics to – the vibrant international community of the College of Arts and Contact: Professor Tom Sorell – +44 (0)121 414 8443; Law Graduate School, which offers excellent research resources [email protected] and a supportive working environment. Our postgraduate research students are given access to a workspace with a computer, printing, and copying facilities and our team of academic and THEOLOGY AND RELIGION operational staff are on hand to offer support and advice to all postgraduate students within the College. Theology and Religion plays a world-leading role in areas of research such as Textual Scholarship and Electronic Editing, Postgraduate study Christian–Muslim relations and World Christianity (particularly The Department combines internationally-established strength Pentecostal and Charismatic Studies). We have a large and in teaching and research with initiatives in new fields of study: it international community of postgraduates, attracted by the range provides a context that supports and encourages multidisciplinary and quality of supervision available and the chance to participate research, and variety and depth of postgraduate study across the in specialised seminars in many areas of theological research. areas of theology and religion. We offer postgraduate programmes from taught Masters to PhD degrees in a wide range of subjects, Facilities and host public lectures and research seminars given by The Department is housed in the European Research Institute distinguished scholars. (ERI) building which is part of the main Edgbaston campus. Contact: Dr Mark Cartledge, Postgraduate Admissions Tutor; We have extensive formal and informal links with academic and [email protected] religious institutions in five continents. In the UK, we maintain close links with Queen’s (Ecumenical) College; Oscott (Catholic) Duration of programmes College, Woodbrooke Quaker Study Centre, and the Urban  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time Theology Unit in Sheffield. This gives us access to many other  PhD with Integrated Study – 4 years full-time only collections of antiquarian books and historical papers.  DPT – 5–6 years part-time (full-time may also be available)  MA by Research – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time The University of Birmingham Library also has a number of  MRes – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time special collections of materials for research, including the  MA – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time personal papers of a number of significant figures in the history of the Church. These include: Also see individual programme entries or visit our online  The Mingana Collection of Arabic and Syriac Manuscripts prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/pg  Archives of the Church Missionary Society  Archives of the YMCA Entry requirements  The Harold Turner Collection on new religious movements See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68. Also visit our  Manuscripts of religious texts on microfilm online prospectus. College of Arts and Law 113

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

English language requirements throughout the year to make the programme more accessible Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). for students in full-time employment. Contact: Dr Andrew Davies – [email protected] Scholarships and studentships Scholarships may be available. Please contact the History of Christianity MA Interdisciplinary programme Postgraduate Office – +44 (0)121 414 8950 or email (Taught within the Department of History) [email protected] This is an interdisciplinary programme involving staff from a number of departments each providing a different area of Fees and funding expertise in the subject. Our range of expertise covers all Standard fees apply (see page 62). periods including Catholic, Orthodox, Protestant and African Independent branches giving you a rich variety of options and Starting dates a range of dissertation possibilities. It is also an excellent route Programmes start in September 2012. for those wanting to go onto further study such as PhD research. Contact: Dr Michael Snape – [email protected] Learn more www.birmingham.ac.uk/theologyandreligion See also History – page 94

Taught programmes Islamic Studies MA/Diploma/Certificate FT PT This is for those wishing to acquire a broad foundation in Islamic Electronic Scholarly Editing MA/Diploma/Certificate FT PT studies and those seeking a sound preparation for a subsequent This programme provides the necessary tools and methods research degree. Study includes Islamic Philosophy, Sufism, Islam to edit texts in the area of religion, with reference especially in the Diaspora, Political Islam, Islam and Gender, and History of to early Christian and medieval Islamic manuscript traditions. Christian–Muslim Relations. You also have the opportunity to work Modules include a dissertation which consists of an online on areas of special interest. edition of a text made jointly by all the participating students, Contact: Dr Jagbir Jhutti-Johal – [email protected] palaeography in the appropriate language, textual theory and languages. Combined research and taught programmes Contact: Professor David Parker – +44 (0)121 415 8341; [email protected] History of Christianity MRes Interdisciplinary programme (Taught within the Department of History) FT PT Evangelical and Charismatic Studies This programme combines training in research skills and MA/Diploma/Certificate FT PT methodology with the writing of a 20,000-word dissertation. This innovative programme, offered within the School’s Centre The compulsory elements are the dissertation and Writing the for Pentecostal and Charismatic Studies, critically analyses History of Christianity – the first half of which focuses on selected Evangelicalism and the Pentecostal/Charismatic movement, modern historical classics and the second half on primary sources. two important and growing traditions in world Christianity, in In addition, you take either a tailor-made research skills module, terms of their history, theology, biblical interpretation, music and providing specific training for your intended area of doctoral worship. It offers an excellent introduction to the field for candidates research (for example a language), or any 20-credit module considering future research in the area, but is also well suited to from the MA in the History of Christianity. personal and professional development purposes. The part-time Contact: Dr Michael Snape – [email protected] course is taught in three intensive three-day teaching blocks See also History – page 94 114 College of Arts and Law

Arts and Law School of Philosophy, Theology and Religion

Inter-religious Relations MRes FT PT Religion and Culture MRes FT PT Here you can study religions in their historical and contemporary This degree offers a framework within which you can develop development; special attention is given to geographical spread, knowledge and skills in the social, cultural and theological study theological complexity and cultural influence. You explore the of religion and faith in contemporary society. Studies can include affinities between great religions, their mutual indebtedness, their formal religions, alternative or ‘New Age’ spiritualities, or other differences, and the clashes their encounters have produced. The sources of meaning not conventionally thought of as ‘religious’. programme comprises three 20-credit modules, one of which is You can also study religion in regional contexts, looking at Research Methodology and you complete a 20,000-word thesis. anthropological, sociological, historical and cultural issues. Contact: Dr Jagbir Jhutti-Johal – +44 (0)121 415 8338; The programme comprises three 20-credit modules, one of [email protected] which is Research Methodology and you complete a 20,000- word thesis. Islamic Studies MRes FT PT Contact: Dr Ian Draper – +44 (0)121 414 3613; This MRes provides an opportunity for exploring most aspects [email protected] of Islamic Studies, including: Islamic history and philosophy and contemporary religious and political thought. The programme Sikh Studies MRes FT PT comprises three 20-credit modules, one of which is Research Within this programme you become critically oriented with key Methodology and you complete a 20,000-word thesis. issues that play a significant role in understanding the Sikh Contact: Dr Jagbir Jhutti-Johal – +44 (0)121 415 8338; religion and its practices. Taught elements explore the Sikh [email protected] religion in a theological and anthropological context with reference to the contemporary scene. You develop critical Pentecostal and Charismatic Studies MRes FT PT reasoning skills needed for objectively analysing Sikh writings This programme allows you to study these movements with and the writings about Sikhism by scholars. Some emphasis is academic honesty, emphasising the contextual nature of given to comparative study and its importance for the study of Charismatic Christianity, considering the lessons such a study inter-religious dialogue and relations. The programme comprises has for world Christianity, and enabling academic reflection three 20-credit modules, one of which is Research Methodology on them. The programme comprises three 20-credit modules, and you complete a 20,000-word thesis. one of which is Research Methodology and you complete Contact: Dr Jagbir Jhutti-Johal – +44 (0)121 415 8338; a 20,000-word thesis. [email protected] Contact: Dr Mark Cartledge, Director of the Centre for Pentecostal and Charismatic Studies – +44 (0)121 414 7512; Theology MRes FT PT [email protected] Possible areas of supervised study within this programme include: third world theologies; contextual biblical hermeneutics; Quaker Studies MRes FT PT philosophy of religion; contemporary theology, and western Quaker Studies offers an exciting way to learn about and reflect philosophical theology. It comprises three 20-credit modules, on the Quaker past, present, and future, whilst conducting one of which is Research Methodology and you complete a in-depth research – an ideal stepping stone to a doctoral research 20,000-word thesis. degree. Taught modules include the History of Quaker Theology, Contact: Dr Andrew Davies – +44 (0)121 415 8348; and Issues in Contemporary Quakerism. Training in research [email protected] methods is given and you complete a 20,000-word dissertation. Contact: Professor Ben Pink Dandelion – +44 (0)121 415 6782; [email protected] College of Arts and Law 115

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Doctoral research programmes

Practical Theology Doctorate DPT PT This is a doctoral-level programme particularly for part-time students; it provides a unique opportunity for practitioners in a variety of settings to work with peers from similar or different professional and voluntary contexts to gain a practice-based and relevant research degree by staged part-time work. You are encouraged to use your professional, voluntary or ministerial practice as the foundation for structured research in practical theology. Assessment is by a portfolio of work including a literature review, publishable article, research proposal, and a 50,000-word dissertation.

Please note: You should make clear the nature of your current practice situation and how this will be used in your doctoral studies in the personal section of your application. Contact: Professor Stephen Pattison – +44 (0)121 415 8347; [email protected]

Theology and Religion PhD/MA by Research FT PT Research areas include:  Biblical Studies  Contemporary Religion and Society  Intercultural and Practical Theology  Islamic Studies, Christian–Muslim Relations  Jewish and Holocaust Studies  Modern Theology  Pentecostal and Charismatic Studies  Philosophy of Religion  Quaker Studies  South Asian Religions

A list of the special interests of academic staff in each area can be found on our online prospectus. www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/pg

For information about supervision in research areas not specified, contact the Department via: +44 (0)121 415 8347; [email protected] College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

Our physicists Our School of Metallurgy helped to design and Materials has developed components for the Large Hadron antibacterial steel which Collider at CERN can be used in the fight in Switzerland – the largest machine in against MRSA the world

The world’s first invisibility cloak was co-developed by researchers at Birmingham

Birmingham physicists helped Our Centre for Hydrogen to build components for the and Fuel Cell Research world’s largest x-ray telescope, which orbits 20,000 kilometres is home to England’s above the earth first hydrogen gas We are spearheading fuelling station the national HE STEM and has its own fleet of (Science, Technology, Engineering and hydrogen powered cars Mathematics) programme Doctoral Training Centre for Physical Sciences of Imaging in the Biomedical Sciences (PSIBS) 118

School of Chemical Engineering 119

School of Chemistry 122

School of Civil Engineering 124

School of Computer Science 127

School of Electronic, Electrical and Computer Engineering 130

The world’s first invisibility cloak was School of Mathematics 134 co-developed by researchers at Birmingham School of Mechanical Engineering 137

School of Metallurgy and Materials 139

School of Physics and Astronomy 141

118 College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

Engineering and Physical Sciences Interdisciplinary programme

PSIBS Cross-disciplinary Physical Sciences of Imaging in Our training and research are inherently cross-disciplinary, the Biomedical Sciences Doctoral bringing together complementary scientific perspectives and Training Centre skills that enable students to tackle challenging problems at the cutting-edge of imaging advancement, achieving insights not Physical Sciences of Imaging in the Biomedical Sciences accessible within a single discipline. As a PSIBS researcher, PhD with Integrated Study (MSc – year 1; PhD – years 2–4) you will work with physical scientists (chemists, engineers and physicists) to gain an understanding of the processes of image This is an interdisciplinary programme that draws on skills and formation and the development of image-enhancing agents, expertise from across the spectrum of science, engineering and tracers and probes, as well as laboratory expertise and a medicine at Birmingham. It is open to graduates from engineering grounding in generic scientific methodologies. You will work and the physical sciences disciplines. with computer scientists to gain skills in complex data modelling and image analysis. You will also work with life scientists to Entry requirements develop a knowledge of cellular and molecular biology, bio- The normal entrance qualification is at least an upper systems, normal physiology and disease processes, with an second-class Honours degree in a relevant discipline awareness of topical research in these areas. We believe that (Chemistry, Physics, Materials Science, Natural Sciences, scientists with this broad skill-base will push the boundaries of Computer Science, Engineering or Mathematics). the field of imaging and contribute to future breakthroughs in biological and biomedical sciences. English language requirements Standard English language requirements apply – Training Environment see page 68 for details. In the first year of the programme you will follow a course of six tailor-made taught modules and three research mini-projects. On Scholarships and studentships progression from this stage you will pursue an individual three-year Scholarships may be available – contact the Doctoral Training PhD research project. The Doctoral Training Centre provides Centre directly. study and pastoral support throughout all four years of study.

Fees n Theoretical foundations Standard fees apply (see page 62 for details). n Laboratory and practical skills n Cross-disciplinary integration Starting dates n Training in enterprise, communication and other Autumn 2012. transferable skills n Building networks within and beyond the University

Visit the online website of the Doctoral Training Centre at www.birmingham.ac.uk/psibs Contact: Professor Mike Hannon – +44 (0)121 414 8808 [email protected] College of Engineering and Physical Sciences 119

Engineering and Physical Sciences School of Chemical Engineering

Chemical Engineering at Birmingham is one of the three Facilities largest centres for postgraduate education of chemical Our Centre for Formulation Engineering enables research into engineers in the UK. We have a postgraduate population structured products, in collaboration with Physics, Chemistry of over 100, half from overseas, creating a truly multinational and Materials Science: £3.5 million of infrastructure funding population and a lively, vibrant research environment. We have has been used to modernise and redesign the laboratory space, pioneered development and research in rapidly expanding bringing our bioprocessing facilities to Class 2 GMO standards, new areas, such as pharmaceuticals and bioproducts, food creating a suite of formulation engineering and computer processing, hydrogen fuel cells and energy research, as well laboratories and a pilot plant. Via the Hydrogen and Fuel Cells as having leading-edge groups in fluid and particle mechanics. Doctoral Training Centre, we have purpose-built laboratories Staff in the School have a wide range of expertise in fields for development and testing of fuel cells and for hydrogen such as tissue engineering, supercritical fluid processing, production via novel methods. mathematical modelling and pharmaceutical engineering. Postgraduate study Our reputation is reflected in our RAE rating, which shows The modern focus of chemical engineering is on structured us to be in the top five Chemical Engineering Schools in the products where the micron-scale formulated structure country; 20% of our outputs were in the highest 4* category determines the function of the material. Innovation in product (highest international, world-leading) and 45% in the 3* and process requires interdisciplinary science and industry (high international) ranking. focus, both of which are internationally recognised at Birmingham.

The School boasts two EPSRC Doctoral Training Centres; The quality of our research students is a key factor in our the Engineering Doctoral Centre in Formulation Engineering, continued success, and we recruit the best from around the in which researchers are embedded in companies to develop world. Our research activity is collaborative, with new projects skills in applying academic research to problems of industrial frequently bringing together academics with different interests. value; and the Doctoral Training Centre in Hydrogen, Fuel We also have current overseas collaborations with universities Cells and their Applications (in collaboration with Nottingham in Australia, China, Japan, India, Netherlands, Belgium, Germany, and Loughborough universities). Both will provide ten training Italy, the Czech Republic, Poland, Portugal, Canada and the USA. places per year to highly qualified science and engineering graduates. In addition, the School has received major funding Duration of programmes from Science City for work in Hydrogen Energy and Advanced n PhD – 3 years full-time Materials, and has fully-equipped labs for material and flow n EngD/PhD with Integrated Study – 4 years full-time characterisation and analysis. n MRes – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time n MSc – 1 year full-time Staff in the School have strong links with industry; our aim Also see individual programme entries online at is to carry out work of the highest academic quality, which www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate/ is directed to better understanding and solution of industry index.aspx problems. Links with industry are strong, with most staff having collaborative research programmes with companies such as Unilever, Procter & Gamble, Johnson Matthey, Rolls Royce, Cadbury, Pepsico, GSK, and Imerys. Many research projects have an industry component. 120 College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

Engineering and Physical Sciences School of Chemical Engineering

Entry requirements modelling skills. Modules are also available individually The normal entrance qualification for PhD and EngD study is to fulfil continuing professional development needs. either at least an upper second-class Honours degree, or a first Contact: Dr Neil Rowson – +44 (0)121 414 5298; degree of a lower classification, along with an MSc or evidence [email protected] of substantial relevant industrial experience. Also see ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or visit our online prospectus Air Pollution Management and Control MSc/Diploma FT PT at www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/requirements/index.aspx Run jointly with Environmental Health and Risk Management in the School of Geography, Earth and Environmental Sciences. English language requirements This programme provides you with an understanding of the Standard English language requirements apply – causes and effects of air pollution, and of the management see page 68 for details. measures and engineering technologies available for its control. The Diploma combines selected taught elements and the Scholarships and studentships research project. Scholarships may be available contact the School directly Contact: Dr W Bloss – +44 (0)121 414 2558; or email [email protected] [email protected]

Fees Biochemical Engineering MSc/Diploma FT PT Standard fees apply (see page 62 for details), except If you are interested in pursuing a career in biochemical for continuing professional development programmes. engineering, biotechnology or bioprocessing, then this Contact the CPD co-ordinator on +44 (0)121 414 5275 programme will provide you with the basic knowledge and for further information. skills required. It covers aspects of modern bioprocessing and biochemical engineering, including the design and operation Starting dates of advanced production plant and processes, the application There are no fixed dates for research degrees. of post-genomic high-throughput techniques, the production Taught programmes – September 2012. and purification of biopharmaceuticals and cutting-edge tissue replacement therapies. As well as lectures and tutorials, you Learn more undertake laboratory work and complete a full process plant www.eng.bham.ac.uk/chemical design exercise. You also have practical experience of working in the newly-refurbished pilot plant of the Biochemical Taught programmes Engineering building, and gain research training on your own project attached to one of the teams working in the Advanced Chemical Engineering MSc/Diploma FT PT bioprocessing research section. You learn about aspects of chemical engineering that deal with the design and development of formulated products. You take six Food Safety, Hygiene and Management MSc/Diploma FT PT core and six optional short-course taught modules and carry out a This provides an advanced understanding of food safety research project with one of the research teams (MSc only). Optional and public health by addressing the scientific basis of food modules enable you to gain specific knowledge relating to food hazards and the legislative controls set by the EC and UK. and/or pharmaceutical product development. You may also choose Contact: Ms Madeline Smith – +44 (0)121 414 5291; business and management modules, or develop mathematical [email protected] College of Engineering and Physical Sciences 121

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Industrial Project Management MSc/Diploma PT Chemical Engineering PhD with Integrated study FT This is a part-time MSc programme run in conjunction This PhD Programme combines a broad foundation in with GlaxoSmithKline addressing the challenges of project chemical/bioprocess engineering through taught and assessed management in an industry context. coursework with the full research training of a traditional PhD. Contact: Dr Philip Robbins – +44 (0)121 414 7061; [email protected] Chemical Engineering Science MRes FT PT Selected modules from our taught programmes can be Continuing professional development combined with an extended research project to obtain an MRes degree. This is a strongly research-orientated For details of our latest CPD packages, please visit our online qualification and provides excellent training for further postgraduate prospectus at www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/ research in industry or academia. courses/postgraduate/index.aspx Contact: Dr Mark Simmons – +44 (0)121 414 3947; [email protected] Combined research and taught programmes Hydrogen, Fuel Cells and their Applications MRes FT PT Formulation Engineering EngD FT This new programme demonstrates the exciting future promise This is an EPSRC-sponsored doctoral research and training of hydrogen, fuel cells and their applications in a zero-emission programme. You combine a research project based in industry world. Participants are taught through modules in science, with a Masters level training and development programme. engineering, team building, and business and management Companies participating in the scheme are involved in modern and will complete a dissertation. Graduates will have a process engineering and formulation of multiphase materials. systematic knowledge and understanding of the discipline, Contact: Dr Richard Greenwood – +44 (0)121 414 7234; able to evaluate current research critically and propose [email protected] new hypotheses. Contact: Dr Bruno G Pollet – +44 (0)7554 116 546; Hydrogen, Fuel Cells and their Applications [email protected] PhD with Integrated study FT Led by the University of Birmingham in collaboration with Doctoral research programme the universities of Loughborough and Nottingham, this is an EPSRC-sponsored doctoral research and training programme. Chemical Engineering PhD FT PT The programme lasts for four years and is focused on hydrogen Research areas include: and fuel cells as renewable energy sources and how these can  Bioengineering be integrated into everyday infrastructure. It includes 120 credits  Energy and Chemical Industries of taught modules in the first three years in science, engineering,  Food Health and Nutrition energy, team building as well as business, economics and  Speciality Chemical Products management, with research opportunities available in hydrogen and fuel cell technologies. You will have a systematic knowledge and For further information on specific research interests understanding of hydrogen, fuel cells and their applications including of staff, please see our online prospectus at developments and problems at the forefront of the discipline. www.bham.findaphd.com Contact: Dr Bruno G Pollet – +44 (0)7554 116 546; Contact: Dr Mark Simmons – +44 (0)121 414 3947; [email protected] [email protected] 122 College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

Engineering and Physical Sciences School of Chemistry

Chemistry is a rapidly changing and exciting subject that is Nanoscale Chemistry: Further funding from Advantage West crucial to our understanding of many of today’s global issues. Midlands and the European Regional Development Fund has The School of Chemistry at Birmingham has a long and allowed the School to expand its surface characterisation distinguished record in carrying out original research of and nanochemistry facility. Many research groups working international stature, and we are committed to continuing in materials chemistry and nanoscale chemistry also make in this vein. In the pursuit of excellence, we cultivate an extensive use of national and international synchrotron intellectual climate and offer state-of-the-art facilities that, and neutron facilities. together, foster academic success and recognition. Theoretical Chemistry: The School has excellent computing The School of Chemistry is undergoing a period of renaissance facilities, which include access to the University’s 1500 and growth. We have received significant investment in surface processor BlueBEAR supercomputing cluster, funded chemistry and analysis laboratories (£500,000), and won through SRIF3. £2.5 million-worth of investment from Advantage West Midlands and the European Regional Development Fund to purchase Postgraduate study state-of-the-art equipment and refurbish laboratory space for Our research facilities and infrastructure, in combination with carrying out research under the heading of Advanced Materials the expertise provided by your project supervisor will ensure Research. In 2008 we were awarded £6 million for an EPSRC you have the best opportunity to succeed in your chosen area Doctoral Training Centre: Physical Sciences of Imaging in the of specialised research. In addition to the specialist training that Biological Sciences (PSIBS) – see www.birmingham.ac.uk/psibs you will receive relevant to your research project, the School As a research-led School, which has received significant recent also places a high priority on providing more generic training. investment in research infrastructure, we offer a high quality research environment that will provide you with the best As a new student joining the Research School, you will starting point for your future career. work closely with your academic supervisor to put together a Personal Development Plan that will identify courses and Facilities training opportunities, ranging from scientific record-keeping Molecular Synthesis: The School is equipped with excellent and report writing, through to presentation skills and health and facilities for synthetic chemistry and product analysis, housing safety. This aspect of your professional development is supported one of the best centres for small-molecule characterisation in by the College and University Graduate Schools and will enable the UK. A full complement of technical services including you to develop the more generic skills associated with research. glass-blowing, electrical and mechanical workshops is on hand to support the School’s research. You will also have the opportunity to present your achievements and research aspirations to other members of the School Materials Chemistry: Having benefited from the recent awarding through oral and poster presentations in our annual Postgraduate of a Science City bid, facilities for inorganic materials synthesis Symposium, as well as through more informal discussions and characterisation are also state-of-the-art. The School now with other people working in your research group or theme. has an extensive suite of materials characterisation equipment. The School actively encourages its students to present their It is also unique among Chemistry departments in this country in research at national and international conferences and provides having a magnetic resonance imaging spectrometer, specialising travel bursaries to help finance these trips. in the visualisation of chemical processes and reactions. College of Engineering and Physical Sciences 123

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

The School holds regular series of seminar programmes, Doctoral research programmes supplemented by national or international conferences (often organised under the auspices of the Royal Society Chemistry PhD/MSc by Research FT of Chemistry). Research areas (see www.birmingham.ac.uk/research/ activity/chemistry) include: By the end of your time in the School, you will not only be  Materials chemistry an expert in your chosen area of research but also well qualified  Molecular processes and theory to enter the workplace, whether that be in academia or industry.  Molecular synthesis and chemical biology

Duration of programmes If you are interested in joining the School of Chemistry  PhD – 3–4 years full-time for postgraduate research, please contact: Postgraduate  MSc by Research – 1 year full-time Admissions Secretary – +44 (0)121 414 2275; Also see our online prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/ [email protected] students/courses/postgraduate/index.aspx For specific research interests of staff, please see the Chemistry Entry requirements website www.birmingham.ac.uk/research/activity/chemistry See ‘General entry requirements on page 68. Applicants must have at least an upper second-class UK Honours degree (or the equivalent) in Chemistry or a relevant related discipline. We accept a range of qualifications from different countries.

English language requirements Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68).

Scholarships and studentships Scholarships may be available; contact the School directly.

Fees Standard fees apply (see page 62 for details).

Starting dates Contact the School directly for information on starting dates.

Learn more www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/chemistry 124 College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

Engineering and Physical Sciences School of Civil Engineering

Civil Engineering, in all its aspects, is a cornerstone of both We offer high-quality, research-led taught programmes, development and sustainability of civilisations. There is a long which include an element of research training as well as history of education in this area at Birmingham and we take comprehensive tuition in the specialist area. The MSc, pride in providing a range of postgraduate taught programmes Postgraduate Diploma and Postgraduate Certificate may together with thorough training in research. Civil Engineering be studied on a full- or part-time basis. All our MSc programmes at Birmingham covers most branches of the discipline, thus are accredited by the IStructE, IHE, IHT and ICE. Some preparing graduates for a variety of rewarding career taught modules may be studied for continuing professional opportunities in both industry and academia. development. Our broad range of academic staff and their research interests will allow you to study subjects that lie Facilities between the traditional disciplines and to focus in depth on Diverse teaching facilities are available, including high-quality one particular field. lecture rooms and well-equipped and appropriately resourced research laboratories. These facilities are augmented by computer Duration of programmes clusters supported by the discipline specific up-to-date software.  PhD – 3 years full-time; part-time study also available Well-equipped facilities are also available for undertaking  MRes (MSc by Research) – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time research in public health, soil mechanics, geotechnical  MSc – 1 year full-time; 2–3 years part-time engineering, water engineering, wind engineering, railway  MPhil – 2 years full-time; part-time study also available engineering and structural engineering. A range of flumes are available in the hydraulics laboratory. In addition to this, a facility Also see our online prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/ to simulate down draughts from thunder storms, and three courses/postgraduate/index.aspx half-sleeper rigs for undertaking near full-scale investigations into railway track foundations have recently been commissioned. Entry requirements Advanced computer systems are provided for research into The normal academic entry qualification for PhD Study is numerical modelling of complex systems and issues associated either at least an upper second-class honours degree, or with sustainability. All our research teams are supported by a first degree of lower classification, along with an MSc or funding from research councils, industry and other sources. evidence of substantial relevant industrial experience. The basic entry requirement for our taught programmes is a good Postgraduate study Honours degree in an appropriate discipline. However, practical Research is carried out in the Infrastructure Engineering and experience may also be an important consideration. Management Research Centre. We cover activities ranging from the management of water resources and the environment English language requirements to the mechanical performance of complex structural units Except for the programmes in Railway Systems Engineering, that could equally be used in aircraft and ships and for civil standard English language requirements apply – engineering purposes. As a result of this diversity and the see page 68 for details. need for collaboration between sub-disciplines, our research is organised into four broad themes (see ‘Doctoral research Scholarships and studentships programmes’ listing). Within these themes, traditional subject Scholarships may be available; contact the School directly areas are covered by a spectrum of projects that range from or email [email protected] those generating fundamental understanding to those targeted at specific engineering applications of new knowledge, techniques or processes. College of Engineering and Physical Sciences 125

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Fees Construction Management MSc/Diploma/Certificate FT PT Standard fees apply (see page 62 for details), except for: Provides advanced training to graduates to develop construction  MSc in Geotechnical Engineering – £5,550 (UK/EU); management skills opening up leading roles in a professional £16,560 (overseas) capacity. The skills gained provide you with the ability to respond  MSc in Geotechnical Engineering and Management to changing requirements of the construction industry in both – £5,550 (UK/EU); £14,850 (overseas) the UK and overseas. The programme includes lectures, tutorials,  MSc in Railway Systems Engineering and Integration workshops, industrial seminars, site visits and individual projects. – £11,700 (UK/EU); £15,300 (overseas) Please note fees listed are those charged in 2011–12 and are Geotechnical Engineering MSc/Diploma/Certificate FT PT for guidance only and part-time fees are a proportion of the Our aim is to provide advanced training to civil engineers and respective full-time fee. For more up-to-date information please geologists who wish to widen their knowledge or to specialise contact the School directly. in the field of geotechnical engineering. The programme includes lectures, design studies, laboratory classes, site visits and Starting dates individual projects. In addition to this, external lectures are Research degrees can start at any time of the year by agreement with provided by experts and leaders from industry. the supervisor. Taught programmes – September/October 2012. Geotechnical Engineering and Learn more Management MSc/Diploma/Certificate FT PT www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/civil-engineering This programme is aimed at civil engineers and geologists who wish to widen their professional scope, or to specialise Taught programmes and continuing in geotechnical engineering augmented with modern managerial professional development skills. It consists of taught modules (lectures, laboratory classes, design exercises, workshops) and site visits. All our postgraduate programmes can be studied on either a full- or part-time basis leading to the award of Postgraduate Railway Systems Engineering and Integration Certificate, Diploma or MSc/MRes. In general, there are two MSc/Diploma/Certificate FT PT terms of formal teaching through lectures, tutorials and Provides the skills, know-how and knowledge required to manage coursework. All those studying for the MSc undertake an the complex interfaces characterising existing and new railway individual project, which full-time students carry out in the systems. The programme develops your railway engineering Summer Term. MRes students undertake their thesis project knowledge, systems integration skills, and your ability to work throughout the academic year, in parallel to a limited programme in focused project teams. Technology-oriented modules cover of classroom based tuition. the principles of rolling stock design, railway traction systems, infrastructure and track systems, as well as railway control. Civil Engineering MSc/Diploma/Certificate FT PT You will also study systems engineering and human factors, This programme is aimed at civil engineering and related along with management focused modules. The programme graduates wishing to enter the profession and who choose to features industrial visits and a European study tour. study a general Masters-level course rather than specialising in a particular subject area. It allows students to tailor their studies to For further information about the programmes in meet the needs of their chosen career path by offering a wide Railway Systems Engineering please contact: range of modules which can be selected, together with a wide Mrs Joy Grey – +44 (0)121 414 4342 choice of individual research projects. 126 College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

Engineering and Physical Sciences FT Full-time PT Part-time School of Civil Engineering DL Distance Learning Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Road Management and Engineering Combined research and taught programmes MSc/Diploma/Certificate FT PT The programme is designed for engineers aspiring to senior Engineering, Sustainability and Resilience MRes FT or middle-management positions in private or public sector The main component of this new programme is a research organisations. It has a strong emphasis on equipping you with project which provides structured training in research. Usually the appropriate technical and managerial skills required for the carried out with industrial involvement, with some time spent road asset manager. Core subjects covered include road design in the collaborating organisation, this programme includes and the environment, road economy and financing, road asset study in your area of interest within the theme of engineering management and pavement design and materials. The flexible resilience and sustainability. programme is delivered through a combination of lectures, Contact: Dr Marwa ElCheikh – +44 (0)121 414 7516; tutorials, site visits and a research project (for the MSc [email protected] programme only). Railway Systems Integration MRes FT Water Resources Technology and This new interdisciplinary programme combines a major research Management MSc/Diploma/Certificate FT PT project with technical study to build on previous academic study Climate change, population growth, urbanisation and pollution all or industrial experience in a relevant subject area. You will benefit mean that society faces the urgent need to adapt to reductions from the fundamental and applied research being carried out in natural resource availability and energy consumption. At the in the Birmingham Centre for Railway Research and Education. very heart of this is the availability and management of water Comprising two-thirds research, this programme allows you and this intensive programme recognises water as the world’s to carry out a detailed research project, usually in collaboration most precious natural resource. It provides advanced training to with industry, whilst learning more about specific technical and engineers and scientists in order to develop their understanding management issues relevant to the railway industry. of the activities involved in the design and operation of water Contact: Professor Chris Baker – +44 (0)121 414 5067; engineering systems. This opens up the range of career [email protected] opportunities available for specialists who understand the complex role of water in modern society, and can provide Doctoral research programmes guidance to ensure optimum utilisation of this often scarce resource. The integrated approach to the water cycle and the Civil Engineering PhD/MSc by Research FT PT use of modern management techniques both help to ensure Our research tackles the problems faced by society today and that graduates of the programme can attain senior management develops the knowledge and tools to build the communities of the positions in the water industry, both in the UK and overseas. future. Many of our projects have already had a significant impact on society; the impact of others will be felt by generations to For further information about the above taught programmes come. Research within the School is clustered into two themes: please contact: +44 (0)121 414 5089;  Railways [email protected] or visit  Resilience and Sustainability www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/civil-engineering Further information, including examples of research projects, can be found in our online prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate/ research/listing.aspx Contact: Dr Mark Sterling – +44 (0)121 414 5065; [email protected] College of Engineering and Physical Sciences 127

Engineering and Physical Sciences School of Computer Science

Computer Science at Birmingham dates back to the late 1950s, We supervise PhD and MPhil students in a range of fundamental with the School of Computer Science becoming one of the first and applied areas of computer science. We offer both taught academic departments in the UK to undertake research and and taught-research Masters degrees and we currently have teaching in this field. Some 60 years later, we now provide around 150 students on these programmes. Detailed information specialist teaching and conduct world-leading research in about our postgraduate programmes is available on our website fundamental and applied computer science, artificial intelligence, www.cs.bham.ac.uk optimisation, computer security, robotics and medical imaging. We are at the forefront of many areas of this dynamic field – We hold postgraduate information days at various for example; we invented and developed the SIAscope, a times throughout the year. Contact us for further details – unique imaging device used by dermatologists to aid the +44 (0)121 415 8742; [email protected] early diagnosis of skin cancers. Duration of programmes Ranked by our 2008 RAE success as joint seventh in the UK for PhD – 3 years full-time the quality of our ‘world-leading’ research, we are proud to deliver MSc by Research – 1 year full-time outstanding postgraduate education informed by academics at MSc – 1 year full-time the forefront of their fields. We welcome applications from highly Also see our online prospectus: motivated and well-qualified graduates and look forward to www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate providing you with the chance to be involved in our innovative research-led developments as they are being made. Entry requirements See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68. Also see Facilities individual programme entries for additional requirements The School resides in a purpose-designed building, which offers online www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/requirements 24-hour, 7 days a week swipe card access to an impressive range of state-of-the-art facilities. These include dedicated laboratories English language requirements for teaching, robotics and medical imaging, cluster computing IELTS – minimum of 6.0; no less than 5.5 in any section suites, a full wireless network, a computer science reference TOEFL (internet-based test) – minimum of 87; no less than library and social spaces – providing computer science students 21 in listening, 22 in reading, 23 in speaking and 25 in writing. with innovative space for independent and group-based learning as well as socialising. Scholarships and studentships Scholarships may be available: for details contact the School Postgraduate study directly or email [email protected] We are home to the Centre of Excellence for Research in Computational Intelligence and Applications (CERCIA). We Fees collaborate with major industry players and hold over £12 million Standard fees apply (see page 62 for details). in externally funded grants and contracts. Starting dates We are a truly international School, with postgraduate students Most Masters courses start in September 2012. Contact the and staff from many countries contributing to the rich diversity School directly for information about specific starting dates. of our research community. Active links with other global universities give our postgraduates opportunities to join international research Learn more partnerships in Australia, Canada, China, New Zealand, Singapore, www.cs.bham.ac.uk South Korea, Sweden and the USA. 128 College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

Engineering and Physical Sciences School of Computer Science

Taught programmes Human Computer Interaction MSc FT Human Computer Interaction is probably the single most Advanced Computer Science MSc FT important area for the success of a computer system and An advanced programme drawing upon our international also provides great opportunities for innovation and creativity. research reputation and is designed to prepare you for a In this course you will cover the underpinning theories, career in academic or industrial research in computer science. methodologies and practice of the discipline. You will also It offers a broad range of advanced taught modules and deepens have the opportunity to broaden your studies through optional your knowledge through individual supervision in at least one of modules in areas such as Robotics, Nature Inspired Computing the research areas of the School. In the final four months, one of or Security. The course builds upon the world class research of the mini-projects is extended into the final summer dissertation. the HCI Centre through project work and is designed to prepare Contact: Professor Andrew House – you for a career in research or in industry or commerce. +44 (0)121 415 8742; [email protected] Contact: Robert Hendley – +44 (0)121 415 8742; [email protected] Computer Science MSc FT This one-year programme offers two routes of study depending Multidisciplinary Optimisation MSc FT upon the experience and knowledge of the student. The MSc in Multidisciplinary Optimisation is a one-year full-time degree for students who would like to receive practical, technical Route 1: A ‘conversion’ Masters, for graduates new to computing and theoretical training in advanced aspects of optimisation. Route 2: A consecutive Masters for graduates with some prior Optimisation problems arise in all aspects of mathematics, experience of computing and object-orientated programming science and engineering. However, the technical and theoretical skills required are often outside the scope of a traditional single Both routes provide a technical degree with much programming, discipline based degree. This programme is targeted at strong designed to give you a grounding in both the fundamentals of mathematics, science or engineering graduates who wish to computer science, practical software development skills and gain valuable skills and techniques in this area, which will be choice of in-depth modules for both Route 1 and Route 2 a considerable asset to their further study or employability. students. The final four months are spent on an individual Contact: Professor Xin Yao – +44 (0)121 415 8742; project of your choice. [email protected] Contact: Dr Jim Yandle – +44 (0)121 415 8742; [email protected]

Computer Security MSc FT For graduates in a computing-related discipline; this programme covers the theory and practice of designing and building secure systems and provides a firm grounding in cryptography, network security and secure programming, with optional refresher modules in topics such as operating systems, safety-critical systems, distributed systems and databases. It gives you practical experience with technologies and toolkits for building internet-based software. You also undertake a large, personally supervised project. Contact: Professor Uday Reddy – +44 (0)121 415 8742; [email protected] College of Engineering and Physical Sciences 129

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Doctoral research programmes Research areas include:

Natural Computation MRes Artificial intelligence The MRes in Natural Computation is a one-year full-time Sub-themes: degree for students who have found their undergraduate Reasoning and cognition study stimulating and want to learn in-depth about this Robotics emerging interdisciplinary field. This programme is designed Natural language processing for students wishing to undertake a challenging research- oriented Masters degree. Nature-inspired computation Contact: Dr Shan He – Sub-themes: +44 (0)121 415 8742; [email protected] Natural computation Image interpretation Computer Science/Cognitive Science PhD/MSc by Research FT Computing and systems For research themes, please visit our website Sub-themes: www.cs.bham.ac.uk/admissions/postgraduate-research Human–computer interaction For general information about admission to our doctoral Modelling and analysis of systems research programmes, please contact: Dr Hayo Thielecke – +44 (0)121 414 3744; Fax: +44 (0)121 414 4281; Theoretical computer science [email protected] Sub-themes: www.cs.bham.ac.uk/admissions Principles of programming Mathematical foundations of computer science 130 College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

Engineering and Physical Sciences School of Electronic, Electrical and Computer Engineering

Our research and teaching stretches from materials, devices Our research facilities include a clean room for fabricating and systems – with close links with physics – through the thin film microwave circuits; extensive microwave test facilities; generation and distribution of electrical energy, the railway a 10-kW induction motor test rig for developing new AC drive network, communications and applied computing, to activities strategies; two microwave anechoic chambers; and a large in serious games and human interaction technologies, which network of Sun workstations and PCs – including computing border on applied psychology. With 30 academic staff and equipment donated by the HP ‘voice-web’ initiative. nearly 40 support staff, it’s likely that we will be active in whichever aspect of Electrical and Computer Engineering Postgraduate study is of interest to you. Our turnover on research is around £3 Research studentships and scholarships are available to million per year, which comes from a variety of sources including excellent applicants, reflecting the vital contribution that UK government and industry as well as the EU. We are postgraduates make to the high quality research activity keen to welcome new students who have ability, enthusiasm of the School. and commitment. Our postgraduates work in research groups within research Over 25 years, the Institution of Engineering and Technology centres. Each research group provides challenge, support, (IET) has recognised our taught programmes as the first steps good supervision and outstanding facilities. Strong collaboration towards professional chartered engineer status, and accreditation with industry ensures research projects are industrially relevant, of our courses was confirmed by the IET in 2008. In the 2008 preparing PhD graduates for high-ranking positions in their Research Assessment Exercise, 85% of our research was judged chosen career. to be of international standing while 60% was internationally leading. Our aim is to maintain and improve on this high quality We offer research for MSc by Research, MRes and PhD in all aspects of our work. degrees in the mainstream areas of communications, control engineering, power, solid-state devices, digital systems, Facilities human-centred technology and human interface technologies, We have extensive computing facilities with over 150 PCs in and also in specialist areas such as acoustics and sonar, four clusters, which can be used directly or to access a large speech and image processing, microwave circuits, materials multiprocessor Unix system. Word processing, spreadsheet, and high-critical temperature superconductivity. You can also database, graphic design and web page design software advance your knowledge by studying for an MSc degree in areas is available, and technical software is provided for project related to our research interests. The MSc programmes can be and assignment work. The well-stocked central Main Library studied full-time or part-time. The modules of each degree is also nearby. You will have online access to the Library, programme are organised as short intensive series of lectures to IET, IEEE and many other leading academic journals. followed by a period of enquiry-based learning. Our taught Masters programmes are particularly suitable for part-time study The School has internationally leading research in three by practising engineers. They provide excellent education and core areas that the University is supporting through strategic training, and can improve your capabilities and career prospects. investment. These areas are the Railway Centre (in collaboration with Civil Engineering) specialising in condition monitoring and Duration of programmes power systems; Human–Computer Interaction (in collaboration  PhD – 3 years full-time with Computer Science) specialising in signal processing and  MSc by Research/MRes – 1 year full-time visualisation; and Microwave and Radio Frequency Engineering,  MSc – 1 year full-time, or up to 5 years on a flexible, specialising in radar systems and antenna design for part-time basis microwave systems. College of Engineering and Physical Sciences 131

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

 MSc with Industrial Studies – 18 months full-time Starting dates Also see our online prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/ Registration for PhD and MSc by Research: study can take place students/courses/postgraduate at the beginning of any month. MSc and MRes programmes begin at the start of the Autumn Term. Entry requirements The normal entrance requirements for MRes, MSc by Research, Learn more or PhD study are a first degree of at least good UK upper www.eece.bham.ac.uk second-class honours standard, an appropriate standard of English and adequate financial support. The requirements also Taught programmes allow for entry based on comparable ability, as indicated by a good UK MSc performance or a lower first degree performance Communications Engineering and Networks MSc FT PT plus substantial relevant experience. For standard MSc Communications Engineering and Networks with programmes, you should have at least a 2:2 Honours degree.* Industrial Studies MSc FT For MSc with Industrial Studies, you should have a 2:1 These programmes provide the knowledge and skills Honours.* Also see ‘General entry requirements’ on needed to play a leading part in the future development page 68 or visit our online prospectus of communications engineering and communications networks www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/requirements with companies in mature and rapidly growing economies. You will have the opportunity to study topics such as: * A degree from a university of high international standing principles for communications; satellite cellular and optical in a relevant subject communications; computer and communications networks; and embedded systems. English language requirements Standard MSc students need to meet the standard English Digital Entrepreneurship MSc FT requirements (see page 68 for details). You will gain the knowledge to design novel digital technology and understand how to set up enterprises to commercially MSc with Industrial Studies programmes students should exploit these designs. You will develop a systematic knowledge have English language ability as follows: and understanding of topics selected from areas such as  TOEFL (internet-based) 93 with no less than 21 in human–computer interaction, socio-economic impacts of listening, 22 in reading, 23 in technology, and risk in software development. The programme speaking and 21 in writing provides an excellent starting point for further research  IELTS 6.5 with no less than or for employment with innovative technology companies. 6.0 in any band A key element of the programme is an individual project that provides you with an opportunity to pitch your concept Scholarships and studentships to potential investors. Contact the School directly or email [email protected]

Fees Standard fees apply (see page 62 for details), except for the MSc with Industrial Studies: UK – £6,050, overseas – £19,745. Please note that these fees are those charged in 2011–12 and are for guidance only. For the latest information contact the School directly. 132 College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

Engineering and Physical Sciences School of Electronic, Electrical and Computer Engineering

Embedded Systems MSc FT PT Radio Frequency and Microwave Engineering MSc FT PT Embedded Systems with Industrial Studies MSc FT Radio Frequency and Microwave Engineering with These programmes are designed to give you the knowledge Industrial Studies MSc FT and skills needed to play a leading part in the research and These programmes provide the knowledge and skills needed development of the electronic systems vital to the growth of by innovative technology companies and a starting point for a global economies: these systems proliferate where digital career in research in radio frequency, microwave and millimetre electronics, communications, computing and power systems wave engineering. You will study modules that reinforce the are integrated. You will learn about the design of small scale fundamentals of communications engineering and advanced embedded systems, digital signal processing, and a selection modules in principles of communications, electromagnetics, of topics from communications engineering, spoken language antennas and propagation; satellite, cellular and optical processing and image interpretation. communications, and radio frequency sensor systems. The programme is taught by staff who are at the forefront Electronic and Computer Engineering MSc FT PT of research in passive and active microwave circuits, Electronic and Computer Engineering with micromechanical electromagnetic systems, antennas, Industrial Studies MSc FT and propagation studies. These programmes provide an opportunity to create a personalised study package covering modules in communications engineering, MSc programmes with Industrial Studies digital electronics, spoken language processing and image In addition to the modules taken as part of a standard MSc interpretation, which will prepare you to play a leading role in degree, these programmes includes an industrial placement research and development for almost any part of the electronics module. Following the summer placement, you return to the industry. In particular you are free to combine selected aspects University to begin an individual project. The placement provides of communications engineering with electronics design and an opportunity for students to develop ideas for the individual speech and image interpretation. project, in topics related to the interests of the host company. Contact for all MSc programmes: Mr David Pycock – Electromagnetic Sensor Networks MSc FT PT +44 (0)121 414 4330/4292; [email protected] Electromagnetic Sensor Networks with Industrial Studies MSc FT Combined research and taught programme Electromagnetic sensor networks is an emerging field that will be at the forefront of economic growth and research in Electronic, Electrical and Computer Engineering MRes FT the next decade, helping to create a safer world for all. These A one-year programme primarily intended for candidates new programmes will equip you with the knowledge and skills who wish to pursue a career in research; provides training in needed to play a leading part in future developments that are research skills appropriate for both industrial and academic central to the security and surveillance industry. A wide range careers. One-third of your time is spent on coursework and of topics are available for study in communications engineering, professional and research skills, with the remaining time electromagnetics, antennas and sensor networks with options devoted to a research project. in embedded systems and radiowave propagation. Contact: Professor Michael Lancaster, Programme Director – +44 (0)121 414 4317; [email protected] College of Engineering and Physical Sciences 133

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Doctoral research programmes

Electronic, Electrical and Computing Engineering PhD/MPhil FT Research groups include:  Biomedical Informatics Contact: Dr Theodoros Arvanitis – +44 (0)121 414 4288; [email protected] www.ehealth.bham.ac.uk  Communications Engineering Contact: Dr Peter Gardner – +44 (0)121 414 4343; [email protected] www.eee.bham.ac.uk/com_test  Electrical Power and Energy Contact: Dr Xiao-Ping Zhang – +44 (0)121 414 4298; [email protected]  Emerging Device Technology Contact: Professor Michael Lancaster – +44 (0)121 414 4317; [email protected] www.edt.bham.ac.uk  Human Interface Technologies Contact: Professor Bob Stone – +44 (0)121 414 7395; [email protected] www.iecs.bham.ac.uk/hit  Microwave Integrated Systems Lab Contact: Professor Mike Cherniakov – +44(0)121 414 4286; [email protected]  Multimodal Interaction Technologies Contact: Professor Martin Russell – +44 (0)121 414 3093; [email protected] www.eee.bham.ac.uk/dsvp_gr/index.htm  Railway Systems Contact: Professor Clive Roberts – +44 (0)121 414 4306; [email protected] www.railway.bham.ac.uk Additional information about the above research areas is available from the Postgraduate Secretary – +44 (0)121 414 4292; [email protected] 134 College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

Engineering and Physical Sciences School of Mathematics

The School of Mathematics has around 50 academic staff, the second year of study. We expect students to give seminars, 15 research staff, approximately 50 research students, and attend conferences and present papers, preparing them for other staff providing computing and secretarial support. We professional life. Prospective applicants who would like to have recently expanded our research activities by increasing discuss particular research areas are welcome to contact staff the numbers of our graduate students. The School has a strong members associated with each of the main research areas. research culture, with many researchers of international stature All enquiries about admissions should be made to the in each of our main specialisms. Graduate School Admissions Office. Contact: Mrs Janette Lowe – +44 (0)121 414 6193; Facilities [email protected] We provide our research students with pleasant office space and all our students have access to individual PCs. The Applications can be made online University’s Library Services Department supports most www.mat.bham.ac.uk/graduateschool of the major mathematical and statistical packages, and a range of workstations and PCs within the School. We also Duration of programmes have access to a supercomputer for work in Applied Mathematics.  PhD – 3–4 years full-time The School of Mathematics is a founding member of MAGIC,  MSc by Research/MRes – 12 months full-time, the ‘Mathematics Access Grid: Instruction and Collaboration’. 24 months part-time This is an interactive video conferencing resource, which is used  MSc – 1 year full-time to present lectures to postgraduate students across the whole of England. Our postgraduate lectures are broadcast to over Entry requirements 13 English universities and our students have the opportunity See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68. Also see to collaborate with students and academics in other universities. individual programme entries for additional requirements This is a very exciting development and means that postgraduate online www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/requirements students will have access to lecturers not available on their own campus. English language requirements Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). Postgraduate study We have a talented postgraduate community of over 50 young Scholarships and studentships researchers represented by UK, EU and international students, Scholarships may be available contact the School directly and a vibrant postgraduate society called BUMPS. Visit their or email [email protected] website at web.mat.bham.ac.uk/pgweb/index.php Fees We are keen to attract further well-motivated and able research Standard fees apply (see page 62 for details). For the students, and invite applications. We encourage applicants to most up-to-date information contact the School directly. visit the School whenever possible, to meet our staff and our lively and talented group of postgraduates, and to find out more about Starting dates research student life at Birmingham. There are opportunities Programmes start in September 2012. for postgraduate research at PhD and MPhil levels. Training is provided through individual supervision of research, by advanced Learn more seminar courses and conferences, and by generic courses. The www.mat.bham.ac.uk PhD degree involves a qualifying dissertation submitted during College of Engineering and Physical Sciences 135

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Taught programmes second or equivalent) graduates from programmes in mathematics, or programmes with advanced mathematical Financial Engineering MSc FT components, including physics and some engineering subjects, Financial engineering is a multi-disciplinary field that involves the who wish to work in interdisciplinary research at the interfaces application of computational engineering, software engineering, and of mathematics, computing and biology. computer programming skills, as well as the underlying mathematical Contact: Mrs Janette Lowe – +44 (0)121 414 6193; and statistical theory to the analysis and management of financial [email protected] opportunities. The programme is for strong (1st, 2.1 or equivalent) graduates from programmes in mathematics, or programmes with Multidisciplinary Optimisation MSc FT advanced mathematical components, and who wish to pursue a Optimisation problems arise in all aspects of mathematics, career in quantitative analysis in economic or financial sectors with science and engineering. However, the technical and theoretical state-of-art mathematical methods, computational skills and skills required are often outside the scope of traditional programming expertise. single-discipline-based degrees. This programme covers Contact: Mrs Janette Lowe – +44 (0)121 414 6193; the field of optimisation from a highly multi-disciplinary point [email protected] of view. A minimum of upper second, or equivalent, in a science or engineering subject is required to be accepted onto this Mathematics, Operational Research, Statistics and programme with sufficiently high marks in fundamental Econometrics (MORSE) MSc FT mathematics and computing. This postgraduate degree is an ideal preparation for a career Contact: Dr Pietro Oliveto – +44 (0)121 5142; in economics, medicine, finance, insurance and industrial [email protected] management. In the United Kingdom, there is a shortage of personnel who are highly qualified in statistics and operational Mathematical Finance MSc FT research. This shortage is predicted to increase in the future. Taught jointly with Economics – see page 201 To be accepted onto this programme a high standard in a This programme provides skills enabling technically able mathematically-based undergraduate degree must have been graduates (including in mathematics, science and engineering) achieved, equivalent to a UK upper second or first class degree. to apply quantitative training to financial analysis. You take a Contact: Mrs Janette Lowe – +44 (0)121 414 6193; number of compulsory courses, optional courses, and write a [email protected] dissertation. We expect graduates from this Masters to take positions in quantitative analysis (or similar) in major financial Mathematics and Computing in institutions, or to go on to postgraduate research. To apply, Biology and Medicine MSc FT you need a good first degree in Economics or a related In the post-human genome project era, biology and medicine discipline. are being revolutionised by new technologies which allow the Contact: The Postgraduate Administrator measurement of the highly complex molecular signatures of Department of Economics – +44 (0)121 414 6650; health and disease. For this to be capitalised upon in the fight [email protected] for new treatments and diagnostics for life-threatening diseases, there is a fundamental need in both academic research and biotechnology for a new generation of scientists trained to work at the frontiers of mathematics, computational biology and healthcare research. The programme is for strong (upper 136 College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

Engineering and Physical Sciences FT Full-time PT Part-time School of Mathematics DL Distance Learning Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Combined research and taught programmes Statistics PhD/MSc by Research FT PT This growing group in the department mainly focuses on Applied Mathematics MRes FT PT research into nonparametric and robust methods and Management Mathematics MRes FT PT medical statistics. Pure Mathematics MRes FT PT Contact: Dr Prakash Patil – +44 (0)121 414 6191; Statistics MRes FT PT [email protected] These degrees give comprehensive training in mathematics and areas appropriate to professional development and research foundations. To be accepted onto these programmes a high standard in a mathematically-based undergraduate degree must have been achieved, equivalent to a UK upper-second or first class MSci degree. These courses are approximately one-third course work and two-thirds dissertation. Contact: Mrs Janette Lowe – +44 (0)121 414 6193; [email protected]

Doctoral research programmes

Applied Mathematics PhD/MSc by Research FT PT This group has an international reputation for its research work on topics in fluid mechanics, applied analysis, mathematical biology, financial mathematics, nonlinear waves and scientific computing. Contact: Dr John Leach – +44(0)121 414 7092; [email protected]

Management Mathematics PhD/MSc by Research FT PT This internationally leading group of researchers focuses on mathematical theory and methods applicable to managerial decision making. Contact: Professor Michal Kocvara – +44 (0)121 414 6598; [email protected]

Pure Mathematics PhD/MSc by Research FT PT The Pure Mathematics group is made up of world leading mathematicians working in algebra, analysis, logic and combinatorics. Contact: Professor Sergey Shpectorov – +44 (0)121 414 6604; [email protected] College of Engineering and Physical Sciences 137

Engineering and Physical Sciences School of Mechanical Engineering

We apply engineering science to solving problems that are We also have a biomedical engineering laboratory within a Class important to industry and society, and pride ourselves on our 2 containment area, equipped with the latest electro-mechanical active role in passing this expertise to future generations of testing machines for evaluating surgical implants, enabling us to mechanical engineers. Our teaching and research cover new work with surgeons and with the healthcare industry. Our clean technologies, such as micro-engineering, novel combustion and room houses nanotechnology equipment used to make fuel technologies, conventional mechanical and manufacturing micro-electro-mechanical systems (MEMS). engineering, and new applications such as medical implants. Our research is often interdisciplinary, involving not only other Postgraduate study areas of engineering but also biological sciences, chemistry, We offer PhD and MSc degrees by research, and also MSc medicine, physics and psychology. by taught programme.

In the 2008 UK Research Assessment Exercise, 70% of our If you want to do a research degree, you will work in one research was judged to be world leading or internationally of our research centres: Biomedical and Microengineering; excellent. Manufacturing Processes, Technology and Modelling; and Vehicle Technology. Most projects involve applying engineering Facilities principles to real problems and often involve collaboration with We occupy 7,000 square metres in a recently-refurbished building industry. You will have a supervisor with expertise in the area shared with Civil Engineering. Our new Design Centre houses over of your chosen project and some projects may involve the 80 networked computers for computer-aided engineering including expertise of academic staff from more than one centre. computer-aided design (CAD), computer-aided manufacture (CAM), finite-element analysis (FEA), computational fluid dynamics Duration of programmes (CFD) and systems modelling (engine systems; 1-d gas dynamic).  PhD – 3 years full-time (part-time equivalents are available) There are also facilities for group design work, two new RP3D  MSc by Research – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time printing machines complementing the existing Denford table top  MSc (taught) – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time four axis Compact 1000 Pro CNC router and milling machines. Entry requirements Our £2.5 million machining research equipment is housed See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or visit our online in a single purpose-built laboratory, enabling us to complete prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/requirements research contracts with industrial partners involving aeroengine manufacture, new materials evaluation (including titaniums and English language requirements carbon fibre composites) and micro-sensor development for a Standard English requirements apply (see page 68 for details). whole range of applications. Scholarships and studentships Our new engines laboratories are being used to research Currently we provide support for five or six UK/EU research engines for hybrid vehicle power-trains in highly realistic students a year from a variety of sources, together with transient speed/load conditions, including the effects part-funding for two to three highly-qualified overseas research of very cold start and combustion air (from -20°C) on students. Other sources of funding are the Engineering and emissions and performance. Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC), the Biotechnology and Biological Sciences Research Council (BBSRC), the Knowledge Transfer Partnership (KTP), the European Union 138 College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

Engineering and Physical Sciences FT Full-time PT Part-time School of Mechanical DL Distance Learning Apply online Engineering www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

and industrial funding for UK and EU students. For Project Management MSc FT more information contact the School directly or email Provides a practical understanding of the skills and techniques for [email protected] successfully managing projects in commerce and industry; aimed at graduates with at least an upper second-class Honours degree International students can often gain funding through overseas in any engineering subject. It covers managerial and quantitative research scholarships, Commonwealth scholarships or their techniques, as well as the professional communication skills home government. See also www.birmingham.ac.uk/ needed to manage change in a technical environment. international/students/finance/scholarships/index.aspx Our Engineering and Management programmes may change as Fees we review our MSc provision. Before making an application, we Standard fees apply (see page 62 for details). For the most suggest that you contact the School directly for the most up-to-date information contact the School directly. up-to-date information. Contact the Postgraduate Office – +44 (0)121 414 4233; Starting dates [email protected] Contact the School directly for further information. Doctoral research programmes Learn more www.eng.bham.ac.uk/mechanical Mechanical Engineering PhD/MSc by Research FT Research areas include: Taught programmes  Biomedical and Microengineering Contact: Professor Kyle Jiang – +44 (0)121 414 6800; Engineering Management MSc FT [email protected] For holders of at least an upper second-class Honours degree  Manufacturing processes, technology and modelling in engineering who would benefit from completing technically- Contact: Dr Mark Jolly – +44 (0)121 414 7355; based study at postgraduate level with some management. [email protected] On completion, you are skilled to work within the industrial  Vehicle technology engineering and/or technical management areas of production Contact: Professor Hongming Xu – +44 (0)121 414 4153; and manufacturing. [email protected]

Operations Management MSc FT Designed to provide specific academic expertise and practical experience enabling those with at least an upper second-class Honours degree in engineering to take up positions in operations management, as well as in logistics planning within the industrial, commercial or service sectors. On completion, you are able to analyse various systems, practices and procedures employed in the management of operations; design such systems from new; evaluate and report on their effectiveness and appropriateness; and assess real organisations from a practical operations management perspective. College of Engineering and Physical Sciences 139

Engineering and Physical Sciences School of Metallurgy and Materials

The School of Metallurgy and Materials (including the IRC in Postgraduate study Materials Processing) is the largest centre for materials research The quality of the research work in Metallurgy and Materials in the UK. We have more than 20 full-time academic staff in has been confirmed by our performance in successive Research addition to 30 honorary and visiting staff, 30 research fellows Assessment Exercises. We are justly proud of this international and close to 150 postgraduate students. reputation and are keen to maintain it by encouraging high quality students from materials, physics, chemistry, life sciences or Our diverse research portfolio ranges from fundamental aspects engineering backgrounds to apply to undertake research with us. of materials science to practical high performance engineering applications. Research is funded from a wide range of sources Our research activities are centred on various groups, although including the UK research councils, the EU and a cross-section there is broad interaction between them. For more information visit of UK and overseas industry. Our research income is around our website www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/metallurgy-materials £4 million per annum. Most of our research projects involve active collaboration with industrial partners. We offer research at PhD and MPhil levels (see ‘Entry requirements’ We also offer: the combined research and taught EngD doctoral Facilities training programme; and several MRes programmes for candidates We have first-class workshop facilities and a large suite of with a good Honours degree in specified subjects. Find out more networked PCs, housed in a computing laboratory, which via the website. supplements the extensive computer facilities in individual research groups. Workstations and word processing facilities Duration of programmes are widely available for our students.  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time  MSc by research – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time We have an excellent range of research facilities for materials  MPhil – 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time preparation and surface engineering. There are polymer-processing  EngD – 4 years full-time laboratories and the IRC possesses a large plasma-melting  MRes – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time furnace, HIP equipment, direct laser fabrication, a shell laboratory Also see individual programme entries online. and wax-dewaxing facility for investment casting, a laboratory for the hydrothermal synthesis and colloidal processing of ceramics, Entry requirements and the £8 million Net Shape Manufacturing Laboratory. See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or visit our online prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/requirements The physical techniques laboratory contains a wide range of equipment. The world-class mechanical testing laboratories English language requirements provide facilities for fracture and fatigue studies and are Standard English language requirements apply accredited by Rolls-Royce for the acquisition and interpretation (see page 68 for details). of data. Our creep-testing laboratory provides specialised mechanical testing for polymers and foams, and X-ray diffraction Scholarships and studentships facilities provide essential back-up to crystal growth and alloy Scholarships may be available: contact the School directly preparation. Microstructural assessment is provided for with or email [email protected] optical microscopes and quantitative image analysis, and an extensive range of electron microscopes. The new hydrogen Fees technology laboratory contains equipment to characterise the Standard fees apply (see page 62 for details). For the most properties of materials in hydrogen, and we have good facilities up-to-date information contact the School directly. for the fabrication and characterisation of optical fibre sensors. 140 College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

Engineering and Physical Sciences FT Full-time PT Part-time School of Metallurgy DL Distance Learning Apply online and Materials www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Starting dates Science and Engineering of Materials MRes FT PT Contact the school directly for further information. An EPSRC-sponsored programme that can be taken on a full- or part-time basis. A major research project based either in the Learn more University or in industry is accompanied by six taught modules. www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/metallurgy-materials Contact: Jenny Henderson – +44 (0)121 414 5222; [email protected] Combined research and taught programmes If you choose an MRes programme, we recommend that you Engineered Materials for High Performance Applications start the course at the beginning of the academic year. However, in Aerospace and Related Technologies EngD FT if your background is in Materials Science, then you may start This is an EPSRC-sponsored doctoral training programme, at any time of the year. Funding may be available for these suitable both for full-time students and seconded employees. It programmes. For more information visit our website or contact consists of a four-year research project based in industry, and a the individuals named. number of one-week modules in Advanced Metallurgy/Materials and Professional Development, taken at the University. Doctoral research programmes Contact: Professor Paul Bowen – +44 (0)121 414 5222; [email protected] Metallurgy and Materials PhD/MSc by Research/MPhil FT PT Research groups include: Biomaterials MRes FT PT  Alloy and process development Open to those with an upper second-class Honours degree in  Alloy chemistry science, health science or engineering, this programme can be  Casting, solidification and welding taken on a full- or part-time basis. It contains one major research  Ceramics project in Biomaterials, based either in the University or in  Corrosion and oxidation industry, plus six taught modules.  Fatigue and fracture Contacts:  Ferrous metallurgy Jenny Henderson – +44 (0)121 414 5222;  High temperature superconductivity [email protected]  Magnetic materials Dr Artemis Stamboulis – +44 (0)121 414 5216;  Materials processing [email protected]  Microstructural studies  Modelling of manufacturing and materials Materials for Sustainable Energy  Polymers Technologies MRes FT PT  Sports materials An EPSRC-sponsored programme that can be taken on a  Surface engineering and heat treatment full- or part-time basis. There is one major research project in Materials for Sustainable Energy Technologies, based For further information about each group and the contact either in the University or in industry, plus six taught modules. names and details of staff, please visit our online prospectus Contacts: at www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate Jenny Henderson – +44 (0)121 414 5222; or www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate/ [email protected] findaphd.aspx Dr David Book – +44 (0)121 414 5213; [email protected] College of Engineering and Physical Sciences 141

Engineering and Physical Sciences School of Physics and Astronomy

We are one of the largest physics departments in the country Condensed Matter Physics has facilities to take superconducting with a high profile for research both in the UK and internationally. devices close to absolute zero, where quantum effects in We have a long tradition of distinguished research originating macroscopic objects can be observed. Our researchers also from the time of John Henry Poynting, the first Professor of travel to large international facilities where beams of neutrons Physics at Birmingham, whose work included the theory of the and synchrotron X-rays are used for microscopic investigations transfer of electromagnetic energy. Our research now covers a of superconductors and magnetic materials. wide range of topics offering exciting challenges at the leading edge of physics and astronomy. Our students enter careers We have first class laboratories to pursue ultracold atom across a wide spectrum of education and industry, and past research. Using lasers to cool atoms to ultra-low temperatures students occupy many senior positions in science. allows many exquisite phenomena, such as Bose-Einstein condensation, to be explored. Our Cold Atom research facilities Facilities are part of a strategic £11 million investment to form the Midlands We are involved in a wide range of research activities that span Centre for Ultracold Atoms and the Midlands Physics Alliance the range from ultracold atoms to high energy particle physics Graduate School involving the universities of Nottingham and and from nanoscale physics to astrophysics and gravitational Warwick. Our research ranges from quantum simulation in relation research. Research students have access to excellent facilities, to condensed matter phenomena to quantum atom optics and just some of which are highlighted below. applications in quantum computation and precision sensors.

We operate the most flexible research cyclotron in the UK. Our nuclear and particle physics groups are leading players As part of the ongoing development of our research laboratories in experiments that are performed at some of the world’s premier we have recently commissioned a new suite of hot rooms to research laboratories. These include experiments at the Large support in vitro cell radiobiology studies. We collaborate closely Hadron Collider at CERN and at the Grand Accelerateur National with the University Hospital Birmingham NHS Foundation d’Ions Lourds, which is a leading facility for the study of exotic Trust, who provide extensive irradiation and radiation calibration nuclei far from stability. As well as offering the opportunity to facilities. We are also home to the Positron Imaging Centre, travel, we provide in-house facilities for the development of where positron-emitting radioactive tracers are used in new detectors and their associated electronics. interdisciplinary research involving a number of University groups and industrial sponsors. Our activities in astrophysics and space research makes use of a variety of observatories on the ground and in space, as well as Our Nanoscale Physics Research Laboratory – the first powerful computing facilities, to explore a wide range of topics, centre for nanoscience in the UK, is a world-leading player including the physics of the Sun, stars and galaxies, cosmology, in nanoscience research, and has many links to experimental and the study of gravity and gravitational waves. We have a long and theoretical groups in Europe and beyond, as well as heritage in the design and manufacture of space instrumentation, high-tech companies. The £2.5 million Nanoscale Science and our experimental programme includes the study of ultra-weak Facility and £3 million centre for Advanced Materials house forces and the development of novel interferometric techniques a suite of powerful new tools to probe the physics and for gravitational wave detection. We have clean rooms, a applications of nanoscale structures created in the lab, from state-of-the-art facility for the assembly and testing of space- atomic manipulation to new catalysts. The laboratory is also qualified electronics and an environmental test facility. a key partner in the University’s new bio-imaging centre. 142 College of Engineering and Physical Sciences

Engineering and Physical Sciences School of Physics and Astronomy

We have formed a new £1.5 million world-leading centre All PhD students have the opportunity to teach. Students for metamaterial research which allows state-of-the-art also have the opportunity to become involved in our outreach nano-fabrication of optical metamaterials and nanophotonic activities, where researchers meet with teachers and pupils elements along with advanced optical characterisation. from schools across the Midlands.

Metamaterials are opening up exciting gateways towards new More detailed information can be obtained from our website physics and important applications. By custom-designing the www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/physics or by contacting: unit cells of metamaterials, many unusual electromagnetic Mrs Carolyn Fox – +44 (0)121 414 3489/ properties can be realized, including artificial magnetic response +44 (0)121 415 8750; [email protected] at optical frequencies, negative refractive index, and gigantic optical activity. Metamaterials represent a revolution in materials Duration of programmes for optical science and technology, making it possible to build  PhD – 3.5 years full-time ‘invisibility cloaks’, which can shroud objects and render them  MSc by Research – 1 year full-time unobservable; make lenses which can exceed the resolution  MSc – 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time (modular) diffraction limit; and develop materials which nullify and even reverse the tendency of the parts of ultra-small machines to stick Entry requirements together (the so-called ‘Casimir force’). The progress toward See ‘General entry requirements’ on pag 68. Also see optics regimes may reshape research areas such as biological individual programme entries for additional requirements and medical imaging, optical lithography, optical communications online www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/requirements and energy harvesting. English language requirements Postgraduate study Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). We have 110 academic and research staff and over 100 graduate students, with around 45 technical and clerical support Scholarships and studentships staff. Our students work in research groups, typically of ten to Scholarships may be available contact the School directly 50 people, with a high level of academic and technical support. or email [email protected] Annual research income is over £7 million, and approximately 250 research publications are produced each year. Fees Standard fees apply (see page 62 for details). Please contact We provide a friendly environment for students and the School directly for the most up-to-date fees information. offer general training, postgraduate lecture series, and skills training in research and related skills. There is a regular Starting dates programme of colloquia covering all branches of physics, Programmes start in September/October 2012. which is intended for all members of the School, staff and students alike. In addition, each research group organises Learn more its own seminar programme. www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/physics College of Engineering and Physical Sciences 143

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Taught programmes Doctoral research programmes

Medical and Radiation Physics MSc FT PT Physics and Astronomy PhD/MSc by Research FT Accredited as part of the training scheme for NHS hospital Research interests include: physicists, this programme provides an excellent grounding  Astrophysics and Space Research in medical physics with emphasis on radiation physics and Head of group: Professor Trevor J Ponman its applications in diagnostic radiology, radiotherapy and Contact: Dr Somak Raychaudhury – nuclear medicine. +44 (0)121 414 6474; [email protected] Contact: Professor David Parker – +44 (0)121 414 4708;  Condensed Matter Physics [email protected] Head of Group: Professor E M Forgan – +44 (0)121 414 4678; [email protected] Physics and Technology of Nuclear Reactors MSc FT PT  Metamaterials This programme demonstrates, through close contact with Head of Group: Dr Shuang Zhang – the industry, how nuclear power meets today’s energy and +44 (0)121 414 4719; [email protected] environmental challenges. Studentships are sponsored by  Molecular Physics the nuclear industry in the UK and these provide excellent Head of Group: Dr Chris Mayhew – and effective entry routes into careers in this stimulating field. +44 (0)121 414 4729/4724; [email protected] Contact: Dr Paul Norman – +44 (0)121 414 4660;  Nanoscale Physics [email protected] Head of Group: Professor Richard E Palmer – +44 (0)121 414 4653; [email protected] Radioactive Waste Management  Nuclear Physics and Decommissioning MSc FT PT Head of Group: Professor Martin Freer This programme responds to the needs expressed by industry Contact: Dr Peter Jones – and regulators for training opportunities in this important +44 (0)121 414 4677; [email protected] area. The programme covers radioactive waste management,  Particle Physics decommissioning, underlying physics and laboratory experience. Head of Group: Professor Paul Newman – Contact: Professor Martin Freer – +44 (0)121 414 4617; [email protected] +44 (0)121 414 3384; [email protected]  Positron Imaging Head of Group: Professor David Parker – +44 (0)121 414 4708; [email protected]  Solar and Stellar Physics Head of Group: Professor Yvonne Elsworth – +44 (0)121 414 4597; [email protected]  Theoretical Physics Head of Group: Professor Igor Lerner – +44 (0)121 414 4574; [email protected]  Ultra Cold Atoms Head of Group: Professor Kai Bongs – +44 (0)121 414 4585; [email protected] College of Life and Environmental Sciences

College of Life and Environmental Sciences

We work in partnership with We offer a range of leading international universities PhD opportunities including joint research projects across the College in social neuroscience and ageing covering a variety of with the University of Chicago and research areas with funding opportunities Northwestern University, and a available from Sustainable Cities research project BBSRC, NERC, with TERI University in India ERSC and EPSRC

We have one of the largest and most active Psychology schools in the UK gaining top three status for leading research in the last RAE

Many of our Our School of Sport and programmes are accredited Exercise Sciences is one of including accreditations the longest established in Europe from the British for scientific research into exercise Psychological Society and the and sport and ranked first Chartered Institute in the UK for research of of Environmental international significance Health School of Biosciences 146

School of Geography, Earth and Environmental Sciences 150

School of Psychology 157

School of Sport and Exercise Sciences 162 146 College of Life and Environmental Sciences

Life and Environmental Sciences School of Biosciences

The largest Biology School in the Midlands, we deliver Four-year studentships are particularly encouraged by internationally excellent teaching and research across the BBSRC and enable the doctoral researcher to undertake broad span of modern biology. We host a broadly-based the full range of personal development training and activities international community of 900 undergraduates, 250 provided within the School and the University Graduate School. postgraduates and 300 part-time students. In addition, the Darwin Trust of Edinburgh funds a number of three-year PhD studentships for non-UK doctoral researchers The School of Biosciences has an excellent research profile studying molecular microbiology at Birmingham. with 90% assessed as international quality, supporting an exciting range of teaching programmes. Entry requirements BSc degree in a relevant subject. For a PhD you will need Our research focuses on a number of important themes at least a 2:1 or a Masters qualification. For an MSc by Research thatrun through modern biological and biochemical research: or MRes you will need at least a 2:1 and for an MSc a 2:2 organismal and environmental biology; molecular cell biology; or above. molecular microbiology; molecular pathobiology; plant genetics and cell biology, and structural biology. The School is also English language requirements involved in a new cross-college research initiative in Systems Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). Science for Health. Duration of programmes Facilities See online or contact the School directly. We have a number of facilities with dedicated staff, including Functional Genomics (DNA sequencing, microarrays, proteomics, Scholarships and studentships metabolomics including FTICR and QTOF mass spectrometers), Scholarships may be available; please contact Confocal Microscopy and Horticulture (containing computer- Postgraduate Taught Admissions – +44 (0)121 414 5922; controlled growth facilities). The School is also very well email [email protected] equipped with state-of-the-art instrumentation in other areas Biosciences Graduate Research School for MRes such as protein structure determination and analysis (X-ray and PhD programmes – +44 (0)121 414 5560; diffractometry, analytical ultracentrifugation, fourier transform [email protected] infrared spectroscopy, fluorescence spectroscopy, linear and Alternatively email [email protected] circular dichroism, and isothermal calorimetry), computational studies and systems biology (dedicated 128-processor Fees and funding computer cluster). Standard fees apply (see page 62)

Postgraduate study Contact the School for the most up-to-date information. We offer opportunities for postgraduate study in a wide range of bioscience disciplines. We have about 60 full-time Starting dates academic staff with research interests across the biosciences Programmes start in September/October 2012. and a thriving postgraduate community with more than 150 students from the UK and abroad. Learn more www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/biosciences The School of Biosciences attracts funds for studentships from BBSRC, MRC, NERC and other bodies. Studentships may provide full funding (fees and stipend) for three or four years. College of Life and Environmental Sciences 147

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Taught programmes Studies Council and the Botanical Society of the British Isles, and use a range of experienced tutors based at field centres Analytical Genomics MSc FT throughout the country. This programme provides professional training in the principles, Contact: Mrs Linda Marsh – +44 (0)1743 355 137; analytical methods and interpretive skills that are necessary to [email protected] explore the explosion of omics data available for micro-organisms, plants and animals, including humans. These data arise from Molecular Biotechnology MSc FT PT high throughput technologies for sequencing, transcriptomic and The programme provides you with training and learning opportunities proteomic assays and are supported by extensive cross species in the skills and specialised knowledge needed to equip you for bioinformatics links. This one-year programme integrates skills in a career in biotechnology, molecular biotechnology or molecular biological sciences with statistics, bioinformatics and the use biology, in particular in industry. Modules studied include Scientific of analytical software applications and involves each student in Communication, Experimental Design and Statistics; Gene carrying out an independent research project. Graduates from Expression; Funding Science; Therapeutic Biologicals, and the course will have the skills to enter careers involved in areas a study of the development of pharmaceutical products. We focus as diverse as medicine, pharmaceuticals, animal, plant and on key techniques used in molecular biotechnology, including microbial improvement. They will also find ready opportunities aspects of process engineering, molecular biology, functional to progress to PhD training in genomics related subjects. genomics, ‘omics’ technologies, protein expression systems Contact: Postgraduate Admissions – +44 (0)121 414 5922; and antibody engineering. Practical skills will include sessions [email protected] on fermentation, molecular biology, immunology, cell biology and protein chemistry, and you will go on to complete a major, Biological Recording: Collection and Management supervised laboratory or computer-based research project. MSc/Diploma/Certificate PT Contact: Postgraduate Admissions – +44 (0)121 414 5922; With the development of the National Biodiversity Network and the [email protected] establishment of local record centres in most counties, there is an increasing demand for training in the collection and management of Ornithology MSc/Graduate Diploma/Graduate Certificate PT biological records. This programme allows you to decide which depth This unique part-time programme presents a flexible way of of study is most appropriate, with a choice of modules allowing a gaining advanced-level knowledge and understanding about degree of specialisation. It is studied, mainly at weekends, residentially the biology and ecology of birds, their conservation, and at Field Studies Council centres and is run in partnership with the how ornithological problems and issues can be investigated. Field Studies Council and the Botanical Society of the British Isles. The overall aim is to provide an easily accessible range Contact: Mrs Linda Marsh – +44 (0)1743 355 137; of opportunities for professional training in the science of [email protected] ornithology that is appropriate for either a career or voluntary activity in ornithology and nature conservation. Teaching takes Biological Recording and Species Identification place at weekends at monthly intervals and in one residential Certificate FT PT week, which is run in partnership with the British Trust for Biological recording is now widely regarded as vital for Ornithology, based at their headquarters in Thetford, Norfolk. biodiversity processes within Britain, with record centres Contact: Mrs Linda Marsh – +44 (0)1743 355137; and recording schemes in most counties. This programme [email protected] is aimed at museum workers, wildlife trust officers, amateur naturalists involved in recording schemes, and environmental consultants. We run this programme jointly with the Field 148 College of Life and Environmental Sciences

Life and Environmental Sciences School of Biosciences

Toxicology MSc/Diploma/Certificate FT PT Molecular Mechanistic Toxicology MRes FT Toxicology helps to ensure that the food we eat, the water One of the most rapidly developing areas of Toxicology we drink and the air we breathe are clean and free from is the use of molecular and cell biology to develop an contaminants and toxins, and that the pharmaceutical drugs understanding of chemical toxicity at the cellular and molecular we take to treat disease are as safe as possible. Toxicology level. This is not only of fundamental interest (eg, understanding is also important clinically in the diagnosis and management mechanism of action) but it also relates to an increased need of poisonings, in the analysis of forensic samples and has for a mechanistic component in chemical risk assessment and a central role in protecting the environment from the harmful development of high throughput screens for chemical toxicity. effects of chemicals, pesticides and other noxious agents. The MRes in Molecular Mechanistic Toxicology is a one-year We provide vocational training in the theoretical, clinical and full-time programme that provides you with a research-oriented laboratory aspects of toxicology. You will learn about the nature training and we provide a lively, highly interactive teaching and and mechanism of adverse effects of chemicals such as those research environment. found in industry, in the household, in agriculture, in medicine, and those that occur naturally in the environment. We give Molecular and Cellular Biology MRes FT particular emphasis to molecular and cellular mechanisms This programme is designed to prepare you for a career in of toxicity. A challenging part of the programme is learning research in molecular and cellular biology and its applications. to predict the risk of toxicity and balancing this against the It comprises a year of intensive training and research experience likely benefits of the substance concerned. The School of leading to the award of an MRes degree, which will give you Biosciences is recognised internationally as a major centre a flying start to a subsequent PhD programme, if this is your for teaching and research in toxicology. chosen career path. A wide range of research topics falling Contact: Postgraduate Admissions – +44 (0)121 414 5922; within the scope of molecular and cellular biology is available [email protected] within the School; this range extends from structural biology at one extreme to multicellular systems at the other. Combined research and taught programmes Applications are welcome from students with a background in Physics and Chemistry, as well as from those with a degree Conservation and Utilisation of in Biochemistry, Biology or other Life Sciences. Plant Genetic Resources MRes/Diploma FT PT This programme provides training in the principles required to For MRes programmes contact – +44 (0)121 414 5560; conserve and use crops and wild plant species, and as such [email protected] it aims to meet the global skill shortage for professional plant conservationists. The MRes builds on the international reputation for excellence in plant genetic resource conservation training in the School to offer an innovative mixture of taught courses with extended research training. The first four months are occupied by formal taught studies, which provide students with a fundamental knowledge of the science of plant genetic conservation and use, while the final eight months are devoted to two individual research projects providing hands-on field or laboratory training. College of Life and Environmental Sciences 149

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Doctoral research programmes Molecular Microbiology PhD/MPhil FT The overarching strategy of staff in the Molecular Microbiology Research in the School centres around three broad and theme is to understand microbial processes at all levels, from interlinked groupings, which focus on multi and interdisciplinary molecules to the whole organism, and to maintain the School research: Molecular Cell Biology, Molecular Microbiology, and as an international centre of molecular microbiology research. Organisms and Environment. Each theme represents areas of Most research is concerned with prokaryotes, but theme research excellence in human, animal, plant, microbial, cell and members also have interests in viruses. The School boasts molecular biology, and these areas integrate with systems one of the largest clusters of molecular microbiologists in biology and structural biology. the UK, with 13 PIs, 28 Postdoctoral Research Fellows and 29 Doctoral Researchers. We offer PhDs and MPhil research degrees in all of the research areas outlined below. For more information plus a full list of staff Organisms and Environment FT PT and the PhD positions that they are offering visit please visit our Research into interactions between animals, plants and their research website (www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/biosciences/ habitats in the School of Biosciences is co-ordinated through research) which also contains links to individual members the Organisms and Environment research theme. of staff. Application forms and further general information concerning research degrees can be obtained from: The research in this theme focuses on the ecology and physiology Biosciences Graduate Research School of adaptations, their evolution and functions in the natural Tel: +44 (0)121 414 5560 Fax: +44 (0)121 414 5925 environment, and the applications of ecophysiology. We have [email protected] particular expertise in the use of birds as model species (sensory, foraging and nutritional ecology; chronobiology; cognition), Molecular and Cell Biology FT in animal biomechanics, particularly, the evolution of primate Research within the Molecular and Cell Biology research theme locomotor-ecology, the molecular ecology of plants, the stress focuses on understanding the molecular mechanisms underlying physiology of invertebrates, and marine biofouling. cellular processes within a variety of physiological contexts in a range of eukaryotic organisms. Our research is supported by excellent facilities for research with plants and animals both on and off campus, Research in the theme is divided into number of core areas: and we have good access to overseas field sites through cell signalling and trafficking; neurobiology; eukaryotic gene international collaborations. expression and development molecular structures; genetics, plant development and cell biology, systems biology of eukaryotes and toxicology.

The theme’s research is underpinned by state-of-the-art technology including advanced microscopy, genomics and new generation sequencing plus a wide range of cutting-edge biophysical techniques including mass spectrometry, FT-IR, CD, LD, NMR and analytical ultracentrifugation. 150 College of Life and Environmental Sciences

Life and Environmental Sciences School of Geography, Earth and Environmental Sciences

The School of Geography, Earth and Environmental Sciences Duration of programmes has a renowned history for international excellence in research  PhD – 3 years full-time and teaching. Geology at Birmingham dates back to 1881  MRes – 1 year full-time and Geography began here in 1924. We are proud of our  MPhil – 2 years full-time long history and build on our successes. We offer facilities  MSc – 1 year full-time (part-time options available for postgraduate study through both taught courses and by for some programmes) research. There are around 65 academics, 30 technical support  Diploma – 1 year part-time and 30 research staff with interests spanning many aspects of the subject, as well as a flourishing postgraduate group with Entry requirements around 90 doctoral researchers from the UK and overseas. See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 Students are accepted for research in most aspects of or contact the department. geography, earth and environmental sciences according to staff specialisms. English language requirements Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). Geography, Earth and Environmental Sciences has a strong international reputation for interdisciplinary research in Scholarships and studentships hydrology, ecology, geology, climate and atmospheric sciences, We are eligible to receive research studentships from NERC, environmental health and risk management, economy, enterprise AHRC and ESRC (‘1+3’ ‘+3’ and CASE/ESRC and NERC/ and development, urban forms, culture, politics, service worlds ESRC). We also offer a number of prestigious College research and emerging regions. studentships, available to both home and overseas students. For more information contact the School directly or email Postgraduate students joining the School benefit from a thriving [email protected] research community, expert supervision, the opportunity to participate in research seminars and discussions with Fees and funding academic staff. Standard fees apply (see page 62); except:  MSc Applied Meteorology and Climatogy – £4,850 (UK/EU) GEOGRAPHY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES Please note these fees are those charged in 2011–12 and are for guidance only. Contact the School for the most up-to-date The School provides excellent opportunities to build upon and information. develop research within these disciplines, and particularly to foster interdisciplinary research. Appropriate training is an Starting dates integral part of our research activity and is organised by a Programmes start in September/October 2012. separate research committee. All research students participate in a formal training programme, which includes workshops Learn more covering aspects of the philosophy and methodology of their www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/gees subject area, and attendance at and contribution to research seminars held on a regular basis throughout the year. College of Life and Environmental Sciences 151

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Taught programmes Resilience, Regeneration and Urban Living MSc/MRes FT PT (subject to approval) Applied Meteorology and Climatology MSc FT PT This is a new programme that provides a broad-ranging, yet This programme provides comprehensive training in grounded understanding of how individuals, organisations and/or understanding, modelling and prediction of atmospheric communities can cope with external stresses and disturbance processes; as well as the collection, management, supply as a result of rapid social, political, economic or environmental and application of atmospheric data for the needs of a variety change. Given that the 21st century is the ‘century of the city’, of public and private sectors. The course also demonstrates students will be uniquely placed to identify, explain and offer how these create opportunities or pose problems for the successful appropriate responses to the challenges facing individuals, operation of natural and human systems. Our aim is that upon communities and practitioners alike who may be living or working graduation you will be able to compete for careers in Meteorology in urban areas. Furthermore, the programme will draw on existing and Climatology. Around 43% of recent graduates have gone teaching and research activities within human geography, on to careers in industry, 37% in government agencies and environmental studies, psychology and engineering to offer 20% for a PhD degree. a coherent – yet flexible – approach to explore differing aspects of resilience. Enterprise, Environment and Place MSc/Diploma FT PT This programme combines interdisciplinary expertise from Both the MSc and the MRes programmes will involve students Geography, Political Science, International Studies, Sociology following specialist modules focused around Resilience, and Social Policy, and is truly multidisciplinary. You thereby Energy and Urban Living; Resilient Cities and Adaptation; gain a unique breadth of academic research, teaching and and Problem-based Research Methods for Resilience. key transferable skills. In addition to exposing students to Depending upon which programme you follow, you will cutting-edge debates in economic geography, environmental then have the opportunity to select a further range of science, human geography and related fields, the programme resilience-related options and/or research-focused provides research training in theoretical, philosophical and modules, coupled with a resilience-focused dissertation. methodological issues relevant to human geography and social science research. The overall intention is to provide recent graduates as well as those already in practice with the necessary theoretical, Local and Regional Economic Development (IED Accredited) analytical and practical skills to advance their careers in a wide MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/ Graduate Diploma/ range of related areas, including urban regeneration, planning, Postgraduate Certificate/Certificate FT PT community and economic development, housing renewal, healthy These programmes are approved by the Institution of Economic living and urban management. It also provides advanced-level Development and are designed for those who want to extend training for those wishing to pursue PhD studies in this area. their field of academic knowledge and understanding of issues in economic development and policy, as well as for those who River Environmental Management MSc/Diploma FT PT are interested and concerned with policy in practice. The The environmental management of rivers is required to mitigate the programmes will appeal to those working in local authorities, effects of anthropogenic pressures through the growing demands learning and skills councils, business links, and other national of water abstraction and hydroelectric power generation, and and local economic development agencies. The programmes suffer recurrent disturbance through diffuse and point source can be studied either full- or part-time. For the MSc you are pollutants, drought, flooding, and channel modification. This expected to complete a dissertation. requires a holistic understanding of how river systems are Contact: Gill Bentley – +44 (0)121 414 4984; structured and function, and of how these systems have been [email protected] altered by anthropogenic activities. To this end, the course 152 College of Life and Environmental Sciences

Life and Environmental Sciences School of Geography, Earth and Environmental Sciences

will examine the interactions between climate, hydrology, Urban and Regional Studies MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/ geomorphology, ecology, biogeochemical cycling, water and Graduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate/Certificate FT PT habitat quality and biodiversity. This scientific and technical corpus This programme has proved to be a platform for a wide will allow you to understand and quantify the consequences of range of careers. Former students hold important positions in natural and anthropogenic disturbance on river systems. private sector companies and consultancies, in public sector organisations, in universities, policy-making bodies, and in local Using a combination of lectures, fieldwork, tutorials, laboratory and central government. Many are undertaking research and classes, group projects and an individual research-based thesis, consultancy in the UK, other parts of Europe and internationally. you will be provided with the necessary training and skills for a For the MSc you are expected to complete a dissertation. career in the successful environmental management of rivers, Contact: Lauren Andres – +44 (0)121 45021; including techniques on assessing their status and approaches [email protected] to rehabilitate and restore the condition of these globally threatened environments. The contact for MSc programmes is: The Postgraduate Administrator – +44 (0)121 414 6935; [email protected] Urban and Regional Planning (RTPI accredited) MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/Certificate FT PT Doctoral research programmes Fully accredited by the Royal Town Planning Institute (RTPI), this programme is designed to develop students as reflective Geography and Environmental Sciences PhD/MPhil FT practitioners in the planning profession and related disciplines The School offers postgraduate research opportunities leading in the built environment. Studied full- or part-time, it includes to PhD degrees across the whole range of its research activities, nine taught modules and a dissertation and its flexible nature with funding coming from a variety of sources, including national enables you to combine the core modules and materials in research councils, School scholarships and industry. spatial planning with a specialist focus in fields such as urban regeneration, community involvement, and economic Postgraduate students joining the School benefit from a thriving development. research community, expert supervision, dedicated training Contacts: Mike Beazley – +44 (0)121 414 3278; programmes and the opportunity to participate in research [email protected] or Austin Barber – seminars and discussions with academic staff. All postgraduate +44 (0)121 414 2984; [email protected] students are provided with dedicated workspaces and have access to excellent computing and laboratory facilities. Urban Regeneration and Renewal MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/Graduate Diploma/Certificate FT PT Contact: Gretchel Coldicott – +44 (0)121 414 6935; These programmes appeal to those who want to extend their [email protected] field of academic knowledge and critical understanding of issues in urban regeneration, as well as those who are more interested and concerned with policy in practice and those working in local government and other national, regional and local agencies concerned with the regeneration of urban areas. The programmes can be studied either full- or part-time. For the MSc you are expected to complete a dissertation. Contact: Peter Lee – +44 (0)121 414 7290; [email protected] College of Life and Environmental Sciences 153

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Urban and Regional Studies PhD/MPhil/MSc FT PT EARTH SCIENCES We offer three types of research degree: MSc by research, MPhil and PhD. The MPhil and PhD degrees include a Earth Sciences is a vibrant research and postgraduate teaching coursework element and may be taken on a full- or part-time environment with academic staff, together with full-time research basis. Prospective applicants are invited to apply, outlining staff working on a broad range of research projects. their research interests. We have ESRC recognition for our research training programmes. We undertake research across a wide range of Earth Sciences and are always pleased to discuss individual research proposals Recently completed PhDs included in the last (2008) Research from students. Past and current PhD students have been and Assessment Exercise (RAE) can be found by visiting our online are funded by the research councils, the petroleum industry, prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/pg the water industry, the European Union, Nirex, the British Council and overseas governments. For a full list of research groups in the School please visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/gees/courses/postgraduate Facilities The Lapworth Museum is an integral part of the School and Contacts: Professor Jon Coaffee – +44 (0) 121 414 47421; is ‘Designated’ for the national and international importance [email protected]; Dr Caroline Chapain – of its geological collections and archives, which are important +44 (0)121 414 2292; [email protected] or reference collections for research. There are particular strengths visit www.curs.bham.ac.uk in Early Palaeozoic invertebrates, fossil fish, Quaternary insects and mammals, stone implements and archive material. It is one of For academic enquiries related to Geography and only three university geology collections in England to have been Environmental Sciences contact: Dr Dominique Moran – granted core-funded status by HEFCE. The School has excellent +44 (0)121 414 8013; [email protected] water chemistry analysis facilities, and extensive field equipment for groundwater research: it also has an on-campus purpose- drilled borehole array used for research and teaching. All postgraduate students are provided with dedicated workspaces and have access to excellent computing and laboratory facilities: the MSc Hydrogeology students have a dedicated lecture/study room.

Duration of programmes  PhD – 3 years full-time  MPhil – 2 years full-time  MSc – 1 year full-time

Entry requirements See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact the department. 154 College of Life and Environmental Sciences

Life and Environmental Sciences School of Geography, Earth and Environmental Sciences

English language requirements well design, aquifer test analysis, hydrogeophysics, inorganic Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). chemistry of groundwaters, organic contamination of groundwater, contaminated land and remediation, groundwater Scholarships and studentships modelling, contaminant transport, hydrology, and groundwater We are eligible to receive research studentships with funding resources assessment. from NERC and EPSRC. We also offer a number of our own Contacts: Professor John Tellam – +44 (0)121 414 6138; postgraduate studentships, available to both home and overseas [email protected] The Postgraduate Administrator – students. For more information contact the School directly or +44 (0)121 414 6935; [email protected] email [email protected] Doctoral research programmes Fees and funding Standard fees apply (see page 62); except: Earth Sciences PhD/MPhil FT  MSc Hydrogeology – £4,950 (UK/EU) Research interests:  Hydrogeology Please note this fee is for guidance only. Contact the Contact: Professor John Tellam – +44 (0)121 414 6138; School for the most up-to-date information. [email protected]  Palaeobiology and Palaeoenvironments Starting dates Contact: Dr Jason Hilton – +44 (0)121 414 615; Contact the School directly for further details. [email protected]  Subsurface Structure and Properties Learn more Contact: Professor Rae Mackay – +44 (0)121 414 6142; www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/gees [email protected]

Taught programme ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND Hydrogeology MSc FT RISK MANAGEMENT An MSc course providing comprehensive training in the theory and practice of groundwater science, providing an excellent The Division of Environmental Health and Risk Management basis for careers in scientific, engineering and environmental (DEHRM) is based in the well-equipped, purpose-built facilities consultancies, water companies, major industries, research, of the University’s Public Health Building. and government scientific and regulatory services in the UK and abroad. Hydrogeology is a multidisciplinary subject, Our research attracts extensive funding from many sources, and we welcome numerate students from a range of science including: the Department for Transport; the Department backgrounds, including geosciences, engineering, physics, for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs; the Environment mathematics, chemistry, environmental sciences, physical Agency; the Department of Health; the NERC; the EPSRC; geography, mining, and biosciences. the BBSRC; the Leverhulme Trust, and European programmes. The collaborative nature of much of this work, together with The lecture component of the programme encompasses the the mix of pure, strategic and applied research, often involving full range of hydrogeology, including groundwater resources, interdisciplinary teams spanning physical, biological, chemical, groundwater contamination and remediation, and groundwater medical and social sciences, provides a dynamic and engineering. Modules cover groundwater flow theory, drilling, internationally-recognised research environment. College of Life and Environmental Sciences 155

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Research facilities, including laboratories, and field sites Taught programmes and instruments are of exceptionally high quality. Air Pollution Management and Control MSc/Diploma FT PT For a detailed brochure describing the activities of DEHRM, This programme is run with the School of Chemical Engineering. contact: The Administration Office – +44 (0)121 414 It is designed to provide a comprehensive understanding of the 2628/3077; [email protected] causes and effects of air pollution, and of the management measures and engineering technologies available for its control. This is a Duration of programmes recognised and sought after qualification within the professional  PhD – 3 years full-time environmental field in the UK and abroad. Students successfully  PhD with Integrated Study – 4 years full-time completing the course have found employment as air quality  MSc by Research – 1 year full-time experts within environmental consultancies, industry or local  MSc – 1 year full-time government departments. Contact: Dr William Bloss – +44 (0)121 414 2558; Entry requirements [email protected] See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact the department. Environmental Health MSc FT PT This programme provides an accredited pathway for science- English language requirements based graduates to become environmental health practitioners. Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). It is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Environmental Health (CIEH) as meeting its core curriculum requirements. On Scholarships and studentships completion of the MSc, those wishing to take the professional Scholarships may be available, contact the Administration examination of the Chartered Institute of Environmental Health Office – +44 (0)121 414 6935; [email protected] will need to undertake a period of practical training in an approved Alternatively email [email protected] organisation and then take the CIEH professional examinations to become a registered Environmental Health Practitioner. Fees and funding Contact: Mr Maurice Brennan – +44 (0)121 414 7180; Standard fees apply (see page 62), except: [email protected]  MSc Environmental Health – £6,450 (UK/EU) Please note this fee is for guidance only. Contact the School Public and Environmental Health Sciences MSc FT PT for the most up-to-date information. This programme is accredited by the Chartered Institute of Environmental Health and is designed for international Starting dates students aiming to develop their careers in public health Programmes start during September/October 2011. and environmental health. It is taught partly with the MSc in Environmental Health but with additional options available. Learn more Contact: Mr Maurice Brennan – +44 (0)121 414 7180; www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/gees [email protected] 156 College of Life and Environmental Sciences

Life and Environmental Sciences School of Geography, Earth and Environmental Sciences

Science of Occupational Health, Safety and Doctoral research programmes the Environment MSc FT PT Run jointly by the Division of Environmental Health and Environmental Science and Risk Management Risk Management in the School of Geography, Earth and PhD/MSc by Research FT Environmental Sciences, and the Institute of Occupational Research areas include: and Environmental Medicine in the College of Medical and  Air Pollution and Atmospheric Chemistry Dental Sciences, this programme recognises the increasing Contact: Professor Roy Harrison – +44 (0)121 414 3494; demand from commercial, industrial and regulatory bodies [email protected] to integrate occupational health, safety and environmental  Aquatic Chemistry and Pollution, Environmental Nanoscience issues. The programme is recognised by the Chartered Institute Contact: Professor Jamie Lead – +44 (0)121 414 8147; of Environmental Health and the Institute of Acoustics [email protected] (Environmental Noise), and accredited by the Institute  Persistent Organic Pollutants of Occupational Safety and Health. Contact: Dr Stuart Harrad – +44 (0)121 414 7298; Contact: Val Walker, Course Administrator – [email protected] +44 (0)121 414 2628/3077; [email protected]

Combined research and taught programmes

Atmospheric Sciences and Air Pollution PhD with Integrated Study FT This PhD programme has been introduced to meet the needs of international students. You undertake both research work and taught courses that are relevant to your research topic. Contact: Professor Roy Harrison – +44 (0)121 414 3494; [email protected]

Human and Environmental Health Impacts of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology (HEINN) MRes FT This programme provides students with a comprehensive understanding of all aspects of nanoscience and its potential environmental and human health-related risk. The MRes focuses on the fundamental and underpinning science but also discusses applications, synthesis and policy and regulatory responses. The programme is research focused, with a large part devoted to an independent, but supervised, research project. Contact: Mrs Marian Jordan, Course Administrator – +44 (0)121 414 6989; [email protected] College of Life and Environmental Sciences 157

Life and Environmental Sciences School of Psychology

We are one of the largest and most active psychology See `Doctoral research programmes’ on page 161. departments in Britain with an excellent reputation for teaching and research. We were ranked 3rd in the Grade Point Average, Duration of programmes placing us in the top three Psychology departments for research  PhD – 3 years full-time, 6 years part-time in the UK in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise  MSc by Research – 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time (2008), as well as gaining 23 out of 24 in the QAA Quality  MRes – 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time Assessment Review of teaching. Our wide ranging research  ClinPsyD – 3 years full-time makes an impact by giving a greater understanding of the  ForenPsyD – 3 years full-time (4 years part-time relationship between brain, mind and behaviour. employee sponsored)  MSc – 2 years part-time (except Forensic Psychology Facilities Practice – 2 years full-time) Facilities include laboratories specially equipped for work  CBT Diploma and IPC courses – contact the School directly in cognition, psychophysics, visual perception, auditory  CPD Doc in Forensic Psychology Practice – 1 year full-time; perception, speech production, human motor performance, 2 years part-time (open to Forensic Psychologists registered cognitive neuropsychology, cognitive neuroscience, food, with the HPC only) drink and nutritional psychology, physiological psychology, psychopharmacology, social psychology, and developmental Entry requirements psychology. Our clinical psychology centre and forensic To apply for PhD programmes you should have a good Honours psychology centre support professional training and research. degree in Psychology or a related discipline appropriate to your Laboratories and offices are also equipped with computers for intended studies. For MSc by Research we require at least experimental control, data collection and analysis. There are a lower second-class Honours degree: for PhD we require dedicated brain imaging workstations for work in perception at least an upper second-class Honours degree or a Masters and cognitive science, including a computational modelling qualification. If you have a lower second-class Honours degree, and brain analysis suite. you can apply for the MSc by Research and transfer to the PhD, if you are successful in your MSc examination. Postgraduate study There are excellent research opportunities provided by our For programmes whose qualification gives entry to a registered links with local hospitals, prisons and clinics, local schools and profession you are required to sign up to the Code of nurseries, other University departments, industrial companies, Professional Conduct and Fitness to Practise regulations. and departments of local and national government – both in this Also see ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68. country and overseas. Psychology is a major partner in the West Midlands Stroke Research Network and provides access to a English language requirements large pool of screened neuropsychological patients. There is also Standard English language requirements apply – for all a number of other well-established research groups, with strong programmes apart from the Masters/Doctorate in Forensic links to clinical groups, notably in psychosis, neurodevelopmental Psychology Practice which requires IELTS 7.0 with no element disorders, and addictions. below 6.5. For ClinPsyD candidates whose first language is not English or whose first degree was not taught in English, Research may be carried out in areas where members of staff the minimum requirements for TOEFL/IELTS are: 100 for are willing to offer supervision. Our research is grouped under internet based TOEFL with no less than 23 in any band, three main headings: Developmental, Social and Applied or 7.0 for IELTS with no less than 6.5 in any band. Psychology; Behavioural Neuroscience, and Language, Cognition and Perceptual Systems. 158 College of Life and Environmental Sciences

Life and Environmental Sciences School of Psychology

Scholarships and studentships Taught programmes Scholarships may be available; contact the School directly or email [email protected] Brain Injury Case Management MSc/Postgraduate Diploma PT Fees and funding Brain Injury Rehabilitation Standard fees apply (see page 62), except for: MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate PT  ForenPsyD – £6,900 pa (UK/EU 3 years full-time) – These programmes are intended to meet the nationally identified £12,330 pa (Overseas) need for a better trained and more appropriately qualified workforce  ForenPsyD – 4 years part-time for those employed in a in the field of brain injury rehabilitation, both at a professional forensic setting Year 1 and 2 – £6,900 pa; Year 3 and 4 – (postgraduate) level and in the development of a growing range £3,450 pa of support workers, enablers and rehabilitation technicians.  ClinPsyD – fees are paid by the NHS Brain Injury Rehabilitation is aimed at graduates with a relevant  MSc/Diploma Criminological Psychology – £4,900 pa (UK/ first degree, experienced care/support workers wanting to increase EU part-time) knowledge and improve skills in rehabilitation and professionally-  MSc/Diploma Clinical Criminology – £4,900 pa (UK/EU part- qualified clinicians. The Brain Injury Case Management programme time) is aimed at professionals such as nurses, social workers or  MSc Forensic Psychology Practice – £6,900 pa (UK/EU full- physiotherapists looking to train as case managers. time); £12,330 (overseas full-time) Contact: Postgraduate Admissions – +44 (0)121 414 7576;  CPD Doc in Forensic Psychology Practice – £6,630 pa (UK/ [email protected] EU full-time) £3,315 (UK/EU part-time)  PG Diploma: £6,090; IPC: £1,015 Clinical Criminology MSc/Diploma PT This two-year part-time programme is designed to help Please note these fees are those charged in 2011–12 and are professionals currently working in applied settings, including for guidance only. Contact the School for the most up-to-date forensic mental health, the police, Social Services and the information. National Offender Management Service, to develop skills relevant to their practice. Two routes are available through Starting dates this programme. One is for practitioners working directly with  PhD/MSc by Research programmes may start at any time of offenders or victims and involves working on a detailed case the year, though for most this will be September 2012 study. The second focuses on new developments in forensic  PG CBT Diploma – January 2012; IPC – various dates psychology and forensic linguistics which apply to the throughout the year investigation and prosecution of serious crimes. Applicants  Other programmes – September/October 2012 for the second route do not need to be working directly with victims or offenders. Applicants should hold a relevant degree Learn more (at least a second class honours). www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/psychology Criminological Psychology MSc/Diploma PT This two-year part-time programme equips those working with victims or offenders in a forensic setting with an understanding of contemporary theories of criminal behaviour and the criminal justice system, together with the skills to analyse individuals’ offending behaviour and to plan treatment and supervision College of Life and Environmental Sciences 159

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

strategies for both victims and offenders. Both theory and The next available Diploma and IPC course will be starting practice are set in the context of the legal and institutional in January 2012. Please see our website for up-to-date systems through which offenders and victims are managed. information. Alternatively if you would like to receive further The Masters programme is accredited by the BPS as equivalent information about these courses visit http://cbt.bham.ac.uk/ to stage one of training for Chartered Psychologist status. about.php Contact: Course Administration Assistant – +44 (0)121 414 7198; [email protected] Forensic Psychology Practice MSc FT This two-year full-time programme is offered by the Centre Combined research and taught programmes for Forensic and Criminological Psychology, and combines academic teaching, research, and professional training during Brain Imaging and Cognitive Neuroscience MRes FT PT forensic placements. The programme is open only to psychology The core syllabus includes experimental design and analysis, graduates who are registered with the BPS (GBC status) computing, current theoretical approaches, and training in and who have experience with clients in a forensic setting. the professional skills needed for research. You undertake This course is part of the Doctorate in Forensic Psychology two research placements and a substantial research project, Practice (ForenPsyD), which is a professional qualification. which is usually linked to current research within the University, All trainees are required to sign a generic code of professional but may also be linked to other academic or commercial conduct and fitness to practise statement, as well as a institutions. The programme contains additional modules completing an enhanced CRB check. on the theory and methods of brain imaging, and on current advances in cognitive neuroscience linked to these methods. Successful completion of the Masters combined with the final doctoral year programme confers eligibility for BPS Chartered Clinical Psychology MRes FT PT Psychologist status and full membership of the Division of The programme provides you with understanding and experience Forensic Psychology. You will also be eligible to apply for of the research methods and techniques appropriate for applied registration with the Health Professions Council as a Forensic settings. There is a taught component with a focus on planning, Psychologist. (See Forensic Psychology Practice Doctorate – conducting and evaluating psychological research in clinical ForenPsyD). settings. This includes: single-case, small n, survey, and intervention designs; qualitative and quantitative methods; The contact for all forensic taught programmes is the course and principles of applied psychology. There are also two administrator: Sue Hanson – +44 (0)121 414 3319; research placements and a final research project which [email protected] are all supervised by staff affiliated to the Doctorate in Clinical Psychology programme or working in clinical areas. Successful Cognitive Behaviour Therapy Programmes students should graduate with skills and experience to strengthen Diploma and IPC course their applications for PhD research, DClinPsy training, clinical research and/or Assistant Psychologist posts. The following courses are offered in Cognitive Behaviour Therapy: Cognition and Neuroscience MRes FT PT  Introductory Practitioner Course You follow the core syllabus and undertake two research  Introductory Practitioner Course for CAMHS staff placements and a substantial research project. At the end  Postgraduate Diploma in Cognitive Behaviour Therapy of the programme you are equipped either for further research study or for a career in the development and evaluation of cognitive, computational and/or neuroscientific models. 160 College of Life and Environmental Sciences

Life and Environmental Sciences School of Psychology

Cognition and Computational Neuroscience MRes FT PT for further research study or for careers in the development and You follow the core syllabus and undertake two research evaluation of psychologically relevant models in the workplace. placements and a substantial research project. At the end of the programme you are equipped either for further research Contact for all MRes programmes: study or for a career in the development and evaluation of Carly Talbot or Shelley Nolan – +44 (0)121 414 2752; cognitive, computational and neuroscientific models. [email protected]

Cognitive Neuropsychology and Rehabilitation MRes FT PT Continued Professional Development Route to the Doctorate You follow the core syllabus and undertake two research in Forensic Psychology Practice (CPD Doc in FPP) placements and a substantial research project. At the end of the We are now offering a Continued Professional Development route programme you are equipped either for further research study to the Doctorate in Forensic Psychology Practice. This course or for a career in the development and evaluation of cognitive, provides forensic psychologists with an opportunity to advance computational and/or neuroscientific models. This programme their existing applied research knowledge and skills to Doctoral leaves you well equipped to assess neuropsychology disorders level. Forensic psychologists undertaking this course will develop and evaluate therapeutic interventions. a capacity to formulate complex applied research questions and investigate these in a methodologically rigorous manner. Computational Neuroscience and Cognitive Robotics MRes FT PT The course combines taught and self-directed research This MRes is designed for those with interests in using our elements in the study of offending behaviour and criminal activity. knowledge of human cognition and brain function in applications The programme is examined by continuous assessment, with ranging from cognitive rehabilitation of patients through the design students completing a series of classes, assignments and of better robotics systems. The programme aims to mesh two active projects over the programme duration. Students are required and rapidly developing fields in cognitive robotics, to generate to attend taught classes, aimed at developing advanced research novel 21st century solutions to past problems. This will help skills and complete assignments via self-directed learning in people recover from brain damage and enable them to live conjunction with an academic supervisor. Students will be independent lives. We are also designing and developing required to incorporate this work into a thesis that will be bio-inspired and biologically plausible robotic systems. assessed via oral examination.

Psychology MRes FT PT In addition to good performance at interview, successful The syllabus includes training in quantitative and qualitative applicants will have an MSc in Forensic Psychology (accredited research methods; computer use for academic purposes; the or previously accepted by the British Psychological Society) history and philosophy of psychological science and the critical graded at merit or above and status as a Forensic Psychologist review of current research methods in psychology; presenting registered with the Health Professions Council. Chartered information in written, oral, poster and web-based formats; Psychologist Status with the British Psychological Society and the professional skills needed for research. You undertake is preferable but not essential. research placements and a substantial research project, usually Contacts: linked to current research within the University, but may also be Sue Hanson – +44 (0)121 414 3319; [email protected] linked to other psychology departments or relevant institutions Dr Louise Dixon – +44 (0)121 414 7218; [email protected] in the Midlands. At the end of the programme you are equipped College of Life and Environmental Sciences 161

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Professional qualification programmes Professional Conduct and Fitness to Practise statement, as well as a completing an enhanced CRB check. These are integrated three-year courses leading to a professional qualification. All trainees are required to sign a generic Code of A four-year part-time option is available for forensic organisations Professional Conduct and Fitness to Practise statement. who wish to sponsor a trainee through the ForenPsyD course while employed. Clinical Psychology Doctorate (ClinPsyD) FT Contacts: The University of Birmingham is one of the major centres for Sue Hanson – +44 (0)121 414 3319; clinical psychology training in the UK and most graduates take [email protected] up posts in NHS departments. Candidates offered a place Dr Catherine Hamilton-Giachritsis – +44 (0)121 414 4925; on the programme are funded by the NHS. Trainees complete [email protected] five placements in a range of health settings across the West Midlands. Trainees are assessed by a series of clinical practice Doctoral research programmes reports and other assignments over the three years, and by a viva examination for the final research thesis. The programme is Psychology PhD/MSc by Research FT PT organised on a collaborative basis with local NHS psychologists, Research interests and many local clinicians are involved in teaching. Applications  Development, Social and Applied Psychology are via the Clearing House in Clinical Psychology – please see Contact: Dr Ian Apperly – +44 (0)121 414 3339; www.leeds.ac.uk/chpccp [email protected] Contact: Sharon Boyce, Admissions Secretary –  Behavioural Neuroscience +44 (0)121 414 7124; [email protected] Contact: Professor Zoe Kourki – +44 (0)121 414 8509; [email protected] Forensic Psychology Practice Doctorate (ForenPsyD) FT PT  Language, Cognition and Perceptual Systems This full-time programme offered by the Centre for Forensic Contact: Dr Sotaro Kita – +44 (0)121 414 6203; and Criminological Psychology, combines academic teaching, [email protected] research, and professional training during forensic placements. It is open only to psychology graduates who are registered with For PhD Admissions enquiries: the BPS (GBC status) and have experience working in a forensic Carly Talbot or Vids Patel – +44 (0)121 414 2752/2864; setting. The two-year interim MSc is accredited and recognised [email protected] by the BPS as contributing to training in forensic psychology. At the end of the two year MSc, if you meet the requirements, you may proceed to the third year full-time to complete forensic research and research methods, leading to the award of a Doctorate (ForenPsyD).

You will also be eligible for BPS Chartered Psychology status and full membership of the Division of Forensic Psychology, and eligible to apply for registration with the Health Professions Council as a Forensic Psychologist, which is the statutory regulating body for Psychology. The ForenPsyD is a professional qualification. All trainees are required to sign a generic Code of 162 College of Life and Environmental Sciences

Life and Environmental Sciences School of Sport and Exercise Sciences

The School of Sport and Exercise Sciences has a wide-ranging Postgraduate study research base producing impactful research exploring the pursuit Applications for PhD training in research can be made at any of sports excellence and the importance of physical activity in time of the year and research topics should be linked to areas of tackling global health problems, such as those associated with research expertise within the School. Our research is organised ageing and obesity. We were ranked equal first in the last Research into five main research groups as listed on page 163. Detailed Assessment Exercise (RAE 2008): 100% of our staff were entered enquiries about specific research areas can be answered into this exercise with 25% of our research activity rated at 4* (world by the contacts on the research group pages online at leading in terms of originality, significance and rigour) and another www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate/ 35% rated 3* (internationally excellent). This brings the total findaphd.aspx percentage of the research activity performed as world leading General enquiries: or internationally excellent to 60%. Jill Barnes – +44 (0)121 414 44108; [email protected]

State-of-the-art facilities Duration of programmes We boast the largest custom built Sport and Exercise facility in the The duration of programmes for MPhil and PhD is as prescribed UK due to our £16.4 million custom built Sport and Exercise facility. by University regulations and pro rata for part-time, depending As a student here you will have access to teaching and research on the percentage of time spent on research. laboratories for physiology, biochemistry, psychophysiology, biomechanics, sport psychology, motor skills, immunology, Entry requirements muscle mechanics and the neurophysiology of movement. See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact the department. Collaborative research Our advanced equipment and expertise are key to collaborative English language requirements translational medicine programmes with the School of Clinical and Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). Experimental Medicine and local NHS Research Trusts exploring the role and implementation of life-style interventions involving physical Scholarships and studentships activity and diet in disease prevention and health promotion. The Scholarships may be available. See the School’s website or School also has strong collaborative links with other schools in email [email protected] for more information. the University. Fees and funding A thriving community Standard fees apply (see page 62). The School has a vibrant postgraduate community with over 50 full-time PhD students registered. However, it is not just the size Starting dates of our postgraduate community that is important, but its quality. Normally the start of the academic year, but flexible by negotiation. This is achieved through carefully targeted recruitment, supportive supervision arrangements (all students have two supervisors plus Learn more a mentor), and by providing formal training, both within and outside www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/sport-exercise the School, in both generic (such as quantitative research methods, statistics, and scientific writing) and discipline-specific (such as phlebotomy, measuring and handling physiological signals, assay techniques, and questionnaire construction) skills. College of Life and Environmental Sciences 163

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Doctoral research programmes n Human Movement Human movement is studied from infancy to old age Sport and Exercise Sciences PhD/MPhil FT PT and across the whole range of human ability from infirm The School’s Research Mission is a scientifically rigorous participants to elite athletes or other skilled practitioners. approach to the study of sport, physical activity, exercise, The research embraces traditional disciplines such as and health. Studies increasingly involve an interdisciplinary biomechanics, neurophysiology, and psychology, most research approach integrating the expertise and analytical often combined within a single project. Research within skills of the School’s five overlapping research groups: the group addresses three broad themes: perception and action, programmed control, and sporting performance. n Behavioural Medicine The underlying mission of the group is to study the effects n Sport and Exercise Psychology of behavioural (including exercise) and psychosocial The interests of the group range from elite sports motivation exposures on biological systems and their implications and performance to public health exercise and physical for health and disease. Research within the group is activity. Research within the group is organised in three organised with respect to two broad themes: behavioural broad themes: Motivation and Engagement in the Physical immunology and cardiovascular psychophysiology. Domain, Mental Skills and Physical Performance, and Environmental Factors and Lifestyle Physical Activity. n Cardiovascular and Respiratory Physiology The capacity for physical activity depends critically on optimal For full information please contact the School or visit functioning of the cardiovascular and respiratory systems, www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate/ and the group studies how the integration of multiple inputs findaphd.aspx that sense metabolic and mechanical perturbations eg, blood gases, muscle metabolic milieu and contraction status, results in appropriate autonomic neural output for regulation of blood flow, blood pressure and respiration in health and disease. n Exercise Metabolism The research builds on expertise in exercise biochemistry, physiology, nutrition and metabolism applied to human beings at an integrative level. The aims are to investigate determinants of sports performance at top and recreational level health effects of exercise in obese, ageing and diseased populations. Studies aim to create insight in mechanisms ranging from molecular adaptations in tissues up to the measurement of fuel use and key physiological functions at tissues and whole body level. College of Medical and Dental Sciences

College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Our teaching is We have world- class facilities, carried out by experts with continuous investment in conducting groundbreaking our learning and research in their fields teaching spaces We are home to the largest clinical trials unit in the UK

Our courses are We have over designed with 30 studentships available each flexibility in mind year for postgraduate to suit busy research students

working and The newly refurbished Barnes Library includes over 100,000 personal lives periodicals and monographs Graduate Entry Medical Course 166

School of Cancer Sciences 168

School of Clinical and Experimental Medicine 171

School of Dentistry 178

School of Health and Population Sciences 180

School of Immunity and Infection 189 166 College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Medical and Dental Sciences Graduate Entry Medical Course MBChB FT

Please note: this course is open to UK/EU students only English language requirements IELTS 7.0 in each component – see ‘Standard English language In addition to our five-year Medicine and Surgery MBChB requirements’ (page 68) for full details. programme, we have this four-year MBChB for graduates with a first degree in a life science. Students are taught How to apply separately in their first year, joining the five-year programme Apply via UCAS at www.ucas.com in their second year, where they will receive some additional The UCAS code for this programme is A101 and the code taught components. for the University of Birmingham is B32.

Entry requirements Fees and funding For this taught MBChB programme you will need a first class Standard undergraduate fees apply. For details see Honours degree in a life science discipline; a sound knowledge www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/fees/undergraduate/index.aspx base in Chemistry is also required (equivalent to a grade C or better at A level), either from A levels or other pre-university Scholarships and studentships examinations, or from the content of the degree programme. NHS Bursaries are available in Years 2–4 of the These are the minimum requirements and most candidates programme; these are means-tested: contact the exceed these. Some will have qualifications in other healthcare NHS directly for further information. professions such as pharmacy, dentistry, physiotherapy and nursing. Phase 1 – clinical orientation (two years) The first year is a problem-based learning programme with a Candidates who are undertaking higher degrees are expected limited number of lectures. You work on case studies as part of to have submitted their dissertations or theses before starting a group of about eight students, with a moderator for your group the course. and are presented with different clinical cases (or ‘problems’).

A satisfactory health declaration, including evidence of The case studies integrate topics across the curriculum appropriate immunisations and a satisfactory enhanced level (eg, biological sciences, public health, ethics, sociology, Criminal Records Bureau check, are required from accepted psychology, etc), with students using the case as a basis candidates prior to registration for the programme. All students for group discussion, identifying learning objectives and are required to sign the subject-specific Code of Professional consequent self-directed learning. There is a particular focus Conduct and Fitness to Practise statement prior to entry; on anatomy and behavioural science; since you will have covered details of which will be forwarded with an offer letter. little of these subjects in comparison with your knowledge of other life science topics. Early clinical contact is a feature of the course It is our policy to interview all candidates to whom an offer may with students spending a day a week in a GP practice. be made. A doctor must have a broad range of skills and it is primarily at interview that we consider such aspects. Therefore, Teaching is organised into modules, which run for three or in addition to providing evidence of motivation for medicine, you four weeks and are themed to a physiologic system; eg, the must also show good breadth and depth of involvement in cardiovascular system. The aim is to ensure that the clinical extracurricular activities. case, the anatomy topics and the GP practice experience are all related to one theme. College of Medical and Dental Sciences 167

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

A typical week might involve: The two groups then have essentially the same specialty and  A period of self-directed learning general practice experience and assessments for the remaining  Group discussions of the clinical case two years; thereby covering all aspects of clinical medicine.  Group work in anatomy You will have clinical attachments in internal medicine and  One or two lectures (plus contact with experts) surgery, and spend time in medical sub-specialty areas such  A day in primary care with direct contact with patients as cardiology, neurology, bone and joint disease, and oncology. presenting symptoms relevant to the current theme In these years you also do further attachments in obstetrics and gynaecology, psychiatry, paediatrics and general practice. There are formative assessments each semester, together with feedback from your moderator to assist you in your learning. Career opportunities At the end of the year there is a summative assessment on Following graduation and on completion of the foundation your clinical skills, knowledge and interpretive aspects of years, you can apply for posts in the field of specialisation your learning. of your choice. For most of our graduates these are hospital and primary care posts in the NHS, but there are also opportunities Your second year is based in the health trusts that teach in laboratory-based disciplines such as pathology, or in research. the third-year course for students on the five-year MBChB Some doctors move into more commercial fields such as the programme. Rotation between different trusts provides pharmaceutical industry, politics, or medical journalism and the substantial clinical experience. As a GEC student you take media. Whichever direction you choose to go in, your training one additional module, which continues your case-based here gives you a first-class springboard. learning and furthers your basic and behavioural science training. You join the students on the five-year programme For further information please contact: in their clinical science lectures, and in the teaching and Dr Austen Spruce – +44 (0)121 414 6888; special study module in public health and epidemiology. [email protected]

A typical week might involve: More details can be found at  Lectures www.birmingham.ac.uk/graduatemedicine  Small-group clinical teaching sessions  Clinic sessions  One day in primary care  Attendance with the on-call medical or surgical team  A period of self-directed learning

Phase 2 – specialist rotations After two years in Phase 1, you have the same knowledge and skills – having achieved the same learning objectives – as students who have completed the third year of the five-year MBChB programme. 168 College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Medical and Dental Sciences School of Cancer Sciences

We offer a range of postgraduate education opportunities  Dr Chris Tselepis focuses on how iron drives epithelial including both research and taught programmes. Opportunities carcinogenesis and has demonstrated that cellular iron are available on a full- or part-time basis leading to the acquisition is increased in several gastrointestinal cancers. qualifications of MD, PhD, MSc by Research, MSc, Postgraduate This work interacts with that of surgeons Professors Diploma and Postgraduate Certificate. Continuing professional Dion Morton and Derek Alderson to provide a strong development (CPD) opportunities are also available as short clinical collaboration. study programmes. Cancer Genetics and Epigenetics Cancer Sciences at Birmingham incorporates the DNA mutations are seen as the primary causal event in following areas: all human cancers. However, epigenetic modification of the  Cancer Research UK Centre DNA genome is also emerging as a powerful influence on the  Cancer Cell Biology development of tumours and is an important target for therapy.  Cancer Genetics and Epigenetics Professor Malcolm Taylor is head of our Genetics group and  Birmingham Clinical Trials Unit continues work on the study of the ataxia telangiectasia mutated  Cancer Research UK Clinical Trials Unit (ATM) gene. The team is now investigating the significance of  Nuclear Magnetic Resonance and Biomarkers ATM mutation in haemopoietic and epithelial malignancy.  Tumour Immunology and Immune Gene Therapy  Viral Oncology Birmingham Clinical Trials Unit (BCTU) We specialise in the design, conduct and analysis of clinical Cancer Research UK Centre (CRUK) trials. Our fundamental objective is to generate more reliable Generous funding for research and studentships in the School evidence on the causes and best treatment of a wide range of is provided by our major sponsor, Cancer Research UK, as part diseases through high quality clinical trial research. The Unit of its national programme of support to centres of excellence. comprises some 40 other personnel, including trial managers, In addition, we receive major funding from the Medical Research statisticians, and IT and administrative staff. We are based at Council (MRC) and the Leukaemia and Lymphoma Research the Robert Aitken Institute, close to the main University campus Fund (LLR). and Queen Elizabeth Hospital Birmingham. Tel: +44 (0)121 415 9100; Email: [email protected] We have a strong international reputation, with research www.bctu.bham.ac.uk programmes in several DNA tumour virus systems (molecular, cellular and immunological aspects), in cell signalling biochemistry, Cancer Research UK Clinical Trials Unit (CRCTU) in the genetic analysis of susceptibility to cancer, in gene Our remit is to take basic research generated through regulation and in T cell immunology in relation to bone laboratories and offer an infrastructure in which such marrow transplantation. developments can be translated rapidly and effectively. Many of the trials managed by the Unit relate to anti-cancer Cancer Cell Biology drugs, but much of our activity also relates to therapeutic The study of the phenotype of the transformed cell is undertaken approaches that are quite different from those of classical by several research groups: chemotherapies. Trials for new diagnostic tests, prognostic  Dr Fedor Berditchevski is looking at the role of tetraspanins in indices, molecular predictors of response, and cost cancer cell biology and has demonstrated that these proteins effectiveness are all legitimate aspects of our portfolio. modulate cell migration and antigen presentation and thus Tel: +44 (0)121 414 3803 provide the possibility of novel translational targets. www.birmingham.ac.uk/cancersciences College of Medical and Dental Sciences 169

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Nuclear Magnetic Resonance and Biomarkers Duration of programmes The application of biomarkers to cancer clinical therapy is an  PhD – 3 or 4 years full-time; 6 years part-time important and growing area of interest. Professor Philip Johnson  MD – 2 years minimum part-time and Dr Ashley Martin are using proteomic analysis to identify  MSc – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time serum markers that will be valuable in the diagnosis and Also see individual programme entries or visit our online monitoring of cancer therapy. The University of Birmingham prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/ hosts the national NMR centre directed by Professor Michael postgraduate Overduin and Professor Ulrich Gunther. Professor Overduin is using structure analysis to study enzymes involved in Entry requirements carcinogenesis with a particular focus on cell signalling. Visit our online prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/ requirements Tumour Immunology and Immune Gene Therapy Also see ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68. Virus-specific immunology is a particular strength of the School, with the first clinical trials of a therapeutic EBV vaccine targeting English language requirements Hodgkin’s lymphoma and nasopharyngeal carcinoma currently Candidates whose first language is not English will need to being undertaken in the UK and China. Research into the meet the English language requirements stipulated for Medicine immune responses to cytomegalovirus (CMV) and Kaposi’s and Dentistry. See also standard English language requirements sarcoma-associated herpesvirus (KSHV) and their impact on page 68. on human health is being carried out by Professor Paul Moss and Dr Andrew Hislop respectively. Scholarships and studentships For postgraduate studentships in Cancer Sciences, please Viral Oncology contact the School directly or visit our online prospectus. The study of the relationship between viral infection and the development of cancer is one of the strongest themes within Fees the School, with work ongoing on the relationship between Standard fees apply (see page 62 for details) although in some Epstein–Barr virus (EBV) and cancer being undertaken by projects a bench fee is also payable. Professors Rickinson, Young, Rowe, Murray and Woodman. Other major viral research being carried out in the School is Starting dates on human papillomavirus (HPV) and KSHV by the groups of  Research degrees may start at any time of the year, Dr Sally Roberts and Professor David Blackbourn, respectively. though for most this will be October  Taught programmes (MSc/Diploma) – September 2012

Learn more www.cancersciences.bham.ac.uk 170 College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Medical and Dental Sciences FT Full-time PT Part-time School of Cancer Sciences DL Distance Learning Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Taught programmes For a list of the research interests of staff and their contact details please visit our online postgraduate prospectus at Clinical Oncology MSc/Diploma FT PT www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate/ This programme is for health care professionals from diverse research/med/cancer-studies.aspx backgrounds who wish to expand their knowledge of theoretical and practical aspects of oncology. You can opt for a PG Diploma on completion of the core modules and 40 credits of optional modules, or an MSc on successful completion of the taught programme and an independently researched dissertation. It is essential that candidates should have at least six months experience working in an oncology environment.

This year, as an exciting development, we are offering the full-time programme with a Clinical Observership at a local hospital. Contact: Ms Louise Batchelor, MSc Senior Administrator – +44 (0)121 414 7672; [email protected]

Learn more For further information about this programme visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate/taught/ med/clinical-oncology.aspx

Doctoral research programmes

Cancer Sciences PhD/MD FT PT Our PhD programme is extremely active and requires participation in regular seminars and discussion groups in addition to your research project work. Cancer Sciences remains a major research strength within the College of Medical and Dental Sciences, as evidenced by the fact 80% of our RAE 2008 submission in the area of Cancer Sciences was considered internationally excellent or world leading.

Following the RAE 2008 results, in the Research Fortnight’s University Power Ranking, Birmingham is named as the leading Cancer Studies centre outside London (only topped by the Institute of Cancer Research). Particular strengths include cancer cell signalling, the DNA damage response, gene and immunotherapy, and cancer viruses. College of Medical and Dental Sciences 171

Medical and Dental Sciences School of Clinical and Experimental Medicine

The School of Clinical and Experimental Medicine has five major  MSc – 1 year full-time; 2–6 years part-time academic sections, encompassing education and research:  PG Diploma (Physicians Assistant Anaesthesia)  Cardiovascular and Respiratory Sciences 27 months full-time  Endocrinology, Diabetes and Metabolism  Medical Science and Education Entry requirements  Neuropharmacology and Neurobiology See general entry requirements on page 68. We accept  Reproduction, Genes and Development a range of qualifications from different countries; see www.birmingham.ac.uk/international/students/country The School is host to four research centres: 1. The Centre for Cardiovascular Science Our Taught programmes may have very specific additional 2. The Centre for Endocrinology, Diabetes and Metabolism requirements; see individual entries or visit our online prospectus 3. The Centre for Obesity Research www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate 4. The Centre for Rare Diseases and Personalised Medicine English language requirements The research portfolio of the School includes the Standard English language requirements apply; see page 68. following disciplines:  Cardiology and Cardiovascular Sciences Fees  Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics Standard fees apply, although in some projects a bench fee  Anaesthetics and Intensive Care is also payable. See the fees and finance section on page 62.  Respiratory Medicine  Endocrinology, Diabetes and Metabolism Scholarships and studentships  Neurology, Psychiatry and Neurosciences For research programmes – a number of studentships are  Obstetrics, Gynaecology and Paediatrics available each year, funded by major sponsors including the  Clinical Genetics British Heart Foundation (BHF), the Medical Research Council (MRC) and the Wellcome Trust, as well as national and local We offer a range of postgraduate education opportunities charities. UK/EU students should contact the School directly including research and taught programmes. Opportunities for further information. For general scholarship enquiries email are available on a full- or part-time basis leading to the [email protected]. For International scholarships qualifications of PhD, MSc by Research, MD, MSc, and studentships please see www.birmingham.ac.uk/ Postgraduate Diploma and Postgraduate Certificate. international/students/finance/scholarships/index.aspx Continuing professional development (CPD) opportunities are also available as short study programmes. Starting dates Research degrees may start at any time of the year, though for Learn more most this will be September. Taught programmes normally start Email: [email protected] in September. Please visit our online prospectus for further and www.birmingham.ac.uk/clinexpmed up-to-date information.

Duration of programmes Learn more  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time www.birmingham.ac.uk/clinexpmed  MSc by Research – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time  MD – 2 years minimum part-time 172 College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Medical and Dental Sciences School of Clinical and Experimental Medicine

Taught programmes Physicians Assistant (Anaesthesia) Postgraduate Diploma FT DL Clinical Neuropsychiatry MSc/Diploma/Certificate FT PT This programme is for existing health care practitioners or This is an interdisciplinary programme for experienced graduates with a science background who wish to work as professionals working with people with neuropsychiatric part of the anaesthetic team. The PA(A) is a health professional disorders associated with neurodegeneration, brain injury, who will expand the anaesthetic service and make operating and other neurological illness. It provides students with: the theatres work more efficiently. You will work alongside other ability to investigate neuropsychiatric disorders and to critically members of the anaesthetic team and under the supervision of appraise research; a knowledge of the philosophical issues in your anaesthetist. Successful completion of the programme will neuropsychiatry, and an understanding of the ethical, legal and be followed by three months of pre-registration work experience policy concerns. In the first year, part-time students attend for and then registration. Further details are available at one afternoon per week for the first ten weeks and then two www.birmingham.ac.uk/paa three-day blocks, followed by one afternoon per week in the Contact: Mrs Rachel Howes – +44 (0)121 414 3310; last ten weeks. In the second year there are four three-day blocks [email protected] and one afternoon per week in the final ten weeks. Full-time students attend all of the sessions in one year. Further details Treatment of Substance Misuse are available at www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/ MSc/Diploma/Certificate PT postgraduate/taught/med/clinical-neuropsychiatry.aspx The School has a clinical addictions research group that has Contact: Mrs Rachel Howes – +44 (0)121 414 3310; implemented and evaluated innovative medical and psychological [email protected] treatments for drug and alcohol problems. Working alongside clinicians in the statutory and non-statutory services in the city, Forensic Mental Health Studies a comprehensive system for the treatment of addiction problems MSc/Diploma/Certificate FT PT has been developed. This course is aimed at clinicians working This programme is designed for experienced professionals with populations that misuse alcohol and drugs, and delivers the working in forensic mental health and those who are aspiring theoretical and practical underpinning for implementing a wide to work with mentally disordered offenders or patients who range of treatment interventions. For full course details, visit require similar services. It provides students with: knowledge www.birmingham.ac.uk/treatment of the diverse needs of mentally disordered offenders; an Contact: Mrs Susan Lowe – +44 (0)121 301 2355; in-depth understanding of service provision and development [email protected] for mentally disordered individuals at various stages in the criminal justice system; skills in promoting empowerment and Combined research and taught programmes quality of life of service users; the ability to critically evaluate theory and practice, and an understanding of the roles and Biomedical Research – In Vivo MRes FT responsibilities of different agencies and disciplines involved In vivo research provides the key translational step between in the care of mentally disordered offenders. Lectures are held basic medical science and clinical medicine. This new at Reaside Clinic, South of Birmingham and at the University programme will equip you with the necessary ethos, critical on one afternoon a week (part-time) and two afternoons evaluative skills and technical competence to pursue a a week (full-time). Further details are available at research career in the in vivo sciences. At the beginning www.birmingham.ac.uk/forensic Contact: Mrs Angela Oakley – +44 (0)121 678 3088; [email protected] College of Medical and Dental Sciences 173

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

of the course, all students will be required to gain a Home Doctoral research programmes Office Personal Licence (for which training is provided). For full course details, visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/ For any general doctoral research enquiries please email biomedicalresearch-invivo [email protected] or call +44 (0)121 414 5005 Contact: Ms Siân Musgreave – +44 (0)121 415 8780; [email protected] Anaesthetics and Intensive Care PhD/MSc by Research FT PT We play a substantial role in undergraduate and postgraduate Pharmacy DPharm education in anaesthesia and intensive care in the West (Subject to final approval) Midlands region. We collaborate closely in vocational The DPharm is a professional doctorate equivalent to traditional postgraduate education with the Royal College of Anaesthetists PhD, which aims to develop experienced, working registered and the Committees for Higher Professional Training in both pharmacists into effective researchers. This occurs through Anaesthesia and Intensive Care. We have office and clinical successful completion of appropriate distance e-based taught accommodation in the Queen Elizabeth Hospital Birmingham, material, a systematic review of an agreed research theme and and laboratory accommodation in the adjacent College of an action research project relevant to your area of practice. Medical and Dental Sciences.

Successful completion optimises your position to achieve Research interests: Consultant Pharmacist status and extend the research base  Intensive care in Pharmacy Practice and Medicines Management. Contact: Professor Julian Bion  Clinical measurement It is designed specifically for Pharmaceutical Chemists who Contact: Dr Tom Clutton-Brock have gained significant professional experience (≥2 years or equivalent) who are active currently in a relevant area of practice Cardiovascular Medicine PhD/MSc by Research FT PT and have opportunities to conduct action research within the Physiology PhD/MSc by Research FT PT work environment. These professionals often wish to develop Cardiovascular Sciences is an area of emergent strength within a research element to their career without relinquishing their the College of Medical and Dental Sciences, as evidenced professional role. by the fact that 100% of RAE 2008 submission in the area of Cardiovascular Medicine was considered internationally For those entering with a postgraduate Masters, the DPharm competitive or above, with 40% judged internationally excellent will be normally completed over a period of four years part-time. or world leading. The diverse areas of strength, ranging from Entry with a PG Diploma will add a further year of part-time platelet function to heart failure management in the community taught research methods material, comprising three 20-credit are indicated under ‘Research interests.’ modules in qualitative research methods, project management with research governance and research methods with statistics. Physiology offers research topics supervised by internationally recognised experts not only within the cardiovascular theme All candidates will be fully supported by General Pharmaceutical but also in neurological, neuromuscular, endocrine and renal Council (GPhC) registered research active supervisors from the areas using whole animal, organ, cell and molecular techniques. academic staff. Head of Section: Professor Gerard Nash. Contact: John Marriott – +44(0)121 414 4094; j.f.marriott@ bham.ac.uk or Mrs Rachel Howes – +44 (0)121 414 3310; [email protected] 174 College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Medical and Dental Sciences School of Clinical and Experimental Medicine

Research interests: Clinical and Molecular Genetics  Molecular mechanisms underlying platelet activation PhD/MSc by Research/MD FT PT in health and disease The sequencing of the human genome and advances Professor Steve Watson in high-throughput genetic technologies have provided  Peripheral, arterial and venous diseases; evaluating standard/ unrivalled opportunities for research in human genetics. endoscopic surgical techniques in treatment of chronic venous insufficiency; role of arterial wall motion abnormalities The Medical and Molecular Genetics group (Lead: Professor in the pathogenesis of atherosclerosis/aneurismal disease; Eamonn Maher) offers a thriving research environment for development of complications in patients undergoing genetics research with expertise in gene identification, functional major vascular surgery genomics and animal models of human diseases. Research is Professor Andrew Bradbury grouped into two complementary and overlapping fields: cancer  Mechanisms of angiogenesis in ischaemia; cardiovascular genetics and genome stability and developmental and metabolic adaptations to low temperature genetics, and epigenetics and imprinting. Facilities include Dr Stuart Egginton high throughput DNA sequencing and microarray platforms,  Substrate utilisation of the working heart the National Autozygosity Mapping resource, and zebrafish Dr David Hauton models of disease facility.  Monitoring microcirculatory disturbances associated with inflammatory conditions (ischaemia-reperfusion (I/R) injury) Research interests: Dr Neena Kalia  Disorders of intracellular protein trafficking, identification  Mechanisms underlying cardioprotection following of novel genes for metabolic diseases myocardial ischaemia reperfusion injury Dr Boris Kysela Dr Melanie Madhani  Cancer genetics and epigenetics; molecular and functional  Mechanisms underlying oxygen sensitivity in carotid body characterisation of tumour suppressor genes and pulmonary artery Professor Farida Latif Dr Prem Kumar  Cancer genetics, epigenetics and imprinting and human  Regulation of the circulation in normal human subjects and developmental genetics in patient groups Professor Eamonn Maher Professor Janice Marshall  Gene regulation in development; cis-regulatory codes  Adhesive and mechanical properties of circulating blood cells of developmental gene expression Professor Gerard Nash Dr Ferenc Mueller  In vitro modelling of the cellular pathology of atherosclerosis  Genetics of inherited diabetes syndromes Dr Edward Rainger Professor Timothy Barrett  Atrial fibrillation (epidemiology, pathophysiology, thromboprophylaxis, psychological morbidity, etc), hypertension, Clinical Neuroscience PhD/MSc by Research FT PT heart failure and clinical/experimental thromboembolism Neurophysiology PhD/MSc by Research FT PT Professor Gregory Lip Understanding brain function and brain diseases are major intellectual and practical challenges facing mankind. Neuroscience in the School of Clinical and Experimental Medicine has research strengths in neurodegenerative diseases, neurodegeneration and repair, neuronal function and dysfunction, and psychiatry. College of Medical and Dental Sciences 175

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

It spans basic and clinical research, at levels of analysis from Professor Attila Sik the molecular to the whole organism. It has strong collaborative  Role of intracellular calcium pools in integration of links with the Birmingham Clinical Trials Unit and with the neuronal functions; mitochondrial function in normal wider neuroscience community in the Colleges of Life and ageing and aged neurons Environmental Sciences and Engineering. Dr Emil Toescu  Panic, neurosteroids and the female brain; cerebral circulation Research is performed in specialised laboratories for molecular Dr Thelma Lovick neurology, molecular neuroscience, cellular neuroscience, cellular  Basic mechanisms of temporal lobe epilepsy; fast and systems electrophysiology, imaging and neuropharmacology. physiological oscillations associated with cognition; Clinical studies are centred on the Clinical Neuroscience Unit neurophysiology of normal ageing in the Queen Elizabeth Hospital Birmingham, the Academic Dr Martin Vreugdenhil Psychiatry Unit in the Barberry Psychiatric Hospital and through field teams based at the Barberry. Medicine PhD/MSc by Research/MD FT PT Hormones and genes research (Endocrinology, Diabetes, Research interests: and Metabolism and Genetics) represents significant research  Investigation of the molecular mechanisms underlying chronic strength within the College of Medical and Dental Sciences, neurodegenerative diseases such as Parkinson’s and motor as evidenced by the fact that 75% of submission to the Other neuron diseases; candidate gene screening approaches to Hospital Based Clinical Subjects UoA for RAE 2008 was various neurological disorders considered internationally excellent or world leading. Current Professor Karen Morrison research covers a wide portfolio of basic, translational and  Clinical trials of therapies in Parkinson’s and motor clinical research focusing on adrenal and gonadal steroids, neuron diseases thyroid cancer, thyroid dysfunction, fetal and reproductive Professor Karen Morrison, Professor Carl Clarke endocrinology, pituitary disease, auto-immunity and genetics  Cellular and genetic mechanisms underlying Alzheimer’s disease; of diabetes and insulin resistance. developmental causes of epilepsy Dr Zsuzsanna Nagy Research interests:  Acute trauma, and neurodegeneration; understanding Endocrinology, Diabetes and Metabolism group mechanisms of natural ageing; evaluation of novel gene-  Pathogenesis, treatments and long term outcomes and cell-based therapeutic strategies for central nervous system of thyroid dysfunction (CNS) repair Professor Jayne Franklyn Professor Ann Logan, Dr Ana-Maria Gonzalez  Pathogenesis of thyroid and other endocrine cancers  Basic mechanisms of temporal lobe epilepsy; fast physiological Professor Christopher McCabe oscillations associated with cognition; physiology and  Prereceptor regulation of glucocorticoid and pathophysiology of prion protein; effects mineralocorticoid action of electric fields on brain function; pathophysiology of Professor Paul Stewart X-linked mental retardation  Prereceptor regulation of sex steroid action, mechanisms Professor John Jefferys, Dr Andrew Powell underlying androgen excess and deficiency  Structure and operation of cortical networks investigated by Professor Wiebke Arlt cellular electrophysiology, immunohistochemistry, and light and  Bone metabolism, corticosteroids and inflammation electron microscopy; physiological oscillations associated with Dr Mark Cooper cognition; basic mechanisms of epilepsy; quantification of synaptic networks 176 College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Medical and Dental Sciences School of Clinical and Experimental Medicine

 Mechanisms underlying congenital adrenal hyperplasia, Obstetrics and Gynaecology gonadal development PhD/MSc by Research/MD FT PT Dr Nils Krone Clinical Gynaecology (Lead: Professor Janesh Gupta) includes  Glucocorticoids, insulin sensitivity and obesity basic science research into the pathophysiology of abnormal Dr Jeremy Tomlinson uterine bleeding, causes and treatment of pelvic pain and  Diagnosis, treatment and prognosis in hypopituitarism, endometriosis. There is a major focus on systematic reviews acromegaly and Cushing’s disease and trials (Lead: Dr Arri Coomarasamy) in several key areas Professor Paul Stewart, Professor Wiebke Arlt of obstetrics, gynaecology and paediatrics. This group is also  Genetics of type 1 diabetes and rare forms of diabetes; badged as the WHO Perinatal Trials Unit. clinical studies in paediatric diabetes patients Professor Tim Barrett The area of subfertility and reproductive medicine  Mechanisms of insulin resistance in autoimmunity (Leads: Dr Sarah Connor and Dr Jackson Kirkman Brown) and type 1 diabetes is underpinned by work investigating causes of subfertility, Dr Parth Narendran including male gamete production and differentiation, tubular  Microvascular diabetes complications – pathogenesis gamete interaction and oocyte production and differentiation. and treatment There are cross-college collaborations with Biosciences Professor Martin Stevens as well as the stem cell group within the College. There is also basic science and clinical research into the causes of Respiratory group recurrent pregnancy loss. There is a major research interest  Research focuses on investigating the factors governing in fetal medicine and development (Lead: Professor Mark Kilby) neutrophil differentiation, activation and recruitment as including fetal endocrinology, steroid hormone action on the processes that determine the degree of tissue damage fetus and placenta, modulation of the maternal immune system, resulting in the establishment and progression of chronic fetal microchimerism and clinical fetal medicine. lung disease. Major interests include chronic chest infections and the role of proteinases and proteinase Research interests: inhibitors in this process.  Fetal medicine Dr David Thickett, Professor Robert Stockley Professor Mark Kilby  Minimal invasive gynaecological endoscopy Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics group and endometriosis  Hypoalgesia, sensory, motor and cognitive function in Professor Janesh Gupta hypertension; blood pressure variability; adverse drug  Reproductive biology and genetics reactions and responses to antihypertensive medication Dr Sarah J Conner, Dr Jackson Kirkman-Brown Dr Una Martin  Reproductive Medicine and Miscarriage Research  Medication Safety and Adverse Drug Reactions; including Dr Arri Coomarasamy pharmacoepidemiology, electronic prescribing/health informatics, and clinical decision support methods Dr Jamie Coleman  Pharmaceutical care; clinical pharmacy; medicines adherence; paediatric medicines use; novel paediatric formulations; pharmaceutical (and inter-professional) education Professor John Marriott College of Medical and Dental Sciences 177

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Paediatrics and Child Health PhD/MSc by Research FT PT Psychiatry PhD/MSc by Research FT PT Current research covers a wide portfolio of basic, translational A major area of research is molecular psychiatry, focusing on and clinical research focusing on endocrinology, and neonatal the molecular investigation of neuropsychiatric disease, with medicine, with all the major paediatric subspecialties active in a particular emphasis on bipolar and related mood disorders, research (for example nephrology, neurology, gastroenterology including puerperal psychosis, seasonal affective disorder, and dietetics). major depression and drug-induced psychoses.

Ongoing studies employ a broad range of approaches Major projects are also ongoing in molecular investigation of including clinical experimental, database and qualitative the dementias and of disorders of childhood onset (including studies. Opportunities in the subspecialty have been enhanced attention deficit hyperactivity disorder). by the recent development of our satellite Wellcome Trust Paediatric Clinical Research Facility on the Birmingham The team is a partner in the Neurosciences Consortium at the Children’s Hospital site. University, and works closely with Clinical Genetics. It also has groups of researchers with particular strengths in community Research interests: psychiatry, addictions and forensic psychiatry.  Genetics of diabetes and rare forms of diabetes; clinical studies in childhood diabetes; paediatric endocrinology Research interests: and diabetes; genetics of inherited diabetes syndromes  Substance misuse and associated psychiatric disorders Professor Tim Barrett Dr Edward Day  Neonatal medicine  Clinical and neuropsychological investigation of mood Dr Andrew Ewer disorders and functional psychosis; neuropsychiatric genetics Dr Lisa Jones Pharmacology PhD/MSc by Research FT PT Research specialisms are in modern cellular and molecular techniques, with an emphasis on neuropharmacology. Research areas include radioligand binding and autoradiography; in situ hybridisation; immunocytochemistry; microdialysis; cell culture; neurotransmitter, enzyme, second messenger and metabolite assays; cellular morphometry; pharmacodynamic modelling; cDNA cloning, and site-directed mutagenesis.

Research interests:  Neurochemical correlates for neurological and psychiatric disorders, and role of 5-HT systems Professor Nicholas Barnes  The pharmacology of pain and pain relief Dr Kevin Whitehead  The pharmacology and physiology of peripheral autonomic transmission; particularly the regulation of calcium in sympathetic nerve terminals and smooth muscle Dr Keith Brain 178 College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Medical and Dental Sciences School of Dentistry

If you want to be involved in world class research; if you want For further information on opportunities in Dentistry and to to get an internationally acclaimed degree in the dental and discuss research proposals contact Professor Phil Lumley, biomaterials professions; Dentistry at Birmingham UK is the Head of School – [email protected] first choice for scientists, professionals, and leading students everywhere. We are a thriving institution with a large number of Duration of programmes postgraduate doctoral research students and support staff, and  PhD/MSc by Research – 1–3 years full-time well placed to meet the demands and challenges of the future.  MSc/Diploma/Certificate – can be taken part-time over a period of 5 years Facilities Our facilities are first class and include modern, well-equipped Entry requirements laboratories in which a broad range of dental research can Candidates for research degrees whose first language is not be undertaken. These are further complemented by access English will need to meet the English language requirements to specialist equipment elsewhere within the University. A stipulated for Medicine and Dentistry. See also standard English programme of infrastructure development has recently led language requirements on page 68. Candidates for the taught to enhancement of cell culture facilities and a new molecular MSc will need a dental qualification registerable with the UK biology laboratory. Use of modern IT facilities is encouraged General Dental Council and satisfactory references. through provision of a specialist computer suite. Scholarships and studentships The School is at the forefront of e-learning with its award Any available at Dentistry are advertised on our website; winning e-course (THEs Outstanding ICT Initiative of the Year, please visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/dentistry sponsored by the Joint Information Systems Committee – JISC). Fees and funding Specialist dental library facilities are also available. Based in the Research degrees MSc by Research/PhD – standard fees apply, School of Dentistry, which is combined with Birmingham Dental although bench fees are levied according to the nature of the Hospital in the city centre, the institution has the largest patient projects. For up-to-date information contact the School directly. attendances in Britain and is the major dental, clinical and laboratory reference centre in the West Midlands. Starting dates Starting dates are flexible. Please contact the School Postgraduate study for further information. You may study for a doctoral research degree (PhD, MSc by Research), or choose a taught Masters (MSc) degree in Learn more Advanced General Dental Practice. Our research teams bring www.birmingham.ac.uk/dentistry together clinical and non-clinical researchers in partnerships that provide an opportunity to link together a range of multidisciplinary expertise. This approach allows a particularly strong and supportive environment in which you can undertake your training and benefit from interaction with leading researchers. College of Medical and Dental Sciences 179

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Taught programmes Dentistry (Primary Dental Care specialism) PhD/MSc by Research FT Advanced General Dental Practice This theme area includes dental public health, behavioural MSc/Diploma/Certificate PT sciences, primary care, and orthodontics. It is of direct This programme caters for general dental practitioners wishing relevance to dental care and provides the opportunity to to enhance their clinical skills and knowledge. The modular work with clinicians to research the effect of new technologies structure provides a compulsory core, covering areas such as or materials at the primary care interface. It is also concerned contemporary dental practice, and the selection and application with epidemiological work and access to oral and dental health of new materials and technologies. You may then select from a care. Funding from the major government agencies has allowed series of optional modules and complete the MSc by undertaking research to directly inform oral health care policy for the population. two clinical portfolio case studies and a research or audit project. Contact: Professor Trevor Burke – [email protected]

Further details and a podcast from the programme lead are Dentistry (Tissue Injury and Repair specialism) available at www.birmingham.ac.uk/dentalpractice PhD/MSc by Research FT Contact: Professor Trevor Burke – +44 (0)121 237 2767; This theme area includes oral biology and pathology, restorative [email protected] and children’s dentistry, and periodontology. It brings a range of molecular, cellular and physical approaches to bear on its Doctoral research programmes strategy to understand fundamental aspects of injury to various oral tissues, novel forms of their diagnosis and new approaches Dentistry (Biomaterials specialism) to tissue repair and regeneration. The focus is on mechanistic PhD/MSc by Research FT aspects of the damage and repair processes, providing a sound This theme area includes biomaterials, restorative dentistry, scientific basis to inform and develop novel and innovative and oral and maxillofacial surgery. A diverse range of research approaches to the clinical management of these lesions. topics is currently being investigated, ranging from dental Contact: Professor Tony Smith – [email protected] biomaterials through to microbiological responses to biomaterials and tissue engineering of bone and oral mucosa. The research is both applied and basic, and concerned to a large extent with developing biomaterials, optimising cell and tissue interactions with the materials and, where possible, correlating this with the clinical behaviour. Contact: Dr R M Shelton – [email protected] 180 College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Medical and Dental Sciences School of Health and Population Sciences

Health and Population Sciences at Birmingham incorporates The IOEM conducts research and teaching programmes in the following areas: occupational and environmental medicine, including occupational  Health Economics epidemiology, effects of work on health, ergonomics, toxicology,  Nursing and Physiotherapy occupational hygiene, and other related disciplines. The main  Occupational and Environmental Medicine focus of activity is related to the assessment and management  Primary Care Clinical Sciences of risks arising from work activities.  Public Health, Epidemiology and Biostatistics Primary Care Clinical Sciences Health Economics Primary Care Clinical Sciences at Birmingham is one of the Health care systems worldwide confront the challenge of largest centres for academic primary care in the UK. Primary meeting seemingly unlimited patient needs and demands care research focuses under five main clinical programmes: with constrained and limited resources. Health Economics  Cardiovascular Disease is playing an increasing role, providing analysis to inform  Cancer and Chronic Disease health care decision making and policy formation.  Medical Decision Making  Mental Health Birmingham has a strong tradition in this field, with research  Behavioural Medicine and teaching spanning some 30 years. We seek to inform policy and resource allocation in the NHS and to guide These are supported by cross-cutting methodology expertise research methodology through undertaking, promoting and major investments in research infrastructure, namely the and facilitating high quality health economics research. Primary Care Clinical Research and Trials Unit (PCCRTU) and large Primary Care Research Network (MidReC). Primary Nursing and Physiotherapy Care Clinical Sciences was one of the top scoring units for the Nursing and Physiotherapy offer a comprehensive portfolio University in the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise (RAE). of postgraduate modules at Masters level. Flexible study options are available, enabling you to study individual modules, Public Health, Epidemiology and Biostatistics (PH, E&B) or register for one of the programmes listed. Dependent on the PH, E&B has a longstanding history in teaching and research. programme of study you select, you can register on the basis In recent years, considerable effort has also been put into of full- or part-time study in a range of health-related topics. developing a strong public health resource for the West Midlands region and at the national level. The main research Occupational and Environmental Medicine programmes are in the areas of: The Institute of Occupational and Environmental Medicine  Assessment and Evaluation of the Health Impacts (IOEM) delivers both outstanding teaching for postgraduate of Policy Initiatives and health professionals in addition to conducting leading  Chronic Disease Epidemiology research in a variety of occupational and environmental  Health Care Evaluation disciplines. The IOEM has links with scientists in many  Genetic Epidemiology countries, including Finland, the United States, Taiwan,  Health Protection China, Nigeria, UAE, Chile and Brazil.  Health Services Methodology  Patient Safety Research College of Medical and Dental Sciences 181

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Duration of programmes Taught programmes  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time  MSc by Research/MSc/Diploma – 1 year full-time; Advanced Manipulative Physiotherapy MSc/Diploma FT PT 2 years part-time This programme explores the theoretical basis of manipulative  MPH – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time (can be studied physiotherapy and its application to the development of your over up to 6 years by flexible learning; overseas students clinical reasoning, and integrates the many approaches to may only study the MPH full-time) practice in this specialist area. It facilitates an evaluation of  Short courses – variable existing evidence through the exploration of the assessment and Also see individual programme entries or visit our online management of neuromusculoskeletal dysfunction. Successful prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/ completion of the Postgraduate Diploma for this programme postgraduate qualifies you for membership of the Manipulation Association of Chartered Physiotherapists (MACP) and the International Entry requirements Federation of Orthopaedic Manipulative Physical Therapists Visit our online prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/ (IFOMPT). Further details are available www.birmingham.ac.uk/ requirements advancedmanips Also see ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68. Contact: Postgraduate Programme Administrator – +44 (0)121 414 3126; [email protected] English language requirements Candidates whose first language is not English will need to Advancing Practice MSc/Diploma FT PT meet the English language requirements stipulated for Medicine This programme provides flexible learning opportunities for and Dentistry. See also standard English language requirements nurses and allied health professionals. Students take two core on page 68. modules focused on research and professional development followed by three option modules in which they can tailor their Scholarships and studentships learning to meet their personal and professional needs. A wide For postgraduate studentships in Health and Population range of modules is available from within the College suited to Sciences, please contact the School directly, or email those interested in practice, role and service development. The [email protected] final core module comprises a period of mentored practice in a workplace setting of the student’s choice, where new learning Fees can be applied enabling the programme to be clinically relevant. Standard fees apply (see page 62 for details) although some For further information see www.birmingham.ac.uk/ programmes have a non-standard fee or a bench fee attached. advancingpractice Please check the School web pages for up-to-date fees. Contact: Postgraduate Programme Administrator – +44 (0)121 414 3126; [email protected] Starting dates  Research degrees may start at any time of the year, Clinical Primary and Community Care though for most this will be September MSc/Diploma/Certificate FT PT  Taught programmes (MSc/Diploma) – September 2012 This unique programme is suitable for doctors, nurses and any or January 2013 other health care professionals aiming to acquire specialised skills and qualifications in primary and community care. Learn more It provides you with the skills and academic requirements www.birmingham.ac.uk/haps for specialist clinical practice within the community as well 182 College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Medical and Dental Sciences School of Health and Population Sciences

as research skills and health service evaluation. For further Occupational Health MSc/Postgraduate Diploma FT PT information visit This is a multidisciplinary programme which meets the needs www.birmingham.ac.uk/cpcc of postgraduate training in the prevention and control of work- Contacts: related ill health and understanding the issues of ill health and its Dr Ellen Murray – +44 (0)121 414 3761; effect on work. It is open to both clinical and non-clinical graduates [email protected] with relevant first degrees and those with appropriate work Ms Amy Partleton – +44 (0)121 414 2677; experience (such as doctors, nurses, occupational hygienists, [email protected] engineers, toxicologists and health and safety personnel). It combines academic and practical aspects of occupational health Health Economics and Health Policy MSc/Diploma FT PT so you can contribute to the development of occupational health This programme is aimed at health care professionals and services, as well as improving practices and dealing effectively with managers, as well as new graduates. It provides an introduction management issues. It is accredited by the British Occupational to the central issues in health economics and health policy Hygiene Society (BOHS) and the Institute of Occupational Safety involved in the management of primary health care. It consists and Health (IOSH) for graduate membership. It is also recognised of compulsory modules on Health Economics, Policy and by the Faculty of Occupational Medicine (FOM). You undertake nine Economics of Health Care Delivery, Economic Evaluation taught modules (three modules of ten days; six modules of five days) in Healthcare, Statistics for Health Economics, Modelling for for the Postgraduate Diploma and produce an additional dissertation Health Economics, and an option selected from the extensive for the MSc. For further information please visit our website range offered by the School of Health and Population Sciences at www.birmingham.ac.uk/occhealth and the wider University. A 10,000-word dissertation is required Contact: Louise Banks – +44 (0)121 414 6014; for the MSc. For further information about this course visit [email protected] www.birmingham.ac.uk/healtheconomics Academic contact: Steven Sadhra – +44 (0)121 414 6008; Contacts: [email protected] Professor Tracy Roberts – +44 (0)121 414 7708; [email protected] Physiotherapy (pre-registration) MSc FT Mrs Helen Evans (Unit Manager) – +44 (0)121 414 7694; The MSc in Physiotherapy (pre-registration) is a qualifying [email protected] programme for graduates with a suitable and relevant first degree. It spans two years full-time, starting in January and finishing in Health Studies MSc/Diploma/Certificate FT PT December. The aim of the programme is to develop students This programme provides flexible learning opportunities for with the knowledge, attitudes and skills required to design, specify health professionals and those with an interest in healthcare and implement wide-ranging, evidence-based physiotherapy practice. Students take two core modules focused on research programmes for a variety of patients. You will be able to evaluate and professional development followed by four option modules. progress, respond flexibly and promptly to advances in practice and A wide range of option modules is available from within the implement research and audit programmes. Successful completion College suited to those interested in clinical, management, of this programme awards you with a Masters degree and gives educational, and research development. This enables students you eligibility to apply for registration with both the Chartered to tailor their programme to meet individual learning needs, Society of Physiotherapy and the Health Professions Council. career aspirations and interests. Further details are available For more information please go to www.birmingham.ac.uk/ at www.birmingham.ac.uk/healthstudies mscphysiotherapy Contact: the Postgraduate Programme Administrator – Contact: the Postgraduate Programme Administrator – +44 (0)121 414 3126; [email protected] +44 (0)121 414 3126; [email protected] College of Medical and Dental Sciences 183

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Public Health MPH/Diploma/Certificate FT PT It equips professionals with a range of skills and abilities to This is a modular, multidisciplinary programme in public be able to critically appraise and use healthcare evidence to health, which offers a Postgraduate Certificate (60 credits), improve health service policy. The focus of the programme is Postgraduate Diploma (120 credits) and a Masters in Public on evidence synthesis, secondary research, systematic reviews Health (180 credits). It is designed to provide academic training and health technology assessments and is international in scope to professionals currently working in, or who wish to work in, and content. You will learn how to ask challenging questions, the public health field. As well as practising clinicians, the course understand the nature of research and evaluate evidence in may be of considerable value to those involved (or thinking about an informed and unbiased way. This course will be studied becoming involved) in senior management in a health service, as an option through the MPH (Masters in Public Health) as it covers most aspects of population health including Contacts: epidemiology, statistics, and health service management, Dr Annette Wood – +44 (0)121 414 8344; as well as environmental and occupational health fields. [email protected] Ms Tricia Henley – +44 (0)121 414 3163; Applications are considered as they are received throughout [email protected] the year with places awarded to good candidates on a first-come first-served basis. The final closing date for applicants is June Science of Occupational Health, Safety 2012 (applications may still be considered after this date if and the Environment MSc/Diploma FT PT places are available). For further information on this course Run jointly by the Institute of Occupational and Environmental visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/publichealth Medicine (IOEM) and Environmental Health and Risk Contacts: Management in the School of Geography, Earth and Dr Annette Wood – +44 (0)121 414 8344; Environmental Sciences. [email protected] Ms Tricia Henley – +44 (0)121 414 3163; This programme is recognised by the Chartered Institute [email protected] of Environmental Health and the Institute of Acoustics (Environmental Noise), and accredited by the Institute of Public Health (Health Technology Assessment) Occupational Safety and Health. It recognises the increasing Masters/Diploma/Certificate FT PT demand from industry and enforcement bodies to integrate This programme is for anyone who wishes to develop their occupational health, safety and environmental issues. You career by acquiring skills in using health information and making study a number of modules (core and optional) which include, evidence-based policy within the healthcare field. It is particularly but are not limited to the following subjects: safety technology; suitable for professionals who wish to develop their skills in risk and safety management; occupational health and hygiene; evidence-based healthcare and health technology assessment. environmental noise and chemical and biological incident This includes those working in public health, health services management. research (including medical statisticians, health economists Contacts: and epidemiologists), or information departments in the health Mrs Val Walker, Programme Secretary – +44 (0)121 414 3077; service, university, government or health care industry settings [email protected] or Louise Banks – +44 (0)121 414 6014; in the UK or abroad. [email protected]

184 College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Medical and Dental Sciences School of Health and Population Sciences

Combined research and taught programme History of Medicine Short courses PT A number of courses are available, some in conjunction Health Research MRes FT PT with taught postgraduate programmes, including: This programme is suitable for nurses or allied health professionals  Methods and Skills in Medical Humanities prior to undertaking a traditional MSc by Research/PhD pathway  Research Methodologies in the History of Medicine in developing a career in health-related research. The programme  The History of Medical Specialisation, 1700–1950 will also be of interest to other disciplines including junior  The History of Medical Institutions doctors and specialist registrars. In addition it will be of interest  Medicine and Society, 1750–1950 to those wishing to seek a more clinical academic career. For  History of Occupational Health and Medicine further information on this course visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/ healthresearch Further information can be found at Contact: Dr Derek Farrell – +44 (0)121 414 8388; www.mds.bham.ac.uk/histmed [email protected] Contact: Dr Jonathan Reinarz – +44 (0)121 415 8122; [email protected] Continuing professional development Occupational Medicine Diploma PT Hand-Arm Vibration Syndrome Short course The programme prepares doctors for the examination This short course is aimed at training doctors and nurses organised by the Faculty of Occupational Medicine of the Royal interested in obtaining competency in the assessment and College of Physicians of London. The qualification is intended to management of workers with hand-arm vibration syndrome meet the needs of medical practitioners who wish to demonstrate (HAVS). It will include lectures by practitioners with experience competence in occupational medicine at the generalist level. Formal in assessing cases of possible HAVS, presentations and group training includes ten days (two one-week blocks) on instruction, discussion. There will be a demonstration of instruments and including factory visits, case studies and seminars. For further tools relevant for both clinical and vibration exposure assessment. information on this course visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/ This course has been accredited by the Faculty of Occupational courses/postgraduate/cpd/mdslisting.aspx Medicine (FOM). Those who attend and successfully complete Contacts: the assessment element of the programme will be entitled to Mrs Janie Acton – +44 (0)121 414 6021; apply for a Certificate of Competence from the FOM. [email protected] or Dr Steven Sadhra – [email protected]

An attendance certificate will be provided by the Institute of Occupational Mental Health Course Short course Occupational and Environmental Medicine (IOEM) for those Suitable for individuals with an interest in mental health issues but attending on all days of the course. A certificate of competency specifically for those involved in occupational health – including is issued separately by the Faculty of Occupational Medicine physicians, nurses and psychotherapists. This three-day short for those completing the end of course assessment satisfactorily. course will help you will understand more about the assessment The Faculty will levy a fee for this certificate. For further and management of workers with a range of mental health problems information on this course visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/ and psychological issues. For further information on this course courses/postgraduate/cpd/mdslisting.aspx visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate/cpd/ Contacts: mdslisting.aspx Mrs Janie Acton – +44 (0)121 414 6021; Contacts: [email protected] or Dr Steven Sadhra – [email protected] Janie Acton – +44 (0)121 414 6021; [email protected] or Dr Steven Sadhra – [email protected] College of Medical and Dental Sciences 185

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Practical Occupational Ergonomics Short course Cancer Epidemiology PhD/MSc by Research FT PT This three-day programme is for individuals with an interest Research degrees are possible in relation to each active area in ergonomics, specifically those involved in occupational of research. Please contact the relevant staff member via email health, such as physicians, nurses and physiotherapists. for further details. Successful completion of the programme will see you obtain a better understanding of the needs of the human in work Research interests: systems and through this improve efficiency in maintaining  The common cancers of adulthood within a large cohort good health at work. For further information on this course of mature Chinese adults visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate/ Contact: Professor K K Cheng – [email protected] cpd/mdslisting.aspx  Screening for the early detection of colorectal cancers Contacts: Contact: Professor S Wilson – [email protected] Janie Acton – +44 (0)121 414 6021;  Studies of survivors, including prognosis and adverse health [email protected] or Dr Steven Sadhra – [email protected] outcomes among childhood Contact: Professor M M Hawkins – [email protected] Introduction to CBT for Occupational Health Professionals  Studies on bladder, prostate and kidney cancer epidemiology This two-day course will provide learners with an understanding Contact: Professor M Zeegers – [email protected] of the assessment and formulation phase of providing cognitive  Studies of the occurrence of cancer within occupationally behaviour based treatments in the work place. The course will defined cohorts help Occupational Health professionals engage, assess and Contact: Professor T Sorahan – [email protected] plan appropriate pathways for recovery for their clients through the development of evidence-based formulations of their clients’ Health Economics PhD/MSc by Research FT PT individual problems. Research interests: Contacts:  Methodological and/or Applied Research within the area of Janie Acton – +44 (0)121 414 6021; Health Economics, Economics of Health Policy, and Health [email protected] or Dr Steven Sadhra – [email protected] Economics and Decision Making Contacts: Doctoral research programmes Professor Tracy Roberts – +44 (0)121 414 7708; [email protected] Biomedical Ethics PhD/MSc by Research FT PT Dr Emma Frew – +44 (0)121 414 3199; [email protected] Current research interests include:  Ethics and reproduction Health Sciences PhD/MSc by Research FT PT  Empirical Bioethics Research focuses on issues relevant to contemporary healthcare  Prescribing practice within the following areas:  Controversial interventions  End of Life Care  Animal welfare and veterinary ethics Contact: Professor Collette Clifford – [email protected] Contacts:  Musculoskeletal Rehabilitation Dr June Jones, Senior Lecturer – Contact: Dr Alison Rushton – [email protected] +44 (0)121 414 2532; j.jones.1@bham. ac.uk Professor Heather Draper, Senior Lecturer – Further information on our research programmes is available +44 (0)121 414 6941; h.draper@bham. ac.uk from the Postgraduate Administrator – +44 (0)121 415 8146; [email protected] 186 College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Medical and Dental Sciences School of Health and Population Sciences

History of Medicine PhD/MSc by Research FT PT Primary Care Clinical Sciences PhD/MSc by Research FT PT Research interests include: Primary Care and General Practice at Birmingham is one  History of medical education of the largest centres for academic primary care in the UK  Medicine in the Midlands and has a very substantial teaching role.  History of occupational health and medicine Contact: Dr Jonathan Reinarz – +44 (0)121 415 8122; Primary care research focuses upon four main clinical areas: [email protected]  Cardiovascular disease  Cancer and chronic disease Occupational and Environmental Medicine  Clinical decision making PhD/MSc by Research FT PT  Mental health Research is divided into two overlapping and complimentary areas: Research interests:  Environment-oriented areas, which follow the tradition of  Smoking prevention and cessation, behavioural interventions preventive medicine with a focus on causal determinants for disease prevention, epidemiology, clinical trials and  Outcome-oriented areas, which are based on clinical systematic reviews medicine and epidemiology Contact: Dr Paul Aveyard – +44 (0)121 414 8529; [email protected] Doctoral and Masters students are encouraged to seek  Quality of life the support and advice of senior staff for their studies Contact: Dr Melanie Calvert – +44 (0)121 414 8595; and research career. [email protected]  The effects of exercise upon quality of life in clinical Research interests: populations and community groups  Outdoor air pollution; indoor air pollution; environmental Contact: Dr Amanda Daley – +44 (0)121 414 3762; burden and pathways; occupational lung disease [email protected] Contact: Professor John Ayres – +44 (0)121 414 6023;  Cardiovascular trials; anti-coagulation in primary care; [email protected] near patient testing; asthma; decision making  Occupational exposure assessment; methods; effectiveness Contact: Professor David Fitzmaurice – +44 (0)121 414 7420; of measures for minimising exposure to pollutants in the [email protected] workplace; evaluation of occupational health services  Health inequalities, including ethnicity; prescribing; and intervention studies; skin health surveillance in the evidence-based practice work place Contact: Dr Paramjit Gill – +44 (0)121 414 3758; Contact: Dr Steven Sadhra – +44 (0)121 414 6008; [email protected] [email protected]  Complementary medicine; patient self-management;  Occupational epidemiology: cohort, case-control, prescribing cross-sectional and nested case-control study designs; Contact: Dr Sheila Greenfield – +44 (0)121 414 6493; role of causal effects, bias, confounding and chance in [email protected] epidemiological findings; measure of effect and causal  Primary care management of cardiovascular disease; inference; the identification and quantification of hypertension, especially self-monitoring/management; occupational cancer hazards using primary care routine data in research Contact: Professor Tom Sorahan – +44 (0)121 414 3644; Contact: Dr Richard McManus – +44 (0)121 414 2658; [email protected] [email protected] College of Medical and Dental Sciences 187

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

 Thyroid disease; evaluation of undergraduate Public Health, Epidemiology teaching programmes and Biostatistics PhD/MSc by Research FT PT Contact: Professor Jim Parle – +44 (0)121 414 6420; In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise, 60% of [email protected] submission in the area of Epidemiology and Public Health  Impact of chronic diseases; evaluation of complementary was considered internationally excellent or world leading, or psychological therapies; irritable bowel syndrome highlighting the substantial strength in this area within the Contact: Dr Lesley Roberts – +44 (0)121 414 3356; College of Medical and Dental Sciences. The RAE 2008 [email protected] results places the University’s Primary Care researchers  The language of spoken and written medical communication; among some of the top in the UK. medical education Contact: Professor John Skelton – +44 (0)121 414 3767; Our main research programmes are in the areas of: [email protected]  The epidemiology of maternal and child health, cancer,  Mental health; psychological aspects of psychosis; genetics, health behaviour, and respiratory and early intervention; service engagement; user involvement; communicable disease community mental health  Health services research in health care evaluation, Contact: Dr Lynda Tait – +44 (0)121 414 8584; evidence-based practice, health care quality, [email protected] health impact assessment  Community-based trials and health services research; early  Clinical trials, biostatistics and other research methodology diagnosis and screening of cancer and for conditions other than cancer; user involvement; community mental health Research interests: Contact: Dr Sue Wilson – +44 (0)121 414 7397;  Maternal and child epidemiology: epidemiological studies [email protected] in maternal and child health including work on the long-term  Reproductive technology and responsibility, specifically the health of women after childbirth, and the effect of different ethical and philosophical implications of genetic relatedness; interventions around pregnancy ethics and transplantation; ethical decisions at the end of life Contact: Professor Christine MacArthur – Contact: Dr Heather Draper – +44 (0)121 414 6941; +44 (0)121 414 6770; [email protected] [email protected]  Epidemiology of common cancers; cardiovascular diseases;  Moral concern and vulnerable groups; ethical issues at the chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases beginning and end of life Contact: Professor K K Cheng – +44 (0)121 414 6757; Contact: Dr June Jones – +44 (0)121 414 2532; [email protected] [email protected]  Childhood cancer: a programme grant focusing on the risks and aetiology of adverse health outcomes of cancer and its treatment, including the national cohort of 18,000 survivors of childhood cancer, and their 4,000 offspring Contact: Dr Mike Hawkins – +44 (0)121 414 7924; [email protected] 188 College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Medical and Dental Sciences FT Full-time PT Part-time School of Health DL Distance Learning Apply online and Population Sciences www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

 Genetic epidemiology; twin studies; urological cancer epidemiology. For further information visit www.urogenepid.bham.ac.uk Contact: Professor Maurice Zeegers – +44 (0)121 414 6721; [email protected]  The provision of an early warning system to the Department of Health of new health care technologies and associated diffusion research Contact: Professor Andrew Stevens – +44 (0)121 414 7413; [email protected]  Health impact assessment: assessing the impact of public sector investment, particularly in non-health areas, and developing associated methodologies Contact: Professor Jayne Parry – +44 (0)121 414 3191; [email protected]  Health care quality: the exploration of new methods of assessing the relative quality of different health care providers, and the modelling of health care activity Contact: Dr Mohammed Mohammed – +44 (0)121 414 7187; [email protected]  Health services research methodology: researching into the methodology of clinical trials to ensure fitness for purpose, and associated methodological research Contact: Professor Richard Lilford – +44 (0)121 414 6772; [email protected]  Primary care service organisation for cardiovascular prevention; analysis of large primary care data sets Contact: Dr Tom Marshall – +44 (0)121 414 7832; [email protected] College of Medical and Dental Sciences 189

Medical and Dental Sciences School of Immunity and Infection

The School of Immunity and Infection employs a critical mass Clinical academics work closely with local trusts and other of academic staff engaged in research in immunology, infection, agencies including the Health Protection Agency and the and inflammation. These areas are longstanding strengths of Blood Transfusion Service. The School also has a Clinical the College of Medical and Dental Sciences, with an annual Immunology Service, which provides specialist support research income of approximately £9 million. Alongside this for clinical academics, expertise and opportunities for the is a strongly emerging theme in stem cell biology. development of new diagnostic assays, biomarker platforms, and valuable clinical material for research. The School currently hosts approximately 75 graduate students, both clinical and non-clinical. In addition, it employs Facilities over 60 postdoctoral scientists working on various research Most of the research within the School is conducted within programmes, and a number of young investigators with the Institute for Biomedical Research (IBR), which provides independent fellowship awards. state-of-the-art laboratory accommodation, access to excellent technologies including flow cytometry, confocal microscopy, Key research strengths within the School fall into the real-time PCR, proteomics and genomics, containment facilities following major themes: up to Category 3 for work with micro-organisms, and excellent  Immune Regulation Inflammation and Inflammatory Disease facilities for development of in vivo model systems. The IBR (Liver, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Nephrology and Ophthalmology ) building is adjacent to the University Hospital Birmingham NHS  Stem Cells, Developmental Biology and Epigenetics, Bacterial Foundation Trust and the Wellcome Clinical Research Facility and Viral Infections (www.birmingham.ac.uk/facilities/crf), which gives access to translational and clinical research. Embedded within the School is the MRC Centre for Immune Regulation, which provides a coherent focus for immunology Postgraduate study research together with core facilities. Its aim is to gain a better We have an active postgraduate training programme and understanding of immune factors in autoimmunity, immune run PhD programmes covering the research interests of the mediated inflammatory disease and selected bacterial and School. All postgraduate students are provided with training in virus mediated diseases through gaining insights into the generic skills, together with progress monitoring and support. microenvironmental control of immune response. Our four-year integrated PhD programme includes a A number of internationally-recognised research groups attract foundation year, which provides teaching in generic and programme grant level support from the Medical Research transferable skills, key topics in immunology and practical Council, BBSRC, European Commission, Leukaemia Research training in state-of-the-art technologies. We also run an Fund, Wellcome Trust, Cancer Research UK, Department of MSc course in Functional and Clinical Anatomy. Health and the Arthritis Research Council. Learn more at the School of Immunity and Infection website Research activity within the School underpins clinical research www.birmingham.ac.uk/ii and the MRC Centre for Immune and translational development in Immunology, Infection, Regulation website www.mrc-immune.bham.ac.uk Rheumatology, Hepatology (with a recently funded NIHR Biomedical Research Unit), Nephrology and Ophthalmology. 190 College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Medical and Dental Sciences School of Immunity and Infection

Duration of programmes Taught programmes and continuing  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time professional development  MSc by Research – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time  MD – 2 years minimum part-time Functional and Clinical Anatomy MSc PT  MSc – 2 years part-time This programme offers the opportunity to study functional, comparative and clinical anatomy to a higher level of critical Entry requirements understanding. Advanced skills in learning, as well as practical Visit our online prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/ skills used during this programme, will support your career requirements development and introduce you to higher skills for clinical Also see ‘general entry requirements’ on pag 68. practice. It has been designed to allow participating students to maintain their clinical experience while studying for a highly English language requirements relevant MSc-level qualification. Candidates whose first language is not English will need to meet the English language requirements stipulated for Medicine Learning will be through lectures, seminars and small group and Dentistry. See also standard English language requirements sessions, with practical experience in clinics and laboratories – on page 68. all these with a high staff to student ratio. You will produce a detailed and thorough dissection of a human cadaver; this will Scholarships and studentships develop your manual skills, as well as inform your higher level For postgraduate studentships in Immunity and Infection, of understanding in topographical anatomy. please contact the School directly, visit our online prospectus or email [email protected] Options modules will include:  The Anatomy of Transplantation Fees  Base of Skull Surgery Standard fees apply (see page 62 for details) although in some  Trauma and Infection projects a bench fee is also payable. For the most up-to-date information contact the School directly. These will give you the opportunity to work in clinics and laboratories where internationally-recognised research and Starting dates treatments are being developed.  Research degrees may start at any time of the year, though for most this will be September The programme will be assessed using a variety of  Taught programmes (MSc/Diploma) will start methods, which will include essays, extended matching set in September 2012 questions and short notes questions and a viva, with formative assessments offered in each of these forms. A final dissertation Learn more and presentation based upon original research is required for www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/immunity-infection completion of this MSc.

This programme will run over two years on alternate Thursdays (48 full days). College of Medical and Dental Sciences 191

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

If you would like further information about the course, or wish  T cell regulation in tolerance and autoimmunity to request a hard copy of the application form, please contact: Contacts: Professor Joanne Wilton: Senior Lecturer in Anatomy – Dr Lucy Walker – +44 (0)121 414 6854; +44 (0)121 414 6838; [email protected] [email protected]; Dr Dave Sansom – +44 (0)121 414 2268; [email protected] Doctoral research programmes  Immunity and Ageing (Immunesenescence) Contact: Immunity and Infection PhD/MSc by Research/MD FT PT Professor Janet Lord – +44 (0)121 414 4399; We have a large community of academic, research and [email protected] support staff and postgraduate students, and an annual  Microenvironmental regulation of antibody responses turnover of approximately £8 million support for research. Contacts: Dr Adam Cunningham – +44 (0)121 415 8687; Research areas: Immune regulation; Inflammation and [email protected] inflammatory disease; Stem Cells, Developmental Biology Dr Tony Lammas – +44 (0)121 414 2762; and Epigenetics, and Bacterial and Viral Infections. [email protected]  Clinical and diagnostic immunology Research interests of staff: Contacts: Immune regulation Professor Mark Drayson – +44 (0)121 414 4074;  T cell development and function in health and disease [email protected] Contacts: Dr Mark Cobbold – +44 (0)121 414 6839; Professor Peter Lane – +44 (0)121 414 4078; [email protected] [email protected], Dr Sylvie Freeman – +44 (0)121 415 8759; Professor Graham Anderson – +44 (0)121 414 6817; [email protected] [email protected], Professor Eric Jenkinson – +44 (0)121 414 6825; Inflammation and inflammatory disease [email protected],  Liver Research: immune mediated and inflammatory Dr Jorge Caamano – +44 (0)121 414 4077; Liver Disease [email protected], Contacts: Dr Kai-Michael Toellner – +44 (0)121 415 8687; Professor David Adams – +44 (0)121 415 8702; [email protected]; [email protected] Dr William Jenkinson – +44 (0)121 415 8681; Dr Patricia Lalor – +44 (0)121 415 8784; [email protected] [email protected], Dr Bertus Eksteen – +44 (0)121 415 8784; Dr David Withers – +44 (0)121 415 8681; [email protected] [email protected] Dr Simon Afford – +44 (0)121 415 8698;  Chemokine regulation of immune responses [email protected] Contact:  Hepatitis C Immunobiology Professor Antal Rot – +44 (0)121 414 3454; Contacts: [email protected] Professor Jane McKeating – +44 (0)121 414 8173; [email protected] Dr Peter Balfe – +44 (0)121 414 8174; [email protected] 192 College of Medical and Dental Sciences

Medical and Dental Sciences School of Immunity and Infection

 Rheumatology Research Group Stem Cells, Developmental Biology and Epigenetics Contacts:  Transcriptional Regulation of Stem Cells Professor Chris Buckley – +44 (0)121 414 4383; Contacts: [email protected] Professor Jon Frampton – +44 (0)121 414 6812; Dr Steve Young – +44 (0)121 414 6480; [email protected] [email protected] Dr Padma-Sheela Jayaraman – +44 (0)121 414 6820; Dr Karim Raza – +44 (0)121 414 3837; [email protected] [email protected]; Dr Dagmar Scheel Toellner – +44 (0)121 415 8690; Dr Paloma Garcia – +44 (0) 121 414 6807; [email protected] [email protected] Dr Andrew Flier – +44 (0)121 415 8683; [email protected]  Stem cells and liver disease Dr Paolo de Pablo – +44 (0)121 414 6777; Contact: [email protected], Dr Phil Newsome – +44 (0)121 415614; Dr Francesca Barone – +44 (0)121 414 6780; [email protected] [email protected]  Epigenetic mechanisms of gene regulation in mammals  Systemic autoimmune rheumatic diseases – systemic lupus Contacts: erythematosus Professor Bryan Turner – +44 (0)121 414 6824; Contact: [email protected] Professor Caroline Gordon – +44 (0)121 414 6782; Dr Laura O’Neill – +44 (0)121 414 6809; [email protected] [email protected] Dr Karl Nightingale – +44 (0)121 414 6833;  Inflammatory Renal research group [email protected] Contacts:  Epigenetic mechanisms in development Professor Lorraine Harper – +44 (0)121 414 7042; Contact: [email protected] Dr Paul Badenhorst – +44 (0)121 414 6810; Dr Matt Morgan – +44 (0)121 414 8224; [email protected] [email protected],  Control mechanisms in angiogenesis Dr Colin Hutchinson; [email protected] Contacts:  Immune responses and inflammatory mechanisms in the Professor Roy Bicknell – +44 (0)121 414 4085; visual system [email protected] Contacts: Dr Victoria Heath – +44 (0)121 415 8818; [email protected] Professor Philip Murray – +44 (0)121 507 6851;  Regulation of Haematopoietic Cell Differentiation [email protected]; Contact: Miss Saaeha Rauz – +44 (0)121 507 6849; Dr Geoffrey Brown – +44 (0)121 414 4082; [email protected]; [email protected] Dr S John Curnow – +44 (0)121 415 8691; [email protected] Dr Graham Wallace – +44 (0)121 415 8691; [email protected] College of Medical and Dental Sciences 193

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Bacterial and Viral Infections  Antimicrobial action, resistance and epidemiology Contacts: Professor Laura Piddock – +44 (0)121 414 6966; [email protected] Professor Peter Hawkey – +44 (0)121 414 2859; [email protected] Dr Mark Webber – +44 (0)121 414 2859; [email protected] Dr Ian Henderson – +44 (0)121 414 4368; [email protected]  Immune responses to infection and vaccine development Contacts: Dr Adam Cunningham – +44 (0)121 415 8687; [email protected]; Professor Ian Henderson – +44 (0)121 414 4368; [email protected]  Mechanisms of bacterial pathogenesis Contacts: Professor Ian Henderson – +44 (0)121 414 4368; [email protected] Professor Laura Piddock – +44 (0)121 414 6966; [email protected]  Nosocomial infections Contacts: Professor Peter Hawkey – +44 (0)121 414 2859; [email protected] Professor Laura Piddock – +44 (0)121 414 6966; [email protected]  Hepatitis C and related virus Contacts: Professor Jane McKeating – +44 (0)121 414 8173; [email protected] Dr Peter Balfe – +44 (0)121 414 8174; [email protected] College of Social Sciences

College of Social Sciences

Our School of Education has We are committed to high quality, an overall rating of ‘outstanding’ doctoral by OFSTED inspection for our primary supervision and secondary initial teacher education with Doctoral Training Centre status from and training programmes the ESRC

We have the largest population of postgraduate students across the entire Institution

We provide access We have a to dedicated learning critical mass resources and of exceptional, high libraries for Education and Health Services ranking academics Management students and public intellectuals

Many of our postgraduate programmes are accredited by internationally recognised agencies including the Association of MBAs (AMBA); Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM); European Quality Improvement System, eg (EQUIS), and the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) Intercollege programme 196

Birmingham Business School 197 Department of Accounting and Finance 200 Department of Economics 201 Department of Management 202 Department of Marketing 202

School of Education 206

School of Government and Society 215 Centre for Russian and East European Studies 216 Institute of German Studies 218 Institute of Local Government Studies 219 International Development Department 222 Department of Political Science and International Studies 226 European Research Institute 229 We have a critical mass Sociology 230 School of Social Policy 232 Institute of Applied Social Studies 232 of exceptional, high Health Services Management Centre 235 ranking academics and public intellectuals

196 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences FT Full-time PT Part-time Intercollege programme DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

The College of Social Sciences contributes to an Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) research training programme; the MA Social Research. The University is one of only 12 UK institutions to have been awarded ‘Doctoral Training Centre’ status by the ESRC, the UK funding body for social sciences. The new centre draws on expertise across the social sciences at Birmingham to deliver outstanding postgraduate training for more than 70 social scientists. The Centre will also reach out to staff, students, and policy makers beyond the University through its programme of short course research training opportunities.

Social Research MA/Diploma FT PT This programme is recognised by the ESRC as a research training programme designed to provide participants with a sound background in overall research design and the most up to date training in methods, data collection and analysis.

The core elements of this programme are delivered by staff from across the College of Social Sciences, many of them engaged in cutting-edge research in their own fields.

The MA programme includes assessed core modules and short courses (120 credits) and the completion of a 14,000-word dissertation (60 credits), while the Postgraduate Diploma includes the assessed courses only (120 credits).

The programme is also available as different subject pathways, including –  MA in Social Research (Business)  MA in Social Research (Education)  MA in Social Research (Local Government and Public Policy)  MA in Social Research (Social Policy)  MA in Social Research (Social Work and Professional Practice)

Contact: Marea Arries – +44 (0) 121 414 6347; [email protected] College of Social Sciences 197

Social Sciences Birmingham Business School

Birmingham Business School’s portfolio of postgraduate taught foster research partnerships and the identification of fieldwork and research degrees have been designed to provide both sites, while research results inform practice and policy, as well academic excellence and vocational relevance, ensuring that as theory. the skills and experiences students take away with them are valued by employers. The School employs over 130 lecturing Many of our academic staff regularly lecture and contribute to and research staff many of whom are internationally recognised research in other countries. We have undertaken consultancy authorities in their fields. Members of the School undertake work for the World Bank, United Nations, the Bank of England projects funded by the research councils, major trusts, professional and the Asian Development Bank, as well as other multi-national institutions, government departments and the EU. Their research organisations. papers are published in high quality journals, books and conference proceedings, as well as in practitioners’ journals. Duration of programmes This research also directly contributes to our world-class  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time delivery of education.  MPhil – 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time  MSc – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time Birmingham Business School comprises the Departments  DBA – 6 years part-time (can be completed in 4 years) of Accounting and Finance, Economics, Management  MBA – 1 year full-time; 2–4 years part-time and Marketing.  Postgraduate Diploma/Graduate Diploma – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time The Business School contributes to an Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) research training programme – the Student support MA Social Research (see page 196). The University is one of The School offers a number of open days, applicant visit days only 12 UK institutions to have been awarded ‘Doctoral Training and online events to give prospective students the opportunity Centre’ status by the ESRC, the UK funding body for social to visit the school and university and also to meet with sciences. The new centre draws on expertise across the social academic staff. For details on upcoming events, please sciences at Birmingham to deliver outstanding postgraduate visit our website or contact the School directly. training for more than 70 social scientists. The Centre will also reach out to staff, students, and policy makers beyond the Entry requirements University through its programme of short course research See specific entry requirements below. See also ‘General entry training opportunities. requirements’ on page 68 or contact the relevant department.

Facilities Birmingham Business School programmes University House incorporates a multi-million pound state-of-the-  International Accounting and Finance MSc – a degree in a art teaching and learning complex. With full access to wireless relevant subject. We also accept professional qualifications technology, all lecture and seminar rooms are audio-visually such as ACA, ACCA, CIMA, AIB or ACII if they have been equipped. This allows all postgraduate teaching to take place obtained by examination. on site. In addition, this year has seen further investment for  Investments MSc – relevant qualifications deemed equivalent the MBA; including a private common room for MBA students. to a good honours degree such as ACA, ACCA, CIMA are accepted. A level mathematics grade C is required or, as Postgraduate study an alternative, we will also accept a minimum score of 650 We have close links with industry, government departments, the achieved on the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE). financial community and major professions. These relationships 198 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences Birmingham Business School

 Marketing Communications MSc and Strategic Marketing  12-month MBA – scores of 7.0 IELTS with no less than 6.5 in and Consulting MSc – a relevant degree or a minimum of any band or TOEFL IBT score of 100 overall with no less than two years’ direct experience of marketing. For those not 23 in any band score of 7.0 IELTS or TOEFL IBT score of 100 qualified for direct entry to the one-year MSc programmes, overall with no less than 23 in any band are required a preliminary year is available (see MSc programmes –  International Marketing, Marketing, Marketing Communications, flexible route on page 203). and Strategic Marketing and Consulting MSc – score of 7.0  MBA full-time – a good honours degree plus a minimum IELTS or TOEFL IBT score of 100 overall with no less than of 5 years postgraduation work experience (3 years for 23 in any band are required 21- and 24-month programmes). Equivalent professional  Human Resource Management MSc – score of 7.0 IELTS qualifications will also be considered. or TOEFL IBT score of 100 overall with no less than 23 in  MBA Global Banking and Finance – a good honours any band degree in a relevant discipline plus at least three years of postgraduation work experience in banking or finance at Scholarships and studentships a supervisory level. Equivalent professional qualifications Please contact the School directly or email will also be considered. Applicants who do not meet the [email protected] requirements for direct entry to the one-year MBA (GBF) programme have the option of applying for the 24-month Fees and funding programme. For those with appropriate quantitative skills, In 2011–12, fees in the Business School ranged from £4,650 for it is possible to enter the first year of the 24-month one of the 12-month Masters programmes to £18,000 for the programme in January (see MBA (full-time) for full details). Executive MBA. For the most up-to-date fees information, contact  MBA Corporate Governance and Responsibility – a good the School directly. honours degree plus a minimum of five years postgraduation work experience. Equivalent professional qualifications will also Starting dates be considered. Applicants who do not meet the requirements Programmes start in September 2012. However, flexible intakes for direct entry to the year one MBA (CG&R) programme have are available for some MBA programmes. the option of applying for the 24-month programme. Learn more English language requirements www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/business Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68)  Business Administration Graduate Diploma - scores of 6.0 IELTS with no less than 5.5 in any band or TOEFL IBT score BUSINESS of 87 overall with no less than 21 in listening, 22 in reading, 23 in speaking and 21 in writing are required Taught MBA programmes  21-month MBA - scores of 6.5 IELTS with no less than 6.0 in any band or TOEFL IBT score of 93 overall with no less than All MBA programmes are accredited by the Association of MBAs 21 in listening, 22 in reading, 23 in speaking and 21 in writing (AMBA) the UK accrediting body. The School also has European are required Quality Improvement Systems (EQUIS) accreditation and is currently  24-month MBA – scores of 6.0 IELTS with no less than 5.5 in working towards attaining AACSB Accreditation. Unless otherwise any band or TOEFL IBT score of 87 overall with no less than stated, your contact for all MBA programmes is: 21 in listening, 22 in reading, 23 in speaking and 21 in writing MBA Admissions Office – +44 (0)121 414 4378; [email protected] are required College of Social Sciences 199

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

MBA FT Executive MBA PT This programme is at the heart of our MBA suite. It is strategy- You take eight modules on this flexible programme in a minimum driven and focuses on the responsible leadership of international of two years and a maximum of four. The modules are delivered business in global markets. This means equipping you with the over two long weekends per module and we now offer a means of communicating with functional specialists, integrating, pay-per-module scheme. There are four possible entry points managing and leading them as a coherent organisation in a to the Executive MBA. When the taught modules have been changing and highly-competitive environment and understanding completed, a dissertation is submitted to complete the the need to develop sustainable competitive advantage within requirements for the award of the degree. The dissertation an ethical and socially acceptable framework. Twelve modules can be related to your work environment or to an area of are taken and a dissertation is submitted to complete the interest to your employer which may encourage them to requirements for the award of the MBA degree. There are support you with financial assistance. compulsory core modules and an extensive range of elective options. Global MBA PT We also teach our MBA programme in block format in Depending on the options taken, you can focus on a special field Singapore and Hong Kong; teaching is to the same syllabus in one of the following areas: and by the same staff as for the UK delivery. The modules are  Marketing fully interchangeable – students undertaking the programme  Finance in Singapore or Hong Kong can, if they wish, take some  International Trade and Finance modules in the UK to broaden their perspective, and those  Human Resource Management in the UK whose careers take them to one of the other areas  Organisational Behaviour where we deliver our programmes are still able to complete their MBA with us. A range of teaching and learning methods are used to relate Singapore applicants should contact: Carol Kinahan – theory to practical situations. Important business skills such +44 (0)121 414 3358; [email protected] as analysis, argument and synthesis are developed. Personal Applicants for the Hong Kong programme should contact: leadership skills are enhanced through a series of modules in Wendy Ralph – +44 (0)121 415 8090; [email protected] areas such as leadership, team dynamics and cross-cultural understanding. These take place at the University and residential Global Banking and Finance MBA FT off-campus locations. This MBA programme has been specifically designed for graduates who aspire to develop careers in international banking MBA 24-month FT and finance. It aims to improve management and technical skills For those not qualified for direct entry to the one-year by focusing on key areas such as: international banking; banking programme (eg, because of a lack of the necessary work or and finance regulation and supervision; risk and asset and liability language experience) a preliminary year is available. This management; strategic management of financial institutions; provides training in core management competencies and financial markets and private equity and venture capital finance. concentrates on how management disciplines integrate at Many of our graduates are working in senior positions at operational level to achieve short- to medium-term objectives. banks and financial institutions and in the investment industry worldwide. The programme is delivered by University faculty and industry practitioners to cater to the current and future 200 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences Birmingham Business School

needs of the global financial services industry. MBA (GBF) This MBA is accredited by the UK’s Chartered Institute of attracts highly qualified and experienced students from a Purchasing and Supply (CIPS) and students who successfully variety of cultures and nationalities and is highly rated by complete the course and fulfil the relevant work experience students wanting to specialise in banking and finance. requirements of CIPS are also granted full membership of the Institute. Corporate Governance and Responsibility MBA FT This programme offers an international perspective on these two Business Administration Graduate Diploma FT key areas, which are essential to the sustainability of businesses This programme provides a thorough grounding in functional and society. It provides a sound understanding of corporate issues in management and is a qualification in its own right. governance and corporate responsibility from corporate, It also empowers those who seek to gain entry to our MSc investor and stakeholder perspectives. The MBA is validated programmes, and, importantly, it is the first year of our as a collaborative programme by the Institute of Chartered 24-month MBA programme. We expose you to a wide Secretaries and Administrators (ICSA); this means that range of management disciplines that develop your abilities as well as graduating with an MBA, students who successfully to analyse complex business situations, understand team complete all relevant modules will also achieve Grad ICSA dynamics, and build confidence in presenting solutions to status and will be exempt from the professional exams of the a critical audience.We employ many teaching and assessment ICSA. Chartered secretaries are employed as chairs, chief methods that reflect the standards required by our MBA and executives and non-executive directors, as well as executives MSc programmes. For international students, we offer continuing and company secretaries. They are key players with the skills, English language support to enhance your learning experience. vision and values to take their organisations forward. Taught MSc programmes Public Service MBA PT This is a structured personal and professional development All MSc programmes have ESRC accreditation. Unless programme designed for current and future leaders working otherwise stated, your contact for all MSc programmes is: across the public, voluntary, third and commercial sectors. MSc Admissions – +44 (0)121 415 8273; mscadmissions@ It combines the best core management modules from the lists.bham.ac.uk or visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/business School’s leading Executive MBA, with modules in key areas of public service management from the University’s Institute of Local Government Studies (INLOGOV). ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

Strategy and Procurement Management MBA FT PT International Accounting and Finance MSc FT This programme offers a range of specialist, professionally- This programme encompasses accounting in its international, oriented modules designed for public and private sector public and private contexts, corporate financial management, managers with procurement responsibilities. It offers an private sector investment and foreign exchange markets. It aims opportunity for those involved in procurement to develop to give you a deep knowledge of the theoretical and empirical their skills and abilities and to gain access to leading-edge literature that provides the background to understanding thinking and research in procurement and supply chain changes and innovations in accounting and finance. You also management. Those teaching this MBA have had substantial learn a range of techniques that can be used to solve real-life practical experience of the modern procurement function problems. You take six modules, including compulsory ones in a range of manufacturing and service sector organisations. on Financial Accounting Theory and Policy and Theory of College of Social Sciences 201

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Financial Management. You can also choose from a wide range Economic Policy MSc FT of options and submit a dissertation on a topic of your choice. This specialist programme is aimed at students contemplating a career in government or international policy-based organisations; Investments MSc FT or for those already working in such institutions. It reflects the This demanding programme teaches the theories and Department’s teaching and research strengths in policy issues, techniques of investments and their real-life application. microeconomic and macroeconomic policy. You are expected It is designed for graduates who want to develop a career to complete a dissertation. in investment institutions, or who wish to become investments specialists or managers in other corporate bodies. Internationally Environmental and Natural Resource Economics MSc FT renowned academic staff teach theory and technique, whilst This programme reflects our specialism in this increasingly their application is taught by professional traders with years important area of economics. It provides a rigorous training of experience in the industry and first-hand knowledge of in environmental and resource economics, which will prove current market regulations, trading techniques and customs valuable to employers in local and national government, and practices. You also have access to a simulated dealing government agencies, environmental organisations, business room, where a range of trading techniques can be practised. and academia. You are expected to complete a dissertation. We expect applicants to have a background in accounting, finance, economics, business administration, mathematics, International Economics MSc FT statistics, science or engineering. Evidence of mathematical This programme reflects the fundamental importance of this area in skills is required. See page 197. the present age and the fact that it is a particular teaching and research strength of the Department. Globalisation of the world economy means that a training in international economics is now Economics of vital importance in many careers. You are expected to complete a dissertation. Development Economics MSc FT This programme reflects our strength in theoretical and International Money and Banking MSc FT applied policy areas, particularly as they concern emerging This programme complements the MSc in Money, Banking and and developing countries. A technical training in the formal Finance and is of particular interest to those wishing to pursue analysis of developmental economics is vital to careers careers in the financial sector. It provides you with an advanced involving developing countries. You are expected to knowledge of the related disciplines of macroeconomics, banking, complete a dissertation. international finance and financial markets. You are expected to complete a dissertation. Economics MSc FT This programme provides an advanced training in economic Mathematical Finance MSc FT theory and econometrics and application of these to achieve This programme, taught jointly with the School of Mathematics, a sophisticated understanding of policy issues. It constitutes provides the skills that will enable technically-minded graduates the taught part of an ESRC-recognised ‘1+3’ programme leading (including those with backgrounds in mathematics, science and to a PhD degree, reflecting the strength of our diverse research engineering) to apply their quantitative training to financial analysis. interests. You are expected to complete a dissertation. In most cases we expect that graduates from the Masters will take positions in quantitative analysis (or similar) in major financial institutions, such as in the City. The programme also prepares you to pursue further studies in academia. You are expected to complete a dissertation. 202 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences Birmingham Business School

Money, Banking and Finance MSc FT Human Resource Management MSc FT This is our most popular programme. There is a worldwide demand The programme caters for graduates wanting to develop a career for those trained in the area, which shows no sign of abating. in human resource management, an area in which there are many Graduates from the programme hold high-ranking positions in opportunities. It is distinctive in being internationally oriented and financial centres around the globe. In addition to those aiming devotes attention to issues related to HRM theory, policy and at careers in the private sector, it attracts economists currently practice. There are two pathways available on the programme: working in economics, treasury or finance ministries, or in central  MSc Human Resources Management – this pathway offers a banks and graduates preparing for such careers. You take a number suite of core and elective modules that explore and critically of compulsory courses and an optional course and are required to assess relevant and contemporary HRM-related theories and produce a dissertation. research, giving insight into their practical applications  MSc Human Resources Management with CIPD accreditation For further information about all Economics MSc – this pathway offers a set of compulsory modules, which programmes contact: The Postgraduate Administrator – provide access to CIPD membership and a greater focus +44 (0)121 414 6650; [email protected] on the development of professional managerial skills or visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate International Business MSc FT The programme draws on the talents of internationally Management esteemed scholars and highly respected teachers. Their expertise covers globalisation, the international aspects of Economic Competitiveness and accounting and finance, corporate governance, e-commerce, International Business MSc FT human resource management, marketing, organisation of This programme brings together the study of international multinational corporations, operations and procurement and business and economic competitiveness in relation to issues strategy. Regional specialists with expertise on Africa, China, concerning economic development and growth and globalisation. Europe and Latin America also teach on the programme. It covers cutting edge themes that help understand current trends in the global markets and their impact on firms, industries and economies. It will provide a solid grounding in competitiveness Marketing issues at firm, industry, regional and national levels, together with an analysis of the roles of governments and policies in the International Marketing MSc FT functioning of the global markets. This is a conversion programme for applicants without previous knowledge or experience in marketing but who Economic Policy and International Business MSc FT wish to explore the theory, principles and practice of marketing This programme explores the impact that global businesses in the context of a global market environment and the challenges have on localities, societies and economic policies, looking of marketing across countries and cultures. We help you develop at how these factors impact on business. If you are particularly the necessary practical skills for a successful international interested in the public policy dimensions of economic marketing career. For graduates wishing to develop a career competitiveness and international business, then this programme in marketing, the opportunities span a wide variety of roles. provides a specific focus on key public policy issues that impact The programme is recognised by the ESRC for research on international businesses in local and global contexts. training and also has exemptions from parts of the Chartered Institute of Marketing Professional Diploma. College of Social Sciences 203

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Marketing MSc FT Strategic Marketing and Consulting MSc FT This programme is designed for graduates wishing to This programme has close links with industry and is sponsored start, or further develop, careers in marketing. It explores and supported by Accenture. Designed for recent graduates the principles, theoretical concepts and practice of marketing or practising managers who are already familiar with basic with particular emphasis on contemporary issues and leading- marketing concepts, this programme will enable you to develop edge marketing thinking. The programme involves core modules advanced knowledge and understanding of contemporary and and elective modules. The elective modules enable you to tailor complex strategic challenges facing marketers and to deepen your MSc to your own specific requirements. The programme your insights in the theory and practice of specialist aspects is recognised by the ESRC for research training, and also of marketing. It will develop your critical thinking, research has exemptions from parts of the Chartered Institute of and communications skills and uniquely, includes consultancy Marketing Professional Diploma. projects as a vehicle for putting theory into practice which will set you at an advantage with employers. The programme Marketing Communications MSc FT is recognised by the ESRC for research training and also The programme has close links with the marketing has exemptions from parts of the Chartered Institute of communications industry and is sponsored and supported by Marketing Professional Diploma. Wyatt International. This MSc is designed for recent graduates and practising managers who are familiar with marketing MSc Programmes – flexible route FT concepts. It will enable you to develop an advanced knowledge For those not qualified for direct entry to the one-year MSc and understanding of the theory and practice of marketing programmes, a preliminary year is available. The 24-month communications, including integrated marketing communications MSc programme provides a flexible entry route onto some (IMC) within a contemporary strategic marketing context and of our MSc programmes. Initially you gain a sound academic managerial framework. You will be taught by staff from one of the grounding in financial and managerial issues. You then continue largest Marketing faculties in the UK, including academics who into your area of expertise, with MSc-specific modules. For are internationally recognised. Our complement of academics more information, see the Graduate Diploma in Business and marketing practitioners offer extensive experience and Administration on page 200. expertise in areas such as brand marketing, advertising, e-marketing, retailing, international marketing, consumer Combined research and taught programme behaviour, business to business marketing, marketing ethics, innovation and strategy. Our Masters students may choose to Doctorate in Business Administration (DBA) PT undertake consultancy projects with a range of clients, as part The DBA is a part-time doctoral qualification (minimum four of their dissertation module. Companies we work with include years) for experienced managers with a Masters, who would Cadbury’s, Green and Blacks, ChemTrend, Aston Villa, Reckitt like the opportunity to think more deeply and critically about Benckizer, Barnardo’s, Hobbs and Faveo. The programme is the work they do. It combines academic rigour with practical recognised by the ESRC for research training, and also has management relevance. exemptions from parts of the Chartered Institute of Marketing Professional Diploma. A key feature of the DBA is you are able to study while working. This has benefits both for you and your employer. You get expert teaching and the ability to apply learning closely to your area of work, in turn your employer benefits from the boost to your skills. 204 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences Birmingham Business School

Applicants should have a minimum of five years’ relevant  Management Accounting – accountability, control systems work experience. and change in management accounting; strategic management accounting; institutional theories and corporate governance; This is a six-year, part-time programme, although it can accounting in emerging countries. be completed in four years. The first two years are spent Contact: Professor Matthew Tsamenyi – +44 (0)121 415 8439; undertaking four taught modules in preparation for carrying [email protected] out field research and writing up a 50,000-word thesis in  Public Sector Accounting – accounting in local and central Years 3–6. government; charity accounts; national accounting, and comparative international studies. Each of the taught modules is delivered on an intensive block Contact: Professor Rowan Jones – +44 (0)121 414 6222; basis, usually over long weekends to minimise the amount of [email protected] time that you have to spend away from the workplace, but also  Financial Accounting and Reporting – history of accounting to give an intensely focused learning experience. There is a gap and audit; political and economic consequences of of approximately three months between each block of four days accounting standards; impact of professions; measurement in a module, to allow time for you to assimilate and reflect upon issues; corporate governance; audit and agency theory; what you are learning in the context of your workplace. globalisation and internationalisation issues. Contact: Carol Levy, DBA Programme Administrator – Contact: Dr George Georgiou – +44 (0)121 414 5388; +44 (0)121 414 6266; [email protected] [email protected]  Taxation – impact of taxation on individual and business Doctoral research programmes decision making; the role of taxation in global trade, and tax education. Accounting and Finance PhD/MPhil/MSc FT PT Contact: Mr Andy Lymer – +44 (0)121 414 6677; With roots dating back to the appointment of the country’s first [email protected] Professor of Accounting, the group has a long-standing history of researching and teaching in this area. Finance Contacts:  Corporate Finance – corporate financial management Dr Joanne Locke, PhD Co-ordinator – (including private equity); financial markets (including +44 (0)121 414 5647; [email protected] IPO markets); financial institutions (especially conventional Mr Andy Lymer, Head of Department of Accounting and Finance – as well as Islamic banks); financial instruments (including +44 (0)121 414 6677; [email protected] derivatives); flow of funds, overreaction phenomena and control of volatility in emerging markets; corporate finance Research areas: aspects of privatisation and economic development; Accounting economic consequences of corporate disclosure.  Information Systems and Accounting – the communication, Contact: Dr Ranko Jelic – +44 (0)121 414 5990; use and regulation of digital reporting, including the evolution [email protected] in industry standards; control and electronic interchange of  Global Banking and Finance – financial sector development; data; XBRL; use of internet technologies in business; ERP, flow of funds; bank regulation and governance; bank and the role of technology in taxation. behaviour and competitiveness; financial crisis and volatility Contact: Dr Joanne Locke – +44 (0)121 414 5647; in developing and developed markets. [email protected] Contact: Professor Andy Mullineux – +44 (0)121 414 6642; [email protected] College of Social Sciences 205

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

 Centre for Corporate Governance Research – relationship Trade, Energy and Environment between boards of directors and institutional investors; trends  Economics of climate change in voting; directors’ remuneration; compliance with corporate  Trade and the environment governance codes by both large and small companies; the  The electricity industry role of corporate governance in debt recovery from distressed  Trade, foreign direct investment and mergers public and private companies; corporate governance and sustainability; corporate governance developments in Central Management PhD/MPhil/MSc FT PT and Eastern Europe and in the Middle and Far East. The Department covers a wide range of interests in the Contact: Professor Christine Mallin – +44 (0)121 414 2273; fields of Business Economics, Human Resource Management, [email protected] Industrial Relations, Industrial and Labour Economics, International Business, International Management and Economics PhD/MPhil FT Organisation, Labour and Managerial Economics, Research is supervised within five research groups as follows: Procurement and Operations Management, Strategy.

Econometrics For a complete list of research interests of staff and Research includes: contact details, please visit our online prospectus  Mathematical methods in economics; economic www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate methodology and philosophy Contact: Dr Paul Lewis – +44 (0)121 414 8786;  Modelling and forecasting economic time series [email protected]  Applied econometrics: cross-section, panel and time series data Marketing PhD/MPhil/MSc FT PT The recruitment of postgraduate researchers in Marketing is Economic Theory aligned to the five interdisciplinary research priorities of Birmingham Research includes: Business School. Each member of the Marketing Department  Microeconomic theory, economic growth strives to recruit postgraduate researchers who will help generate  Applied game theory, mechanism design first class, meaningful research that is of value to marketing practitioners, policy makers and educators. Specialist areas Money, Macroeconomics and Finance of research include business to business marketing, brand Research includes: marketing, consumer behaviour, consumer and marketing  History of 20th-century economics, economic methodology ethics, corporate social responsibility, e-marketing, experiential  Financial sector reform, financial institutional behaviour marketing, international marketing, innovation management,  International monetary economics marketing communications, marketing strategy and sustainable marketing. For a complete list of research areas visit our online Political Economy and Economic Policy prospectus www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate Research includes: Contact: Professor Isabelle Szmigin – +44 (0)121 414 7357;  Development economics [email protected]  Public choice and electoral systems  Economic growth and income distribution 206 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Education

Education is a research-led school and recognised as a leader want to train to teach, existing teachers and other educational in the field in the UK and internationally. Our research contributes practitioners as well as research based study and research to academic, industry and media debates worldwide. The School training opportunities. Many programmes in the School of Education contributes to an Economic and Social Research of Education can be taken full- or part-time, with some Council (ESRC) research training programme – the MA Social having options for flexible distance learning. Research (see page 196). The University is one of only 12 UK institutions to have been awarded ‘Doctoral Training Centre’ Teacher Training status by the ESRC, the UK funding body for social sciences. We have a long tradition of delivering PGCE primary and The new centre draws on expertise across the social sciences secondary courses. Our PGCE courses have now been renamed at Birmingham to deliver outstanding postgraduate training for Postgraduate Diploma in Secondary Education (Qualified more than 70 social scientists. The Centre will also reach out to Teacher Status) and Postgraduate Diploma in Primary Education staff, students, and policy makers beyond the University through (PGCE Advanced) to reflect the higher level of credit we award its programme of short course research training opportunities. for these programmes.

Facilities The School also offers the MA Social Research – see We have facilities to suit your needs depending on the type of page 196 for details. programme you are studying with us. In addition to the University campus, library, and computer facilities we have our own Professional Development Education Library based within the main Education building We offer a broad range of post-experience and professional with specialised resources including education sector specific training courses from certificate to Masters level study for literature. If you study on our distance education courses you people with an interest or working in education. Our professional can enjoy being part of an online community with excellent peer development courses are designed to reflect work-based support. There is a wealth of teaching materials including online practice, while also benefiting from the internationally significant access to journals, e-library, paper-based study materials, and research that is inherent in our strong academic knowledge online discussions. base. Designed for existing education practitioners, or those wishing to embark on a career in a new field, our Masters As a full-time research student you have 24-hour access to programmes are specifically developed to be sector-specific. work space in our research suite, where there are computer and Our Diploma and Certificate programmes offer a different entry telephone facilities. You also have access to University libraries level and may allow progression to a Masters qualification. and computer facilities, as well as other entitlements such as grants towards conference attendance and photocopying. Many Our portfolio of programmes is based around the following key research students work with supervisors in publishing articles areas of focus within education including: special educational and making their work public. needs; professional education; language and multilingualism in education; education and social justice and sport pedagogy and Postgraduate study physical education. We offer an extensive range of postgraduate programmes and these include postgraduate taught programmes, combined Please see our website for a full list of programmes available research and taught programmes, and doctoral research www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate/cpd programmes. These courses provide a flexible range of professional development opportunities for those who College of Social Sciences 207

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Research programmes Entry requirements We offer varied opportunities to undertake research programmes Please refer to the School webpage www.birmingham.ac.uk/ that will support the growth of research skills and build on schools/education or visit our online prospectus subject knowledge. We provide comprehensive research training (www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate); and opportunities to take part in regular research seminars where also see ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68. speakers present work at the forefront of current debates within the field. The interdependence of research with development and English language requirements professional practice means that we welcome the contribution of Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68 research students to our academic community. for details).

Careers prospects/employability Scholarships and studentships Whether you are at the start of your career in education or you For postgraduate studentships in Education, please visit our are looking to develop in a new direction within education, our online prospectus at www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/ graduates are highly successful and obtain jobs or continue postgraduate and follow the links. UK/EU students can also working within schools, colleges, local authorities, government request a Sources of Finance booklet. You can request a departments, residential care, vocational or support and printed copy by emailing: [email protected] therapeutic services, community projects, sector-specific organisations and the third sector. International students can find details of scholarships at www.birmingham.ac.uk/international/students/finance/ Duration of programmes scholarships/index.aspx  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time  MPhil – 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time Fees  AppEd and Child PsychD – 3 years full-time Fees in the School of Education vary – for the most up-to-date  EdD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time (although it may information please contact the School directly. be possible to complete after 4 years part-time)  PhD with Integrated Study – 4 years full-time, 8 years Starting dates part-time The majority of our programmes start in September each year.  MRes/MSc – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time Contact the School directly for further information.  MEd/MA – 1 year full-time; 2–4 years part-time/distance learning Learn more  Diploma – 1 year full-time; 2–4 years part-time/distance www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/education learning  Certificate – 1 semester full-time; 1–2 years part-time/ Initial Teacher Education, distance learning Teacher Training at Birmingham  Postgraduate Diploma Secondary Education (Teacher Training via 13 subject routes) – 36 weeks; 72 weeks – The School of Education at the University of Birmingham has an Mathematics for non specialists: Postgraduate Diploma established reputation for delivering PGCE Secondary and Primary Secondary Education (Primary) – 36 weeks courses. We have renamed our PGCE courses Postgraduate Diploma in Education to reflect the higher level of credit we award. Based on the experiences of our successful PGCE graduates, 208 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Education

teacher training at Birmingham has an excellent and proven Postgraduate Diploma Primary Education (PGCE Advanced) track record. Our courses are rigorous and challenging, providing General or Early Years an excellent preparation for a successful career in teaching. We are able to offer a choice of routes, so you can prepare as Our postgraduate diploma courses are assessed at Masters a teacher across the full 5–11 age range or specialise instead in level – providing our students with the head start they need to early years teaching (3–7 age range). Both programmes last for set them apart from other graduates. On successful completion 38 weeks; the equivalent of 19 of which will be spent in schools. of our course you will be awarded 120 credits (many other  General Primary programme (5–11 years) university teacher training courses only award up to 60 credits You follow courses that address the statutory curricula for the at Masters level) and recommended for Qualified Teacher Status core and foundation subjects alongside Professional Studies. (QTS). For those students who successfully complete their  Early Years programme (3–7 years) induction year there is a further opportunity to transfer credits to You spend time in nursery classes, as well as teaching children the MEd course which is awarded on completion of a 60 credit of school age and follow the same courses as those on the dissertation (transfer is subject to a satisfactory reference from General Primary programme, in addition to an advanced study your University tutor and induction tutor). of early years education.

Postgraduate Diploma Secondary Education (QTS) – School-based experiences are a central part of these via 13 subject routes programmes, with opportunities for you to experience a A 36-week programme including the following areas of study: range of ages within different schools. Both programmes feature subject-based teaching methods; school-based work, and professional courses to help you plan, teach, and develop your whole-school issues. You will work with pupils from Key classroom skills, and are designed to meet the standards of QTS. Stages 3 and 4 of the National Curriculum and with those You should have a degree (preferably 2:1 or above) and need in the 16-plus age group; from the very able to those with GCSE grade C or above, or the equivalent, in English Language, learning difficulties, and in a variety of settings. Main subject Mathematics and Science. Candidates must have a minimum of programmes are available in: English; Geography; History; five days’ teaching experience within a maintained primary school. History and Citizenship; Mathematics (a two-year course is Contact: +44 (0)121 415 8366; also available for non specialists); Modern Foreign Languages [email protected] (French, German, Spanish with French); Physical Education; Religious Education, and Science (Biology, Chemistry and Postgraduate and Professional Development, Physics). The PGDipEd (QTS) award is subject to completion of taught programmes all areas of study, and to satisfactory assessment of professional studies via six modules, subject-based work and school practice. Autism (Children) MEd/BPhil/Postgraduate Diploma/ Postgraduate Certificate/Advanced Certificate FT PT DL You should have a degree or equivalent qualification in a relevant Available as a taught course on campus (full-time or part-time) subject plus, on application, English Language and Mathematics or as a distance education course, this programme is designed at GCE O level, GCSE grade C or above, or CSE grade 1 or the for professionals working with children and young people on equivalent. For the two-year Mathematics course it is expected, the autism spectrum, including Asperger syndrome: this might in addition to the above conditions, that you will normally have be the early years, in schools, residential care, or in advisory, an A level in Mathematics, together with some Mathematics support or therapeutic services. It gives you knowledge of as part of your degree. the autism spectrum, based on theory, research and practice, Contact: Denise Wilson – +44 (0)121 414 8167; and develops skills in identifying and meeting the needs of [email protected] these children while improving your awareness of different College of Social Sciences 209

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

approaches and models of service delivery, particularly in the Inclusion and Special Educational Needs area of education. Three compulsory modules are studied in MEd/MA/BPhil/Postgraduate Diploma/ the first year and lead to the award of Postgraduate Certificate. Postgraduate Certificate/Advanced Certificate FT PT DL If you wish to gain a Postgraduate Diploma, three more modules Available on a full-time, part-time or distance education basis, from autism or from another field of study are taken in the second it is designed with two distinct groups of participants in mind: year. If you wish to progress to the Masters degree, further those who wish to study a range of campus-based modules modules in autism and/or other fields are studied and a relating to ISEN; and those on distance education modes who dissertation (in the area of autism) submitted. wish to combine modules from two programmes. The campus- Contacts: based mode utilises lectures, seminars, tutorials, school visits, Dr Glenys Jones – +44 (0)121 414 7102; practical tasks and discussions. The distance education mode [email protected] (DL) utilises material for home study, tutorial and seminar groups, Dr Mitzi Waltz – +44 (0)121 414 7607; together with two residential weekends a year in Birmingham. [email protected] (FT, PT) Contact: Dr Michele Pipe – +44 (0)121 414 4822; [email protected] Cultural Learning MA/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate PT International Studies in Education Cultural Learning has become central to the work of educators and MEd/MA/BPhil/Postgraduate Diploma/ those working in the cultural industries, as knowledge is acquired Postgraduate Certificate/Advanced Certificate FT PT outside of schools and colleges through ‘cultural spaces’ and across This programme has specific pathways in Management diverse informal settings. This programme is aimed at professionals and Policy, Intercultural Communication, Education and working in schools, libraries, museums, heritage organisations, local Development, and Citizenship Education. For those interested authorities, community projects and the third sector. in taking an international and comparative perspective on Contact: Professor Ian Grosvenor – +44 (0)121 414 4826; educational issues, including teachers, headteachers, education [email protected] administrators, and those working with non-governmental organisations and international agencies with an educational role. Education for Health Professionals It enables you to: gain a critical understanding of key debates Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate PT surrounding education as an international issue; make analytical A programme for clinicians and non-clinicians involved in the comparisons between educational issues in different contexts, education and training of undergraduates and postgraduates and understand key theories and issues in the management of which is a three-way partnership between the University’s Centre education. To gain a qualification you take ‘Education as an for Research in Medical and Dental Education in the School International Issue’ and choose a minimum of two other modules. of Education, the College of Medical and Dental Sciences Contact: Dr Michele Schweisfurth – +44 (0)121 414 4809; and the West Midlands Workforce Deanery. The Postgraduate [email protected] Certificate consists of three modules, completed part-time over one year. If you wish to gain a Postgraduate Diploma, three further modules are completed in the second year. Contact: Ian Davison – +44 (0)121 414 4808; [email protected] 210 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Education

Management of Special Education in It is based on the Teacher Development Agency’s national Developing Countries MEd/BPhil/Diploma FT PT standards for SENCOs and includes: managing the SEN For teachers, administrators and non-governmental organisation Code of Practice; formulating, implementing and reviewing staff who are working in special education in developing IEPs; advising colleagues on helping pupils with special countries and who wish to develop their management or needs to gain access to the curriculum, and contributing leadership expertise. In consultation with tutors, you follow to the promotion of whole-school policies for inclusive this full- or part-time programme and choose five modules education through effective strategic leadership. from those available in the ‘International Studies in Education’ Contact: Mr Christopher Robertson – +44 (0)121 414 4832; and ‘Special Education’ programmes, with a minimum of two [email protected] modules from each. Those taking the MEd are expected to undertake a dissertation that covers both fields. School Improvement and Educational Leadership Contact: Dr Michele Schweisfurth – +44 (0)121 414 4809; MA/Postgraduate Diploma, Postgraduate Certificate FT PT [email protected] This programme is designed for those aiming to make a difference in schools through leadership that is focused on Professional Studies learning. It is suitable for experienced teachers who are either MEd/MA/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate/ middle or senior managers in their schools who are seeking BPhil/Advanced Certificate FT PT postgraduate professional development in order to improve You may study a combination of modules towards a their own school’s overall performance, or those teachers who Professional Studies award on a full-time or part-time basis. want to consider these roles in the next few years. It may also Those wishing to pursue this route should know that some be suitable for other educational professionals such as local modules are restricted to particular programmes of study. authority educational advisers and consultants who seek to If you wish to register for a Professional Studies award you improve educational standards in their region, in line with should indicate on the application form which modules you new government policy. wish to study (please visit www.education.bham.ac.uk for a Contact: Professor Peter Davies – +44 (0) 121 414 4820; list of these modules). You will be given further guidance as [email protected] your application is considered. Contact: Dr Marion Bowl – +44 (0)121 414 8055; Teaching English as a Foreign Language (TEFL) [email protected] MA/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate/ Advanced Certificate FT PT Professional Studies (SENCO) Postgraduate Certificate PT This programme is aimed at individuals with knowledge and A part-time programme offered in partnership with local authorities understanding of current debates relevant to the teaching and in the West Midlands enabling SENCOs and aspiring SENCOs learning of English as a Foreign Language. The programme is working in a range of settings to ensure that: designed both to be practical and to provide an introduction  School policies identify and meet the needs of pupils to key research tools. The three core modules are Second with diverse learning needs language learning; Communicative language teaching, syllabus  Resources for special educational needs are used efficiently design and assessment; and Language, discourse and society.  Effective working relationships are developed with These give you a strong grounding in appropriate classroom teaching and support staff in schools, with external methodology, and course and materials design with the agencies and parents opportunity to create your own teaching and learning materials.  Children and young people are involved in their own learning Other modules provide opportunities to visit British primary, College of Social Sciences 211

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

secondary and language schools, and prepare you for your with children and young people learning English as an dissertation. You will also have the chance to participate in additional or second language. numerous events, such as conferences and popular seminar Contact: Dr Adrian Blackledge – +44 (0)121 414 8221; series with renowned international TEFL researchers. [email protected]

For more details, see www.tefl.education.bham.ac.uk Golf Coaching Advanced Certificate PT DL Contact: Dr Maggie Kubanyiova – +44 (0)121 414 8056; This programme is a unique development in the field of golf [email protected] coaching in seeking to develop you into a high quality coach through learning in a research-led environment. Taking the For related programmes in TEFL/TESL, please see the programme will develop your skills and understanding of new Department of English entry on page 90. developments and theory in coaching and its allied areas, and to integrate this knowledge into your own personal practice. Distance learning programmes Contact: Dr Matt Bridge – +44 (0) 121 415 8394; [email protected] Autism (Adults) MEd/BPhil/Postgraduate Diploma/ Postgraduate Certificate/Advanced Certificate DL Inclusion and Special Educational Needs A distance education programme designed for practitioners MEd/MA/Postgraduate Diploma FT PT DL working with adults across the autism spectrum within colleges, Available on a full-time, part-time or distance education basis: residential care, vocational or support services. You can attend see under ‘Taught programmes’ on page 209 for details. residential weekends at the University and join a tutor group with its own regional tutor. We provide online resources to support Learning Difficulties and Disabilities (Severe, Profound and network our students, so you are not working in isolation. and Complex) MEd/BPhil/Postgraduate Diploma/ You are introduced to latest research and current best practice, Postgraduate Certificate/Advanced Certificate DL with a focus on issues that apply to the adult sector. The A distance education programme developed for those working course gives a broad coverage, encouraging you to evaluate with people with severe, profound and complex learning your own practice. It draws on your own experiences as part difficulties, such as teachers and lecturers, nurses, therapists, of the content and assessment. psychologists and support staff. It is primarily about the learning Contact: Ms Andrea MacLeod – +44 (0)121 415 8442; and development of children and adults with severe, profound [email protected] and complex learning difficulties, particularly in the areas of cognition and communication. Topics covered include education, Autism (Children) MEd/Postgraduate Diploma/ health, therapy and social care. A central theme is multi-agency Postgraduate Certificate FT PT DL collaboration, and you will be expected to develop and reflect Available on campus (part-time/full-time) or by distance learning: on your collaborative work as part of the course. Assignments see page 208 for details. are grounded in reflective and evidence-based practice and driven by your professional development needs. Bilingualism in Education MEd/Postgraduate Diploma/ Contact: Dr Penny Lacey – +44 (0)121 414 4878; Postgraduate Certificate DL [email protected] A distance education programme aimed at teachers and educational practitioners working in multilingual and multicultural schools. It aims to help you work more effectively 212 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Education

Multisensory Impairment (Deafblindness) as part of a campus-based Masters programme, providing an MEd/BPhil/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate introduction to language disability and considering approaches Certificate/Advanced Certificate DL to the assessment and management of children with speech This programme enables teachers and others working in and language needs. education-related fields to work more effectively with learners Contact: Dr Deirdre Martin – +44 (0)121 414 4849; who are deafblind (multisensory impaired). It provides an [email protected] understanding of the effects and implications of dual sensory impairment; skills in assessment, monitoring and recording; Teachers of Children with Hearing Impairment knowledge of appropriate teaching approaches, and knowledge MEd/BPhil/Postgraduate Diploma DL of multi-agency support systems. This Training Development Agency approved programme Contact: Dr Liz Hodges – +44 (0)121 414 4873; for training teachers of deaf children is offered on a two-year [email protected] distance education basis. Successful completion of the programme leads to GTC recognition as a qualified teacher Social, Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties of the deaf for those who are already qualified to teach MEd/MA/BPhil/Postgraduate Diploma/ school-aged children in England. Postgraduate Certificate/Advanced Certificate DL Contact: Dr Linda Watson – +44 (0)121 414 4876; A programme using the Teacher Training Agency’s [email protected] competencies for core and expert standards for working with pupils experiencing social, emotional and behavioural Visual Impairment: Mandatory and Non-Mandatory difficulties. It provides a wider framework for understanding Qualification for Teachers of Children with Visual SEBD in an educational context; the skills and expertise r Impairment equired to meet pupils’ needs, and utilises professional MEd/BPhil/Postgraduate Diploma DL experience to promote good practice. A distance education programme for teachers with Qualified Contact: Neil Hall – +44 (0)121 414 4841; Teacher Status (QTS) working with children and young people [email protected] with a visual impairment: teachers not working with pupils with a visual impairment may be required to undertake a negotiated Speech and Language Difficulties programme of visits before starting the programme. MEd/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate DL Contacts: We offer a distance education programme for teachers, Dr Mike McLinden – +44 (0)121 414 4837; speech/language therapists and other professionals [email protected] working with children and young people with language and Dr Steve McCall – +44 (0)121 414 4803; communication needs. It provides you with the knowledge and [email protected] skills to plan and implement the curriculum, taking into account the speech, language and communication needs of the pupils. Study is carried out through online facilities, study packs and a residential component with a personal tutor and regional tutorial groups. Teaching is research-led, with the goal of developing reflective practice. In addition, we offer a 20-credit ‘Introduction to Speech and Language Difficulties’ module that can be taken College of Social Sciences 213

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Combined research and taught professional Learning and Learning Contexts EdD FT PT doctorate programmes This professional doctorate will be of interest to anyone who wants to enhance their critical understanding of contemporary Professional Training programme in Educational Psychology learning theory and pedagogic practice. It is ideal for those Applied Educational and Child Psychology wishing to and pursue research that can be applied to their own AppEd and ChildPsyD FT teaching and learning contexts. Subject modules explore the This professional training programme in educational psychology cultures and contexts of learning and theoretical perspectives is a full-time, campus-based course that prepares suitably on teaching and learning. qualified applicants to work as educational psychologists in Contact: Dr Rachel Pilkington – +44 (0)121 414 4877; England, Wales and Northern Ireland upon completion of their [email protected] training. It leads to the award of Doctor of Applied Educational and Child Psychology. You should have a good Honours Other combined research and taught degree in Psychology and be eligible for the Graduate Basis programmes for Chartered Membership of the British Psychological Society. Graduates from the programme are eligible for chartered status Education and Learning PhD with Integrated Study FT PT with the British Psychological Society and for registration as Developed to provide a new route to the internationally educational psychologists with the Health Professions Council. respected PhD, this programme incorporates subject knowledge, research training and the development of transferable skills. Applications should be made to the Children’s Workforce Successful completion of the programme requires the Development Council – see online (www.cwdcouncil.org.uk/ submission of an 80,000-word thesis and an oral examination. educational-psychology) for details. Contact: Mrs Helen Joinson – +44 (0)121 414 4847/4879; Contact: Mrs Beverley Burke, Programme Secretary – [email protected] +44 (0)121 414 4883; [email protected] Educational Studies MRes FT PT Leaders and Leadership in Education EdD FT PT A programme consisting of three modules of study together A professional doctorate for those who carry, or wish to carry, with a 20,000-word dissertation: the balance of work is made senior or middle leader responsibilities in schools, colleges, up of a 20-credit subject module and 40 credits of research universities or other professional educational contexts. methods. There are three subject pathways: Research in You develop and research your special interests in the field, Mathematics Education; Research in Science Education, supported by a structured programme of research training. and Research in Dance Education. Alternatively, you may Modules explore senior leaders, middle leaders and deputies, complete 60 credits of research methods training. and leadership for effectiveness and improvement. Contact: Mrs Helen Joinson – +44 (0)121 414 4847/4879; Contact: Dr Christopher Rhodes – +44 (0)121 414 3805; [email protected] [email protected] 214 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences FT Full-time PT Part-time School of Education DL Distance Learning Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Sports Coaching Applying for PhD, MPhil and research Postgraduate Diploma/MSc PT DL When making your application, you are required to submit Recruitment is onto the Postgraduate Diploma in Sports a three-to-four page (A4) typed research proposal, which Coaching with the possibility of transfer onto the MSc after outlines the nature of your proposed study. This proposal will the successful completion of the diploma. not be held as a final contract and may change in negotiation with your supervisor. However, it is an indication that you have This programme is a unique development in the field of sports the background ideas and knowledge to begin independent coaching in seeking to develop high quality coaches in a research in the broad area of your interest. It also enables research-active environment. By taking this programme you us to send your application to appropriate members of staff will develop the skills to critically evaluate new developments for consideration. Further information is available from the and theory and integrate this knowledge, where appropriate, Student Research Office. into your own personal coaching practice. The distinctiveness Contact: Mrs Helen Joinson – +44 (0)121 414 4847/4879; and knowledge that you will gain will place you in an ideal [email protected] position to inform the future direction of sport at all levels and to impact upon participation and performance by challenging Brand New for 2012: PhD Integrated Study current practices; providing you with the foundations to become Applied Linguistics a leader in coaching in your field. The University is introducing a new cross-college programme Contact: Dr Matt Bridge – +44 (0) 121 415 8394; between the College of Social Sciences and the College of [email protected] Arts and Law. Developed to build on research strengths in Linguistics across the University, this programme incorporates Doctoral research programme subject knowledge, research training and the development of transferable skills. The programme will encourage doctoral We have a national and international reputation as a centre research participation in the work of three vibrant centres: the of excellence and provide wide and varied opportunities for Centre for Corpus Linguistics, the MOSAIC Centre for Research students to undertake research. The University is one of only 12 on Multilingualism and the Centre for English Languages UK institutions to have been awarded ‘Doctoral Training Centre’ Studies. It will institutionalise existing informal links for doctoral status by the Economic and Research Council (ESRC), the researchers and staff. UK funding body for social sciences. The new centre draws on Contact: Mrs Helen Joinson – +44 (0)121 414 4847/4879; expertise across the social sciences at Birmingham to deliver [email protected] outstanding postgraduate training for more than 70 social scientists. Our academic expertise in education covers a broad range of disciplines grouped into four main departments:

 Disability, Inclusion and Special Needs  Education and Social Justice  Language, Discourse and Society  Professional Education  Sport Pedagogy College of Social Sciences 215

Social Sciences School of Government and Society

The School of Government and Society is one of the ESRC, the UK funding body for social sciences. The new centre leading UK and international centres for governance, draws on expertise across the social sciences at Birmingham politics, international development, sociology, public to deliver outstanding postgraduate training for more than 70 management and European studies. social scientists. The Centre will also reach out to staff, students, and policy makers beyond the University through its programme The School comprises four core social science departments: of short course research training opportunities.  Centre for Russian and East European Studies (CREES)  Institute of Local Government Studies (INLOGOV) Career prospects/employability  International Development Department (IDD) Graduates from the School have gone on to work in a range  Political Science and International Studies (POLSIS) of careers, with recent graduates working with organisations including the Institute of German Studies (IGS), such as the United Nations, Foreign and Commonwealth Office, and Sociology local authorities in the UK and overseas and the Department for International Development. The School takes employability very We are a School with an emerging agenda based around seriously and as well as linking students to the central careers a series of core research areas, including politics, ethnicity, services, also incorporates opportunities to enhance their international studies, security, religion and area studies. One employment prospects, including highlighting work experience of our core strengths is our mixture between interdisciplinary opportunities, encouraging volunteering in extra-curricular and single discipline departments. This goes hand in hand projects (such as student seminars and events) and by inviting with a mixture of theoretical approaches and practical experienced speakers from the academic and non-academic applications with direct links between researchers and backgrounds for students to meet. practitioners at local, national and international levels. Facilities The School has expertise that includes democratic governance; Departments from across the School are largely based within the development; diplomacy; ethnicity; European studies; government refurbished Muirhead Tower on the University’s main Edgbaston policy making; international relations; local government; political campus offering state-of-the-art teaching and research study economy; political theory and philosophy; politics; politics of facilities including free wifi throughout the building and dedicated gender; politics of the Asia–Pacific; public administration and study areas for postgraduate research students. management; Russian culture, and security and social exclusion. Pre-arrival support The School has a diverse postgraduate student body ranging The School undertakes a series of open days, applicant visit from recent graduates to established professionals in the days and online events to make it easier for enquirers, applicants public and commercial sectors, from the UK and overseas. and offer-holders to make contact with our current students and This diversity contributes to the learning experience within staff. For details on upcoming events, please visit our website the School and is an additional element that makes a positive or contact the School directly. We will also keep in contact with difference to the teaching and learning environment. you by email up until the point of enrolment, to ensure you are kept up-to-date with developments in the School/Department The School of Government and Society contributes to an and to help prepare you for your forthcoming studies. Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) research training programme – the MA Social Research (see page School website: 196). The University is one of only 12 UK institutions to www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/government-society have been awarded ‘Doctoral Training Centre’ status by the 216 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Government and Society

RUSSIAN AND EAST Duration of programmes EUROPEAN STUDIES  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time  MPhil – 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time The Centre for Russian and East European Studies (CREES)  MA/MSc – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time was established in 1963 and is now an international centre of excellence in its field, recognised by securing external research Entry requirements funding from the ESRC, AHRC, the Leverhulme Trust and UK See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or Government. CREES received the maximum ranking in previous email [email protected] Research Assessment Exercises (RAE) and in the most recent RAE (as part of the European Research Institute’s submission) English language requirements was placed second in the ranking of world leading research and Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). fourth on the Grade Point Average measure in the European Studies unit of assessment. CREES is one of the core Scholarships and studentships institutions in the national strategy for developing language Please contact the Department directly or email based area studies through the Centre for East European [email protected] Language Based Area Studies (CEELBAS) initiative. Fees and funding Facilities Standard fees apply (see page 62). CREES is a multidisciplinary studies centre with a strong orientation towards the social sciences and history. It has 15 Starting dates research-active staff and constitutes the largest concentration Programmes start in September 2012. of expertise in this area in Britain. CREES also houses the Baykov Library, a major research collection in Russian and Learn more East European studies. www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/government-society/departments/ russian-east-european-studies Postgraduate study An important feature of our postgraduate training is the provision Taught programmes of ab initio language courses. Our intensive course in Russian language for beginners has been especially developed to enable Contact for taught programmes: Mrs Marea Arries – social scientists to acquire quickly the necessary vocabulary +44 (0)121 414 6347; [email protected] for their specialist fields of interest. We also provide language courses in Polish and Ukrainian. Contemporary Russian and For further information about our language courses, contact: East European Studies MSc FT PT Dr Natasha Rulyova – +44 (0)121 414 6357; This programme is intended for those who are looking for [email protected] (Russian) a more vocationally-oriented Masters degree in Russian and Dr Kataryna Wolczuk – +44 (0)121 414 6356; East European Studies, which will prepare them for a wide [email protected] (Polish and Ukranian) range of career opportunities, for example in business, public service, consultancy and journalism. There is no compulsory language course for this degree, but you may choose to study an East European language as one of your options. College of Social Sciences 217

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

There is also a pathway that allows students on the MSc in Research interests of staff: Contemporary Russian and East European Studies degree  Pre-revolutionary history; popular rebellions from the 17th to specialise in the study of the Caucasus and Central Asia. century onwards; the social and political history of the late Further details on this degree pathway can be found on our tsarist period; Russian nationalism before and after 1917 website: www.crees.bham.ac.uk/pg/msccaucasus.shtml Contact: Professor Maureen Perrie – +44 (0)121 414 6351;  Political and economic history of the Soviet Union Russian and East European Studies MA FT PT Contact: Dr Arfon Rees – +44 (0)121 414 6346 or 6347; This degree provides a multidisciplinary training in Russian [email protected] and East European Studies, combining broadly-based social science research training with specific training in Russian Contemporary politics and international relations of Russia, and East European Studies, including language proficiency. Ukraine, East-Central Europe and Eurasia This programme is recognised by the ESRC for the one-year  Contemporary politics and political parties of Central research training component of the ‘1+3’ studentship and Eastern Europe; inter-relationships between political programme, which leads to a PhD, but is also available change and nationalism, minority rights, etc; the economics to non-ESRC funded students. Students come to this of transformation and the integration of this region into the programme from a variety of first-degree disciplines. European Union Contact: Dr Tim Haughton – +44 (0)121 414 6360; Doctoral research programmes [email protected]  Contemporary Russian politics Russian and East European Studies PhD/MPhil/MA FT PT Contact: Dr David White – +44 (0)121 414 8237; We offer MA, MPhil and PhD research degrees on a full- [email protected] and part-time basis. You may enter the PhD programme either  Russian foreign and security policy; political relations between directly, or as a progression from the MA/MSc programme Russia and Europe; security and arms control non-proliferation (CREES is an ESRC-recognised research training site and issues in USSR successor states has also gained funding for researchers in History from Contact: Dr Derek Averre – +44 (0)121 414 6364; the AHRC). [email protected]  Security and Society in Central Asia, Constructivist We offer postgraduate research supervision Security Studies in the following fields: Contact: Cai Wilkinson – +44 (0)121 414 8242;  Russian and Soviet History [email protected]  Russian, Ukrainian and Central and East European politics  State formation and nation building in post-Soviet states;  Central and Eastern Europe and European integration the EU’s relations with the Ukraine, Belarus and Moldova;  Nationalism, identities and ethnic conflicts Poland’s relationship with its Eastern neighbours in the  Economics of transformation, economic policy and regional context of EU enlargement economics of Russia Contact: Dr Kataryna Wolczuk – +44 (0)121 414 6356;  Russian and Ukranian foreign and security policy [email protected]  Contemporary East European culture, media and society  Caucasus and Central Asia: politics, international relations, society and religion 218 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Government and Society

Economics of transformation and economic policy GERMAN STUDIES  The economics of Russia and other ex-socialist countries, including current reforms and policies, issues of knowledge- The Institute for German Studies, funded by the German based economic development, trade and investment, and the Academic Exchange Service and the University of Birmingham, economics of the military and defence industry was set up in 1994. Since then, it has established itself as the Contacts: leading UK centre of excellence in the study of contemporary Professor Julian Cooper – +44 (0)121 414 6345; Germany. The Institute for German Studies is located within the [email protected] Department of Political Science and International Studies (POLSIS). Richard Connolly – +44 (0)121 414 8219; [email protected] It is an interdisciplinary institute, ranging across political science,  Economics of the Russian defence industry and its relations international relations, economics and cultural studies, and is with the civilian economy dedicated principally to research and postgraduate study. With Contact: Dr Derek Averre – +44 (0)121 414 6364; around 15 registered research students, it is, outside Germany [email protected] itself, one of the biggest centres for postgraduate research in its field in the world. Contemporary Russian and Central and Eastern European culture and society Facilities  New media, gender and sexuality, fieldwork methods We have our own purpose-built accommodation within Contact: Cai Wilkinson – +44 (0)121 414 8242; the European Research Institute (ERI) including offices, [email protected] seminar rooms, postgraduate workstations, and conference Dr Natasha Rulyova – +44 (0)121 414 6357; and networked computing facilities. The ERI Library also [email protected] houses the German Documentation Centre, with its unrivalled  Russian language, media, literature and culture collection of German language material. Contacts: Dr Natasha Rulyova – +44 (0)121 414 6357; Postgraduate study [email protected] We accept postgraduates onto higher degree research Dr Jeremy Morris – +44 (0)121 414 6455; programmes and onto our MRes programme, which [email protected] is designed as preparation for doctoral research. We also  Islam, with particular reference to the relationship between contribute to the interdisciplinary MA and PhD programmes Islam, ethnicity and nationalism in Russia’s republics in European Studies (see programmes in the European Contact: Dr Galina Yemelianova – +44 (0)121 414 6362; Research Institute on page 229). [email protected]  Political, social and economic forms of exclusion; forms Duration of programmes of European transnational migration; the anthopology of  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time post-socialist states  MPhil – 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time Contacts: Deema Kaneff – +44 (0)121 414 6339;  MRes – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time [email protected] Dr Jeremy Morris – +44 (0)121 414 6455; Entry requirements [email protected] See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact the Department. We welcome applications from candidates with a relevant Masters and/or good undergraduate degree. College of Social Sciences 219

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

While knowledge of the German language is not a prerequisite Doctoral research programmes for entry, some level of competence or the potential to gain German Studies (Social Sciences) PhD/MPhil FT PT an adequate level of competence is desirable. We can offer research degree supervision in all of |our main research areas. These are: English language requirements  Germany in Comparative Context Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68).  The Politics and Policies of Unified Germany  The Role of Germany within the European Union Scholarships and studentships  Economic Governance and Policy in Germany The Institute offers a full scholarship for doctoral students,  Germany’s Relations with Central and Eastern Europe consisting of tuition fees at UK/EU level, plus a maintenance  Germany within the European Security System component in line with funding council rates. The scholarship is offered on a competitive basis; full details are available Research interests of our staff include: at www.birmingham.ac.uk/research/activity/institute-  European Political Economy, German Political Economy german-studies Contact: Dr Rainer Hillebrand, DAAD Lecturer in Political Economy – +44 (0)121 414 7184; [email protected] Fees and funding  German and European security; Civil–military relations; Standard fees apply (see page 62). Germany and East Central European security Contact: Dr Kerry Longhurst – +44 (0)121 414 8220; Starting dates [email protected] Programmes start in September 2012.  European integration; German federalism; regions and regional policy Learn more Contact: Dr Carolyn Moore – +44 (0)121 414 8573; www.birmingham.ac.uk/research/activity/institute- [email protected] german-studies  German politics; Germany and the European Union; British–German relations Combined research and taught programmes Contact: Professor William Paterson, OBE – +44 (0)121 414 7185; [email protected] Contemporary German Studies MRes FT PT This programme is designed to prepare suitably qualified candidates for doctoral research. It comprises both taught LOCAL GOVERNMENT STUDIES and research elements, and includes:  A dissertation of 20,000 words The Institute of Local Government Studies (INLOGOV) is  A core module on research methodologies in contemporary the leading UK centre for the study of local public service German Studies management, policy and governance. Our staff come from  A subject-related option drawn from modules on Germany various disciplinary backgrounds and are dedicated to increasing available in the MA in European Studies the democratic governance of local communities, working with Contact: Patricia Carr – +44 (0)121 414 6346; politicians, managers, communities and partner organisations [email protected] to enhance practice through academic insight.

We are engaged in policy and management research, continuing professional and management development and consultancy 220 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Government and Society

work for central government and other national and local Scholarships and studentships agencies. Our contribution to post-experience education is A limited number of scholarships are available each year. particularly significant. We draw great strength from our close For further details please contact the Department directly. links with the world of practice in local government, the voluntary sector and other public service agencies, for example those of Fees and funding criminal justice. For the most up-to-date fees information contact the School directly. Postgraduate study We offer two types of research degree: the MPhil (two years Starting dates full-time or four years part-time) and PhD (three years full-time Programmes start in September/October 2012 or April/May or six years part-time). Both degrees are awarded on the basis 2013. Some shorter programmes have alternative start dates. of a submitted thesis, although modules in research methods and in relevant policy subjects are also normally taken during Learn more the period of registration. We welcome applications for www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/government-society/ part-time study as well as full-time. departments/local-government-studies

We are particularly interested in receiving applications Taught programmes on topical issues in local governance, on the impact of public policy changes, on democratic participation and Local Policy and Politics community involvement. MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate FT PT This programme provides the opportunity for analysis and We have some 15 doctoral researchers each year reflection on the developing policy agenda for local government (many with practitioner experience). and the challenges it raises, including how to ensure effective leadership and democratic governance of local communities, Duration of programmes how to strengthen community engagement and build trust with  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time citizens, how to improve the quality of life for local people and  MPhil – 2 year full-time; 4 years part-time how to work effectively with other local agencies to make real  Postgraduate Diploma/Graduate Diploma/Certificate – and positive impacts. 1 year full-time; 15–24 months part-time For the MSc and Diploma there are four compulsory modules. Entry requirements You also study any two specialist option modules of your Contact the Department for more details. choice. Those registered for the MSc are required to produce a dissertation. Certificate students study three modules, English language requirements one of which is a compulsory module plus two others, Standard English language requirements apply at least one of which is also a core module from the MSc. (ie, at least IELTS 6.5 or equivalent – see page 68). Contact: Sarah Smith – +44 (0)121 414 8390; [email protected] College of Social Sciences 221

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Managing Partnerships in Health and Social Care which aims to build knowledge, skills and confidence for careers MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate FT PT in the public service, is an updated version of our market-leading Taught in collaboration with the Health Services MSc in Public Service Management. Management Centre Contact: Sarah Smith – +44 (0)121 414 8390; This programme is intended for practitioners and managers [email protected] involved in the management and development of partnerships within health and social care agencies. Please see programme Public Management description on page 237. Postgraduate Certificate (weekend block study) FT PT Contact: Kate Vos, Graduate Programmes Manager – Study for six weekends to gain the PGCert in Public Management +44 (0)121 414 3174; [email protected] with modules in Collaborative Strategy, Outcomes Performance and Resources, Public Management and Governance. Masters in Public Administration (MPA) FT PT DL Contact: Sarah Smith – +44 (0)121 414 8390; The MPA will help you develop the qualities required for [email protected] advancement in a public service career. It will provide you with a rigorous understanding of the key concepts and issues Public Service Commissioning underpinning the practice of public administration internationally, MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate FT PT along with the ability to critically analyse policies, structures Taught in collaboration with the Health Services and systems of public administration. You will also gain a Management Centre thorough understanding of the processes of public policy The first course of its kind in the UK, this programme is and management, an understanding of how leadership works designed to develop participants’ understanding of the politics, in a governmental context, and a critical understanding of public principles, evidence and skills associated with public service finance at international, national and sub-national levels. The MPA commissioning and how these interact across organisational is ideal for candidates wishing to pursue careers in public policy, boundaries. This programme is designed for senior managers the strategic management in government organisations or public and policy makers working in or with public commissioning agencies, at local, regional, national or international levels. organisations and those wishing to develop their understanding Contacts: of the commissioning role. Debra Beard – +44 (0)121 414 5034; Contact: Sarah Smith – +44 (0)121 414 8390; [email protected] [email protected] Dr Adrian Campbell – +44 (0)121 414 4973; [email protected] (full-time enquiries) Continuing professional development Jasvinder Sihre – +44 (0)121 414 4983; [email protected] Executive Management Development Programmes Dr Peter Watt – +44 (0)121 414 4983; INLOGOV also offers an exciting and innovative range [email protected] (part-time enquiries) of five-day and short programmes are aimed at managers, professionals, elected members and other stakeholders Public Management MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/ in the democratic leadership of places and communities. Postgraduate Certificate FT PT Many of our advanced learning programmes can also be This programme offers a choice between streams in Local tailored to be delivered in-house and include the following: Government; Criminal Justice; Social Care and Wellbeing, and  Commissioning and Contracting in Public Services Public Management in general. The structure of the programme,  Comparative Local Government 222 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Government and Society

 Community Governance and Leadership INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT  Leadership for Social Care Outcomes  Outcomes, Performances and Resources The work of the International Development Department (IDD)  Oversight and Scrutiny is focused on poverty reduction through effective governance  Participation and Democracy systems. Governance is the foundation upon which a country’s  Public Policy Research Methods political stability, economic success, conflict resolution, efficient  Strategic Commissioning service delivery and basic human rights rest. IDD staff are experts Contact: Jeevan Shoker – +44 (0)121 414 4980; in governance issues for development. [email protected] Facilities INLOGOV provides various seminars and conferences All our programmes have a strong focus on practical work, for local authorities and their partners. The majority of these enabling students to build practical skills for use in their careers. seminars are now on an ‘in authority’ basis and we pride An overseas study or individual fieldwork trip is included in the ourselves on being responsive to our client needs and course fee for on-campus postgraduate programmes. Our demands, and listening to their views. research is supported by a range of funders, especially ESRC, the UK Department for International Development (DFID), Details of our conferences and seminars are available and other multilateral and bilateral aid agencies. via our website www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/government- society/departments/local-government-studies Postgraduate study Contact: Sue Platt – +44 (0)121 414 5002; Recent IDD students have come from almost 100 different [email protected] countries and bring many different perspectives to the classroom. Lecturers are involved in research, policy advice and consultancy Doctoral research programmes and are funded by agencies such as the UK Department for International Development (DFID) and the UN, thus bringing Local Government Studies PhD/MPhil FT PT comparative perspectives and real-world experience to We offer supervision in a wide range of research areas from their teaching. procurement and contracting to issues in criminal justice and current themes such as localism, the Big Society, public services IDD research students explore a wide variety of topics in reform and democratic engagement. We are particularly international development and public management. We interested in receiving applications on the modernisation agenda, offer two types of research degree: MPhil and PhD. These changing patterns of local governance, the impact of public research programmes offer the opportunity to pursue original policy changes, democracy, public participation and research under the guidance of an academic supervisor within community involvement. an active research environment. In addition, training in research methods is provided and a training plan is drawn up to suit For a full list of research interests of current staff visit each student. www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/government-society/ departments/local-government-studies/staff Duration of programmes Contact: Professor John Raine – +44 (0)121 414 5008;  PhD – 3 years full-time [email protected]  PhD with Integrated Study – 4 years full-time  MPhil – 2 years full-time  MSc – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time College of Social Sciences 223

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

 Diploma – 9 months full-time Development Management (Aid Management)  Distance-learning MSc – 2–4 years part-time MSc/Graduate Diploma FT PT  Distance-learning Postgraduate Diploma – This programme provides a clear understanding of current issues 18 months–4 years part-time and methods of analysis in aid management, as well as practical skills in aid management, against a background of analysis of the Entry requirements politics and economics of development. The programme includes See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact subjects such as the reform of aid management, financial the department. management and aid, conditionality, evaluating aid, the role of NGOs and the future of aid. English language requirements Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). Development Management (Human Resources and Development Management) MSc/Graduate Diploma FT PT Scholarships and studentships This pathway addresses issues surrounding about the way we work IDD offers up to four bursaries up to the value of 50% now, in a rapidly changing global environment. You will investigate of students’ fees (whether EU or overseas). human resource management in the public and private sectors; adapting leadership and practice to the cultures of different Please contact the Department directly for more information countries; and how rapid global change encourages innovation +44 (0)121 414 5034 or visit the website. in organisational leadership; and, how to motivate, inspire and develop the people we work with. Fees and funding Contact the Department. Development Management (Public Economic Management and Finance) MSc/Graduate Diploma FT PT Starting dates The PEMF specialism works from the macro down to sectoral and Programmes start in September 2012. firm level in order to build the confidence of students as economists. This practical programme allows you to analyse practical cases, Learn more using real data as far as possible to provide excellent experience and www.idd.bham.ac.uk develop required skills in public economic and finance management. The programme includes understanding the role of the state in Taught programmes managing the economy and public finances; managing monetary, exchange rate, fiscal, trade and environmental policy; budgeting, The contact for Taught programmes can be found on page 225. fiscal decentralisation and working with the private sector; and, designing, planning, financing and evaluating projects. Development Management MSc/Graduate Diploma FT PT The programme is designed for those who want to improve International Development their knowledge and skills in development management, from a MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/Graduate Diploma FT PT DL wide range of sectors, including central and local government, This programme allows you to explore in depth the challenges NGOs and donors, and at the same time acquire an academic facing developing and developed countries in the fight against qualification. The programme enables you to engage with current global poverty, as well as to understand the promise and problems debates in development management, such as the interaction of proposed approaches to poverty reduction. Issues covered and roles of different stakeholder groups, the nature of public include: theories and history of development; changing approaches management and measures of governance performance. to poverty reduction; practical policy, programme and research skills. 224 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Government and Society

International Development (Conflict, Security International Development (Poverty, Inequality and Development) MSc/Graduate Diploma FT PT DL and Development) MSc/Graduate Diploma FT PT DL This programme explores the issues of conflict, security and This programme enables you to study development with a specific development from an interdisciplinary standpoint, combining the focus on poverty and inequality, both key aspects of current theoretical rigour of security studies and the practical experience development policy discourse. Issues examined include: definitions of development. Issues examined include: dynamics and history and indicators of poverty, inequality and development; causes of of conflict in developing countries; theoretical approaches poverty and inequality; poverty reduction strategies; cross-cutting to understanding conflict; drivers of conflict; the relationship issues such as gender and conflict, and practical policy, between global and local actors involved in conflict; security programme and research skills. sector reform; implications of types of conflict for post-conflict reconstruction, and design and implementation of post-conflict International Development (Urban Development) development strategies. MSc/Graduate Diploma FT PT This programme, offered in collaboration with the Centre for International Development (Governance, State-building Regional and Urban Studies (CURS), examines key issues in and Development) MSc/Graduate Diploma FT PT urban governance and management including regional and This programme explores the issues of governance, urban change; poverty reduction in urban centres; and analysis state-building and development from an interdisciplinary of urban governance, management and policy issues. standpoint, encompassing issues such as accountability and transparency, corruption, conflict, political settlement, human Contact for all above programmes: Debra Beard – rights, participation, access to justice, and democratisation. +44 (0)121 414 5034; [email protected] Governance and state-building are of particular interest to governments, non-governmental organisations and Masters in Public Administration (MPA) FT PT development agencies, as well as to a growing and The MPA will help you develop the qualities required for vibrant academic community. advancement in a public service career. It will provide you with a rigorous understanding of the key concepts and issues International Development (International Political underpinning the practice of public administration internationally, Economy and Development) MSc/Graduate Diploma FT PT along with the ability to critically analyse policies, structures and Offered in collaboration with the Department of Political systems of public administration. You will also gain a thorough Science and International Studies, this programme combines understanding of the processes of public policy and management, theoretical approaches to international political economy an understanding of how leadership works in a governmental with practical experience of development to create a unique, context, and a critical understanding of public finance at multidisciplinary degree. Issues examined include: competing international, national and sub-national levels. theories of political economy and political development; how theories of development link to development practice; different The MPA is ideal for candidates wishing to pursue political systems and their histories; the complex relationship careers in public policy, the strategic management in between political economy and development, including trade, government organisations or public agencies, at local, financial systems, and aid; the impact of political systems regional, national or international levels. and political actors on developmental success and failure, and the impact of the global, regional and national political economy on aid and donor policies. College of Social Sciences 225

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Contacts: Continuing professional development Debra Beard – +44 (0)121 414 5034; [email protected] Dr Adrian Campbell – +44 (0)121 414 4973; IDD has successfully provided workshops, seminars and [email protected] (full-time enquiries) tailored training for development professionals for nearly 40 years. Dr Peter Watt – +44 (0)121 414 4983; Previous clients have included the British Council; the Department [email protected] (part-time enquiries) for International Development (DFID); the governments of South Africa, Bangladesh, Mozambique, Russia and Jordan; the German Distance-learning only programmes Aid Agency (GTZ), and the Asian Development Bank. We offer both off-the-shelf and tailored training to clients. Public Administration and Development MSc/Postgraduate Diploma DL IDD can offer tailored training courses in the following areas This programme provides public managers and administrators of interest: with the key skills they need to operate in the public sector  Human Resources Management in a developing or transitional country context. It explores:  Managing Contracting Partnerships and Regulation  Current trends in public administration and governance  Participatory Development: Practice and Potential  Civil service reforms (working in partnerships, contracting etc)  Mobilising Financial Resources for Decentralised Government  Leadership in public administration  Improving Financial Performance in Decentralised Government  Policy making  Improving Performance in Service Delivery  Public finance  Post-conflict Reconstruction  How to adapt public administration concepts to a variety  Modern Public Expenditure Management of economic, institutional, geographic and cultural settings  Governance, Ethics and Anti-corruption Reforms  Communication and co-ordination in a global context  Government Capacity and Partnerships  Modernising Policy Making Offered through distance-learning, you study via a web-based learning environment, using textbooks and other printed materials, These programmes can be modified to match any complemented by our extensive electronic library, and an online specific requirements. discussion board where you participate in guided discussion Contact: Ann Bolstridge – +44 (0)121 414 4967; activities with other students and your tutor. [email protected] Contact: Andrea Potter, Distance Learning Administrator – +44 (0)121 414 7561; [email protected] Combined research and taught programmes

Please note that we also offer Distance Learning options International Development PhD with Integrated Study FT in the following campus-based programmes – This programme combines the preparation of a thesis with research  MSc/Postgraduate Diploma in International Development training, the acquisition of subject knowledge and the development – see page 223 of transferable skills through a programme of taught modules taken  MSc/Postgraduate Diploma in International Development during the first two to three years of the programme. It prepares you (Poverty, Inequality and Development) – see page 224 for careers as professional educators or researchers, and for senior  MSc/Postgraduate Diploma in International Development positions in public and private sector organisations. (Conflict, Security and Development) – see page 224 Contact: Mike Hubbard – +44 (0)121 414 4976; [email protected] 226 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Government and Society

Doctoral research programmes Duration of programmes  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time International Development PhD/MPhil FT  MPhil – 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time Research areas include:  MA – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time  Governance, democratisation and public management reforms  Diploma – 9 months full-time  State failure, conflict and reconstruction  Natural resource management and governance Entry requirements  Social aspects of development See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact  Economy and finance the Department.

For a full list of contact names by research area visit English language requirements www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/government-society/ Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). departments/international-development/staff Contact: Mike Hubbard – +44 (0)121 414 4976; Scholarships and studentships [email protected] Please contact the Department directly or email [email protected]

POLITICAL SCIENCE AND Fees and funding INTERNATIONAL STUDIES For the most up-to-date information on fees, please contact the School or department directly. The Department of Political Science and International Studies (POLSIS) is one of the largest and best departments of its kind Starting dates in the UK. It received the maximum score of 24 in the Teaching Programmes start in September 2012. Quality Assessment and has enjoyed a consistently high place in the Guardian league tables (never outside the top ten) since they were Learn more first published in 2000. As well as research and taught courses, we www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/government-society/ offer a wide range of professionally-orientated courses. You may opt departments/political-science-international-studies for a general multidisciplinary approach or choose from a range of more specialised programmes with a more specific career orientation. Taught programmes

Postgraduate study These MA programmes present opportunities for further The Department has more than 50 PhD students working on a advanced study to those with a formal background in political wide variety of research topics. Our students are at the core of our or international studies but also welcome candidates from research culture, organising their own weekly research colloquium, other relevant academic fields who seek a new challenge. setting research group agendas, participating in at the weekly Departmental Research Seminar, helping to organise conferences European Studies MA/Diploma FT PT and workshops, and engaging in undergraduate teaching. This programme offers you the opportunity to undertake intensive and specialised study of this exciting and increasingly In addition to the doctoral programme, the department has an significant regional project. You will be able to work with field immensely successful taught masters programme. Many of our experts in European integration, security, political economy, postgraduate students are from overseas. protest movements and political parties. You can also take College of Social Sciences 227

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

advantage of the Institute for German Studies, housed in the  The purpose of protocol POLSIS department, and join the week-long POLSIS study  The pitfalls of international summitry trip to Brussels in the spring term, offering an inside view of  The theory behind different approaches to negotiations EU institutions and NATO Headquarters. You will also learn about coercive diplomacy, argue the merits International Development (International Political of economic sanctions, and debate the limits and successes Economy and Development) MSc/Graduate Diploma FT PT of public diplomacy. Offered in collaboration with the International Development Department, this programme combines theoretical approaches International Relations (Gender) MA/Diploma FT PT to international political economy with practical experience of In seeking to ‘gender’ global politics, this programme explores the development to create a unique, multidisciplinary degree. Issues discipline of International Relations through the idea that gender examined include: competing theories of political economy matters to the structures, practices and theories of IR. Throughout, and political development; how theories of development link an awareness of specific issues relating to broader issues of sex to development practice; different political systems and their and death in global politics, including rape as a weapon of war, histories; the complex relationship between political economy genocide, peacekeeping and post-conflict reconstruction, will be and development, including trade, financial systems, and aid; the sought and encouraged through committed and extended analysis impact of political systems and political actors on developmental of key texts and political practices. success and failure, and the impact of the global, regional and national political economy on aid and donor policies. International Relations (Globalisation and Governance) MA/Diploma FT PT International Relations MA/Diploma FT PT International Relations (Global Economic Governance) This programme offers a broad-based multi-disciplinary approach MA/Diploma FT PT to the study of International Relations with opportunities to International Relations (International Political Economy) specialise in one of several fields. MA/Diploma FT PT These programmes are for students from all over the world who are International Relations (Contemporary Asia Pacific) interested in the problems, challenges and opportunities presented MA/Diploma FT PT by globalisation. They are also suitable for students wanting to gain This programme is for students who want to gain an advanced an advanced knowledge of the theories and practice of international knowledge of the main issues, problems and actors in the diverse political economy, from a range of different disciplinary and empirical region of East Asia today. It examines both the theory and practice perspectives. See our website for specific details of each pathway of both international relations in this region. www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/courses/postgraduate

International Relations (Diplomacy) MA/Diploma FT PT International Relations (Research Methods) MA/Diploma FT PT The ‘Diplomacy’ route of International Studies is for students Political Science (Research Methods) MA/Diploma FT PT wanting a clearer understanding of both the mechanisms of the These programmes are specialist courses designed for those dialogue between states and the instruments of statecraft commonly students wishing to prepare for advanced research in international employed, and for students looking for a career in diplomacy. studies or political science. They allow you to select core modules By taking this programme you will acquire a clear understanding from a list including Advanced Political Analysis and Principles of the development, rationale, methodology and practice of of Social Science Research Methods, in addition to options and diplomacy. You will learn about: your dissertation. The MA/Diploma in Political Science (Research  The law and practice of diplomatic immunity Methods) is ESRC ‘1+3’-recognised. 228 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Government and Society

International Relations (Terrorism and Political Violence) Politics and Religion MA/Diploma FT PT MA/Diploma FT PT This MA brings together the unique expertise of the Department Concerns about terrorism and other forms of politically-oriented of Political Science and International Studies (POLSIS), the violence are increasingly found in public and academic debate. Department of Theology and Religion, and the Centre for the This programme explores the sources and consequences of Study of Global Ethics to provide a specialist programme that political violence and terrorism, as well as the crucial ethical examines the role of religion in contemporary global politics. questions involved. It will appeal to students interested in It is specially designed to meet the needs of those seeking careers in foreign service, security, some non-governmental further and advanced study in the subject, policy-makers and or inter-governmental organisations, and many areas of the analysts in international relations, and national and regional private sector. institutions engaged in conflict and diversity management, inter-religious relations and community development. Political Science MA/Diploma FT PT This MA is a general programme providing access to all the main Social and Political Theory MA FT intellectual strands of contemporary political science. Its core With this programme you are able to explore critically the module is Advanced Political Analysis and you have the option development of social and political theory and the key current to choose additional modules from, for example, Introduction to debates. The sociological component of this degree is run by Social Research, and Advanced Qualitative Research Methods. the Social Theory research cluster.

Political Science (British Politics and the State) Strategic Studies in the Age of Terror MA/Diploma FT PT MA/Diploma FT PT This programme will appeal to a wide range of students who Drawing on extensive staff expertise in the area of British political have an interest in security issues and practices, including economy, and offering students a range of options to complement civilian and military officials (most probably junior or mid-level their core studies of British Politics and the State, this programme officials), who want to deepen their understanding and upgrade provides excellent preparation for further academic research or their qualifications. It will also be of interest to students who a career in government, a range of related private-sector areas, seek to develop a deeper understanding of these very important and many kinds of non-governmental organisations. aspects of international relations and of the world we live in.

Political Theory MA/Diploma FT PT You can expect to gain an understanding of the wide-ranging This programme aims to investigate the central problems of nature of security studies, an appreciation of the historical modern political theory, looking at some of the most important importance of security issues, and an insight into future contemporary political thinkers, problems of analysis in political problems and debates that will affect the stability of the philosophy, and debates about the history of political thought. 21st-century world order. Contact for taught programmes: The Graduate School Secretary – +44 (0)121 414 3497; [email protected] College of Social Sciences 229

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Doctoral research programmes old Eastern Bloc and Southern Mediterranean, and provide equal consideration of Western, Central, Eastern and Southern Europe. Political Science and International Studies PhD/MPhil FT PT Research groups include: Facilities  Asia The ERI is home to over 50 academics from a range of Contact: Dr Julie Gilson – [email protected] departments and around 200 postgraduate students. It is  Diplomatic Studies dedicated to producing high quality research and training Contact: Dr David Dunn – [email protected] graduate students in the field of European Studies.  European Politics Contact: Dr David Bailey – [email protected] Postgraduate study  International Relations Theory The ERI links experts on key states like Germany and Russia with Contact: Dr Jill Steans – [email protected] others focused on the international institutions and comparative  Political Economy politics and economics, not just of Western Europe, but also of Contact: Dr Jill Steans – [email protected] Europe in the wider sense.  Political Theory Contact: Dr Steve Buckler – [email protected] Duration of programmes  Security Studies  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time Contact: Professor Stefan Wolff – [email protected]  MPhil – 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time  Political Sociology Contact: Dr Stephen Bates – [email protected] Entry requirements For doctoral programmes you require a good Honours For a full list of research interests of current staff visit degree (UK high upper second; USA GPA 3.40), and www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/government-society/ a good research proposal departments/political-science-international-studies/staff Contact: Dr Andre Broome – +44 (0)121 414 8228; English language requirements [email protected] Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68).

Scholarships and studentships EUROPEAN RESEARCH INSTITUTE Please contact the Department directly or email [email protected] The European Research Institute (ERI) is a national centre of excellence in European Studies, co-funded by the UK Fees and funding government’s Joint Infrastructure Fund (JIF) and the University. Standard fees apply (see page 62).

It has also been designated a Jean Monnet European Centre Starting dates of Excellence by the European Union and a national centre of Programmes start September/October 2012. excellence in European Studies by the government. A unique feature of the ERI is that we are almost alone in the UK, and indeed the Learn more world, in being able to provide comprehensive European Studies www.birmingham.ac.uk/research/activity/european- Social Science degrees, which cross the traditional divide of the research-institute 230 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Government and Society

Doctoral research programmes Postgraduate study We offer two Masters programmes as well as doctoral research European Research PhD/MPhil FT PT programmes. In addition to the expertise of our staff, we have Our overall aim is to gain a fuller understanding of the processes very close links with other departments and research units in of change that are shaping Europe, as a former communist and the College of Social Sciences, allowing us to meet the needs still fragmented East and a more tightly integrated West engage of most research students, whom we support in all stages of increasingly intensively with each other. their work. If you join us, you will find a very friendly, intellectually stimulating and academically supportive research environment. Our research activities are focused on, but not confined to, the following key areas: We run a successful Sociology seminar series and often  East meets West host half-day themed symposia inviting scholars of national  Organising Europe and international standing to discuss their current research.  Comparative governance Postgraduate students run their own ‘brown-bag’ seminar  Changing notions of citizenship in Europe where they present papers on their own work in progress.

Our staff have wide experience in research methodology, in Duration of programmes particular in relation to completing dissertations and PhD theses.  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time Contact: Dr Carolyn Moore – +44 (0)121 414 8573;  MPhil – 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time [email protected]  MA – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time

Entry requirements SOCIOLOGY See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact the Department. Sociology at Birmingham has a long history. We have an excellent reputation with a diverse postgraduate community English language requirements with many of our postgraduate students coming from overseas Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). to study in Birmingham. Scholarships and studentships We also contribute to the intercollege MA in Social Research Please contact the Department directly or email (see page 196). [email protected]

Facilities Fees and funding There are currently seven full-time staff members and two research Standard fees apply (see page 62). fellows in the department. There are two main areas of expertise:  Social theory Starting dates  Political sociology Programmes start in September/October 2012.

Learn more www.sociology.bham.ac.uk College of Social Sciences 231

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Taught programmes Doctoral research programmes

Social and Political Theory MA FT PT Sociology PhD/MPhil FT PT This is a distinctive MA programme taught by specialists from Our PhD programmes offer you a combination of taught the Social and Political Theory Research Group in the School of courses in the first year and careful supervision throughout Government and Society. It offers an exciting range of modules your study, with the aim of helping you to produce a thesis that dealing with topics of perennial interest together with topics of makes a significant and original contribution to the discipline. contemporary relevance. Topics studied can include debates We take care to match you with a suitable supervisor, and about religious and cultural diversity and conflict, third wave welcome applications to work in a wide variety of areas. Joint feminism and post-feminism, critical theory and criticism after supervision, both between staff within the Department, and Marx, the relationship of philosophy to social and political enquiry with staff in other departments, is possible in some cases. and criticism, and the study of democracy. All research students have regular meetings with their Social Research (Sociology) MA FT PT supervisors. PhD students also have annual panel meetings This programme is recognised by the ESRC as a research to support and review progress. We encourage you to give training programme designed to provide participants with a conference papers and to publish your work. sound background in overall research design and the most Contact: Dr Andre Broome – +44 (0)121 415 8634; up-to-date training in methods and data collection analysis. [email protected] The core elements of this programme are delivered by staff from across the College of Social Sciences, many of them engaged in cutting-edge research in their own fields. In addition to the research training modules, students will work with a supervisor from the Sociology Group to write a 14,000-word dissertation. Contact for all taught programmes: The Graduate School Secretary – +44 (0)121 414 3497; [email protected] 232 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Social Policy

The School of Social Policy is one of the leading centres for from the HSMC are based in Park House – located close to the applied social policy in the UK. The School focuses in particular heart of the campus with fully-equipped library and information on four key research themes: services, comfortable teaching rooms, restaurant,  Families, communities and social justice IT/internet services and onsite administration.  Health and social care  Wealth, welfare and well-being Pre-arrival support  Third Sector The School undertakes a series of open days, Applicant Visit Days and online events to make it easier for enquirers, applicants Above all, the School of Social Policy is committed to spanning and offer-holders to make contact with our current students and the divide between academia and practice, and to applying its staff. For details on upcoming events, please visit our website or research through teaching, publications, consultancy and contact the School directly. We will also keep in contact with policy advice. you by email up until the point of enrolment, to ensure you are kept up-to-date with developments in the School/Department As part of this mission, the School runs what is believed to be and to help prepare you for your forthcoming studies. the oldest, continually running social work training course in the country, which celebrated its centenary in 2008. It also offers Career prospects/employability a range of undergraduate, postgraduate taught and research Graduates from the School have gone on to pursue careers in a programmes, as well as continuing professional and variety of fields, working with the National Health Service, private management development opportunities. health service providers, for local authorities in the areas of social work, housing, adult services and also pursued careers in The School of Social Policy comprises: academia and research.  Health Services Management Centre (HSMC)  Institute of Applied Social Studies (IASS) APPLIED SOCIAL STUDIES

The School of Social Policy contributes to an Economic and The Institute of Applied Social Studies has close links with Social Research Council (ESRC) research training programme; the other main disciplines in the College of Social Sciences the MA Social Research (see page 196). The University is one of as well as in the Colleges of Arts and Law, and Life and only 12 UK institutions to have been awarded ‘Doctoral Training Environmental Sciences. The Institute’s research and teaching Centre’ status by the ESRC, the UK funding body for social interests range widely across the fields of social policy, sciences. The new centre draws on expertise across the social social care and health and professional practice. We have sciences at Birmingham to deliver outstanding postgraduate well established links with social care and health agencies training for more than 70 social scientists. The Centre will also in the Midlands and with community, user and voluntary reach out to staff, students, and policy makers beyond the organisations regionally, nationally and internationally. University through its programme of short course research training opportunities. Our breadth of interest is reflected in the facilities for graduate research supervision and the range of programmes offered at Facilities postgraduate level. Our research programmes are recognised The IASS is largely based within the refurbished Muirhead Tower by the ESRC and regular postgraduate seminars are offered. on the University’s main Edgbaston campus, offering state-of- There are specialist research training courses to support both the-art teaching and research study facilities. Staff and students research and taught postgraduate students. College of Social Sciences 233

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

Postgraduate study Fees and funding We have been providing social work education since 1908, Standard fees apply (see page 62); except: when one of the first Diplomas in Social Studies in the UK  Social Work MA. For the latest information on fees was established at the University, and celebrated our centenary and funding please contact the School directly. in 2008. The Institute has developed a reputation for delivering high quality teaching and learning which enables students to Starting dates develop into reflective and research informed professionals. Programmes start in September 2012.

Duration of programmes Learn more  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/social-policy/departments/  MA by Research – 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time applied-social-studies  MA – 1 or 2 years full-time; 2 years part-time Contact: Mrs Pat Wright – [email protected]  Diploma/Certificate – 9 months full-time; 18 months part-time Taught programmes Entry requirements See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact Leadership and Management for Social Care the Institute. MA/Postgraduate Diploma PT  SocScD – those applying for the SocScD are usually Leadership and Management for Social Work expected to have a relevant professional qualification MA/Postgraduate Diploma and PQ (Higher Specialist) Award PT and three years’ experience. These programmes are designed for the further development of  MA/Diploma in Social Policy, New Migration and Social those holding a management or other leadership role in a Social Policy, Social Research, and Policy into Practice – a good Care or Social Work setting (who may or may not be eligible for Honours degree or equivalent is normally required. This will a Post Qualifying Award in Social Work). It is relevant to those usually be in a social science, although applications from providing leadership in relation to practice education as well as those with degrees in other disciplines will be considered. service delivery. Areas studied include skills and knowledge for Applications are also encouraged from those without an managing diversity; leading for quality assurance; organisational Honours degree who have five years or more relevant work change; managing partnerships; coaching; managing reflectively experience in a policy or practice area. and leading learning processes.  Social Work and professional post-qualifying programmes – Contact: Hanna Wride – +44 (0)121 415 8024; Contact the Institute for more information. [email protected]

English language requirements Policy into Practice MA/Diploma /PGCert FT PT Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). The study of Policy into Practice concerns the development and nature of government interventions aimed at ensuring the Scholarships and studentships welfare needs of their populations are met, and the ways those Please contact the Department directly or email interventions are put into effect. Starting from an examination [email protected] of UK social policy, the programme widens out to examine the experience and challenges facing other countries. Contact: Liz Ross – +44 (0)121 414 5717; [email protected] 234 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Social Policy

Policy into Practice (with Integrated Placement) MA FT PT Social Research (Social Work and This programme has been designed primarily for international Professional Practice) MA/Diploma FT PT students who are government officers with work experience in These programmes are recognised by the ESRC as a research social policy areas. It starts from an examination of UK social training programme and as the first part of a ‘1+3’ ESRC policy, with opportunities to examine the experience and studentship. They are suitable for those seeking an academic challenges facing other countries, as well as studying UK social or other career in social research, and focus on the theories policy in depth. Students also have the opportunity to take and philosophy of social research, methods and skills, and a work-based placement within one or more public, private the use of research in the study, development and evaluation or third sector organisations in the West Midlands area. of social policy. Contact: Liz Ross – +44 (0)121 414 5717; [email protected] The MA includes assessed courses (120 credits) and the completion of a 10,000-word dissertation (60 credits), New Migration and Social Policy MA FT PT while the Postgraduate Diploma includes assessed courses This new programme explores the social, economic and political (120 credits). impacts of new migration and examines current, proposed and Contact: Ms Pat Wright – +44 (0)121 414 5708; ideal approaches to welfare provision in an era of super-diversity. [email protected] It will analyse the multiple variables displayed by different migrants in terms of age and gender profiles, as well as Social Work MA FT immigration status, and associated rights and entitlements. This two-year programme offers the opportunity to apply the Taking an applied approach, the programme will help you to academic approaches of social science to social work, and learn how to access data sources and undertake research in leads both to a professional qualification in social work and ways that can address the challenges of understanding the an academic award of MA (on completion of a dissertation). nature of superdiverse populations, the needs of superdiverse It is therefore suitable for those with a BA degree in the social communities and how they might be met. sciences or in other disciplines (such as arts and humanities), Contact: Lisa Goodson – +44 (0)121 414 4993; which may also provide an appropriate foundation. In addition [email protected] to academic study, students will also undertake two assessed practice placements and have the opportunity to specialise Social Policy MA/Diploma FT PT in a particular field of practice in their final year. This programme introduces you to the study of social policy and to the recent, current and future political, economic and Applications for this course are made via UCAS demographic context of policy-making. It is particularly suitable www.ucas.com (UCAS code: L502). if you have a first degree in another discipline and are seeking Contacts: a move into the area of social policy. It is also suitable for Kate Ward – +44 (0)121 414 6467; [email protected] international students with experience in social policy, Katie Miller – +44 (0)121 414 5716; [email protected] welfare and care areas in their own country. Social Research (Social Policy) MA/Diploma FT PT The MA includes assessed courses (120 credits) and the Within the public sector, there is an increasing emphasis on completion of a 10,000-word dissertation (60 credits), while the evidence-based policy making and on the critical review of policy Postgraduate Diploma includes assessed courses (120 credits). making and its impacts. This programme will provide you with the Contact: Ms Pat Wright – +44 (0)121 414 5708; skills to make a real difference in this area. It offers you a rigorous [email protected] and systematic social research training, an opportunity to apply College of Social Sciences 235

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

this to your particular area of policy (or practice) interest and Doctoral research programmes the opportunity to study relevant aspects of policy and practice in more depth. Social Policy PhD/MA by Research FT PT Research areas include: This programme is recognised by the ESRC as a research  Communities, families and justice training programme designed to provide participants with a  Wealth, welfare and well-being sound background in overall research design and the most  CHASM – Centre on Household Assets and up to date training in methods and data collection and analysis. Savings Management The core elements of this programme are delivered by staff  Health and social care from across the College of Social Sciences, many of them  Third Sector engaged in cutting-edge research in their own fields.  Migration, faith and ethnicity

The MA programme includes assessed core modules and short For a full list of research interests of staff, including contact courses (120 credits) and the completion of a 10,000-word details, contact the Institute or visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/ dissertation (60 credits), while the Postgraduate Diploma schools/social-policy/departments/applied-social-studies/staff includes the assessed courses only (120 credits). Contact: Pat Wright – +44 (0)121 414 5708; [email protected] HEALTH SERVICES MANAGEMENT

Combined research and taught programme The Health Services Management Centre (HSMC) has a wide range of research, teaching and consultancy activities directed Applied Social Research SocScD FT PT towards increasing the effectiveness of health care services, This ESRC-recognised taught doctorate is designed for both in the National Health Service (NHS) and internationally. those who are involved in the practical aspects of social policy We have a strong research record and our staff publish widely and practice in a wide range of settings including government, in both academic and healthcare-related journals. voluntary organisations, community-based projects, education, social care, health care, probation and user groups, as paid Distinctive features of HSMC’s work and reputation have workers or volunteers. been its recognition of the interdependence between research, teaching and consultancy; its dual expertise on process and It is of interest to policy-makers, social workers, probation officers, content when working with health and social services; and nurses, occupational therapists, clergy, police and others. It aims its emphasis on providing research-based policy analysis, to develop critical reflection on participants’ policy, practice and development and teaching to the health and social organisational contexts, applied social research skills, and an ability care community. to carry out and apply original research. The programme comprises research training, a 40,000-word thesis demonstrating original Facilities work, and a critical reflection on the outcomes of the research. The HSMC library collection on non-clinical aspects of health Contact: Dr Jan Waterson ­– +44 (0)121 414 6227; care consists of around 10,000 books, reports, pamphlets, [email protected] 200 current journal titles, and Department of Health Circulars from 1947 (those published from 1997 are available via the Department of Health website). We subscribe to around 100 journal titles, focused on health care policy and management 236 College of Social Sciences

Social Sciences School of Social Policy

in the UK and internationally. Current issues are on display at the English language requirements library for reference, whilst back copies are shelved separately. Standard English language requirements apply (see page 68). Some titles are also available electronically. A separate section for e-journals is available from the e-journals link on our library Scholarships and studentships website. The library also contains a collection of DVDs as well Please contact the Department directly or email financialsupport@ as holding online resources which can be accessed by students. bham.ac.uk

Postgraduate study Fees and funding Research forms the foundation of HSMC’s work and in our Contact the Department. research we strive for the dual goals of rigour and relevance. This means that our research is conducted to high intellectual Starting dates standards but is not ‘ivory tower’. Our current research interests Programmes start in September 2012. include commissioning, leadership, health and social care partnerships and long term conditions. Learn more www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/social-policy/departments/ We offer two types of research degree: MPhil and PhD. health-services-management-centre Both may be taken either by full- or part-time study. Prospective applicants for research degrees in any aspect of health service Taught programmes management and health care policy are invited to apply, outlining their special interests. As part of their application, candidates Health Care Policy and Management MSc FT PT will need to submit an outline proposal of their research topic. This programme is available with optional specialisms in: Contact: Kate Vos, Postgraduate Programmes Manager –  Commissioning +44 (0)121 414 3174; [email protected]  Quality and Service Improvement

Detailed enquiries should be made to: Dr Tim Freeman, The Health Care Policy and Management programme consists Research Students Co-ordinator – +44 (0)121 414 3213; of four core modules and you also study two further 20-credit [email protected] modules chosen from a wide range offered within HSMC and the University. A 10,000-word dissertation on an agreed topic Duration of programmes in the area of health care policy and management is required  PhD – 3 years full-time; 6 years part-time for the completion of this MSc.  MPhil – 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time Contact: Kate Vos, Postgraduate Programmes Manager –  Diploma/Certificate ­– 9 months full-time; 21 months part-time +44 (0)121 414 3174; [email protected]

Entry requirements Leading Public Service Change See ‘General entry requirements’ on page 68 or contact and Organisational Development MSc FT PT the Department. For anyone involved in the delivery of public services, the drive for continuous improvement is the only constant. This is an intensive and innovative programme of developmental education and is designed to meet this challenge. The programme will provide you with knowledge and critical understanding of leading and managing College of Social Sciences 237

FT Full-time PT Part-time DL Distance Learning

Apply online www.apply.bham.ac.uk see page 66

public service change, equip you with the practical skills for Public Service Commissioning intervening in groups, organisations and more complex systems, MSc/Graduate Diploma/Certificate FT PT and will support your professional development to enhance your Taught in collaboration with the Institute of Local impact and effectiveness as an organisational development and Government Studies (see page 221) change practitioner. It will also enable you to effectively lead and The first course of its kind in the UK, this MSc is aimed at implement change within your own public services. developing your understanding of the politics, principles, evidence and skills associated with public service commissioning The programme is jointly delivered by the University of Birmingham and how these interact across organisational boundaries. It and the Tavistock Institute. is designed for senior managers and policy-makers working Contact: Tracey Gray, Executive Programmes Manager – in or with public commissioning organisations or with an interest +44 (0)121 414 3176; [email protected] in developing their careers in this direction. It is offered on a full-time (one year) or part-time (two year) basis. Leadership for Health Services Improvement MSc PT This part-time programme responds to the contemporary political MSc participants study four core modules plus one sector-specific agenda by developing leadership skills within the context of module from outside the participant’s own area of practice, plus improving health services. It explores the theory, principles any one other option module and a 10,000-word dissertation and practice of leadership and organisational development Diploma participants follow the same module choices as their in health-related organisations with exploration of key issues MSc colleagues but are exempt from the dissertation element. relating to clinical quality and performance, service improvement, Certificate participants study at least two of the core modules and user choice and involvement. It includes a focus on personal plus one further module of their choice. development and action learning. Contact: Sarah Smith – +44 (0)121 414 8390; Contact: Kate Vos, Postgraduate Programmes Manager – [email protected] +44 (0)121 414 3174; [email protected] Doctoral research programmes Managing Partnerships in Health and Social Care MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/Certificate FT PT Health Services Management PhD/MPhil FT PT Taught in collaboration with the Institute of Local We offer the opportunity for research in a wide variety of topics Government Studies (see page 219) relating to health service policy and management, including: This programme is intended for practitioners and managers  Leadership involved in the management and development of partnerships  Long-term conditions within health and social care agencies. The programme consists  Health and social care partnerships of four core modules and you also select two options from  Commissioning health and social care services a range of modules offered by the HSMC and INLOGOV  Providers (or the University in consultation with the programme tutors). Contact: Kate Vos, Postgraduate Programmes Manager – For a complete list of research interests of staff with contact +44 (0)121 414 3174; [email protected] details, visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/schools/social-policy/ departments/health-services-management-centre Detailed enquiries should be made to: Dr Tim Freeman, Research Students Co-ordinator – +44 (0)121 414 3213; [email protected] 238 How to find us Programmes in collaboration with other organisations Programmes in collaboration with other organisations 239

Programmes in collaboration with other organisations 240 Programmes in collaboration with other organisations

Programmes in collaboration with other organisations

University College Birmingham Parkview Clinic University College Birmingham is an independent higher Parkview Clinic is an independent organisation that teaches education institution accredited by the University, teaching postgraduate degree programmes that are validated by the programmes that lead to the award of University of Birmingham University of Birmingham. They offer: qualifications. These include: n Systemic Therapy n Adventure Tourism Management MA/Postgraduate Diploma MA/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate n Early Years For further details about this programme, please contact: PGCE Mr J Burnham n Hospitality Management Parkview Clinic MA/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate 60 Queensbridge Road n Hospitality with Tourism Management Moseley MSc/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate Birmingham n Professional Hospitality and Tourism Management B13 8QE MA/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate Tel: +44 (0)121 243 2000 n Tourism Business Administration MA/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate The Queen’s Foundation n Tourism Destination Management The Queen’s Foundation is an independent college specialising MA/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate in theology and training for the ministry. The foundation offers the following postgraduate programme, validated by the University: Details of these programmes may be obtained through the College’s website www.ucb.ac.uk n Applied Theological Studies MA/Postgraduate Diploma

For further details please visit www.queens.ac.uk How to find us 241

How to find us 242 How to find us

How to find us

BIRMINGHAM IS AT THE HEART OF THE UK’S ROAD AND RAIL NETWORK, AND IS EASILY ACCESSIBLE FROM OTHER PARTS OF THE COUNTRY AND BEYOND. THE UNIVERSITY’S MAIN CAMPUS IS A MAJOR LANDMARK IN BIRMINGHAM.

The University is committed to reducing its impact on the environment and has a Sustainable Travel Plan containing a series of initiatives to encourage all members of the University community to walk, cycle, car share or use public transport to travel where possible. For information on the travel options available to you please visit www.birmingham.ac.uk/contact/directions

By road Birmingham’s central location makes it easy to get here by car. Simply pop our postcode ‘B15 2TT’ into your sat nav or route planner for step-by-step directions.

By rail We are the only mainland UK university to have its own railway station. Most cross-country services arrive at Birmingham By bus By taxi New Street station in the city centre. Up to There are frequent services from the city There are taxi ranks at Birmingham New six trains an hour depart for the University centre to the University’s Edgbaston and Street station and throughout the city on the cross-city line (final destination Selly Oak campuses. You can find bus centre. The journey to the University takes Longbridge or Redditch). The centre of timetables and departure point information about ten minutes. the main campus is a five-minute walk at www.travelwm.co.uk from University Station.

By coach There are frequent express coach services to Birmingham from London’s Heathrow and Gatwick airports and many UK cities. The long-distance coach station is in Digbeth in the city centre. How to find us 243

By air Centro Birmingham International airport has direct flights from locations Tel: +44 (0)121 200 2787 in the UK, as well as from the USA, Canada, Europe and the www.centro.org.uk Middle East. The journey by taxi from the airport to the University takes approximately half an hour. A free air–rail link runs from Birmingham Tourism Centre the airport to Birmingham International railway station every two Tel: +44 (0)870 225 0127 minutes and connects with frequent services to Birmingham www.visitbirmingham.com New Street station. If you are arriving at a London airport, there is a frequent train service from London Euston railway station Birmingham International Airport to Birmingham New Street station. Tel: +44 (0)8707 335511 n From Heathrow airport, take the Heathrow Express train to www.bhx.co.uk Paddington station and then the Underground or a taxi to Euston. Alternatively, take an Airbus from Heathrow airport Directions to other University locations direct to Euston station The School of Dentistry is located in Birmingham city centre. n From Gatwick airport, take the Airport Express train to Victoria For directions on how to get there by car, enter the postcode station and then the Underground or a taxi to Euston B4 6NN into your chosen route planner or sat nav.

Further information There are also a number of University locations away from the UK Railways on the Net city. For directions to Stratford-upon-Avon (the Shakespeare Tel: +44 (0)845 748 4950 Institute) and Ironbridge (the Ironbridge Institute) go to www.rail.co.uk www.birmingham.ac.uk/contact/directions

National Express (coach) The Priestly Centre is at Coniston in the Lake District – please Tel: +44 (0)871 781 8178 refer to our website at www.sport.bham.ac.uk/raymondpriestley/ www.nationalexpress.com/coach location.shtml

National Express West Midlands (bus/metro) Tel: +44 (0)871 200 2233 www.nxbus.co.uk/west-midlands 244 How to find us

University locations A School of Dentistry and Children’s Hospital NHS Trust B The Beeches C Hunter Court D The Vale E Conference Park F Edgbaston campus G Medical School H Jarratt Hall I Selly Oak campus J Pritchatts Park How to find us 245

The Selly Oak campus

THE SELLY OAK CAMPUS IS 15 MINUTES FROM BIRMINGHAM CITY CENTRE AND ONLY FIVE MINUTES AWAY BY CAR FROM THE EDGBASTON CAMPUS, ON AN 80-ACRE GARDEN SITE NEAR THE VILLAGE OF BOURNVILLE. IT IS HOME TO THE ORCHARD LEARNING RESOURCE CENTRE AND BBC DRAMA VILLAGE.

To City Centre and Edgbaston Campus

W EO St Andrew’s Hall L EY P AR K RO SG1 AD Hamilton Building Elmfield House SG2 SY1 SG4 Frank Price Building Brooksbank Building SG3 Mary Burnie House The Oaks Day P Nursery Crowther Hall George Cadbury Hall SY2 P 8 3 A

Selly Oak SG5 D Alan Geale House A Visual Arts Centre O Orchard Learning R SG6

Resources Centre P L SY3 O T IS Charles W Gillet R B Centre

L I L H

Y E L D E The Close W BBC Randezvous Café Drama SG7 Village

Chapel Archibald House

P BBC Car Park

W I T H E R F O R D W AY

To Northfield, Longbridge and M5, junction 4 246 How to find us

The Edgbaston campus

THE EDGBASTON CAMPUS IS A SELF-CONTAINED SITE DIVIDED INTO FIVE AREAS. HERE WE PROVIDE AN OVERVIEW OF WHAT YOU’LL FIND IN EACH – FOR MORE DETAILED MAPS GO ONLINE TO www.birmingham.ac.uk/contact/directions

Red Zone Yellow Zone Central academic area, includes facilities for many of our Facilities include Civil and Chemical Engineering, Chemistry, departments including Law, Education, Earth Sciences, Sport and Exercise Sciences, Computer Science and some Physics and Mathematics; also houses the Main Library, Health disciplines shops, banks and the Munrow Sports Centre Green Zone Blue Zone Metallurgy and materials laboratories, electronic engineering Home to the Medical School and associated and the Institute of Archaeology and Antiquity can be found research centres here; also conference facilities and our botanic garden

Orange Zone Student support services including the Guild of Students (Students’ Union) and Chaplaincy How to find us 247

Please note our campus is undergoing major redevelopment. For fully up-to-date maps visit our website.

G21

SOMERS Medical Practice ET R OAD B9 Oakley Court and Dental Centre The Elms es Day Nursery ut Tennis Court in m 15 G20 Pritchatts House D A O R Ashcroft G19 R Park House A H L U A Pritchatts Park N Q A C Village P R M A R A H F G I Conference T IN C M 13 Pritchatts Road IR E Park B H D D A N Priorsfield The Spinney G G18 A T R T E B T S ES A C R R S G17 Peter Scott O T O W House A O D N G5 P G16 Lucas House P A Pritchatts Road R K Car Park R s O inute G14 B8 10 m Garth House A G4 Conference D Park G15 Westmere House

D B7 B6 A G1 O

R BRAILSFORD DRIVE

S

M

L G3 E G6 G2 HOSPIT G13 Hornton Grange B4 AL DRIVE G7 B5 G8 G12 H QUEEN ELIZABETH B3 HOSPITAL G9 North E Gate G11 I V Running R D Track T G10 N AL PR E P N R25 utes ITC C CA in H M m A N A Munrow 5 T I H T V G P R20 S B2 IN Sports Centre R B1 M North Car Park O l IR A choo B ical S D D Med a N P A R E ST CE R O W R21 R19 R18 R22 EST Main Library D W R17 OA P R University Y IT Station S R26 R R23 R16 E IV Key N P U R27 West Y2 Building name Gate R28R.30 R24 Information point R14 KING Y16 R15 The Barber EDWARD’S Institute of SCHOOL Level access entrance Y9 Fine Arts Y8 R2 UN Steps R1 IVER SITY Y2 ROA Y17 D EA P Public car park ST East Y10 R13 Gate MAIN ENTRANCE Hospital R3 H Y1 CHANCELLOR’S Bus stops COURT R8 O3 R4 Y12 R9 E Library D Y11 R5 The Guild G of Students O2 B Museum Y13 R7 R10 A R6 O1 S R12 T Sport facilities Y3 O

24 N O4 First aid P Y4 A RIN R Food and drink Sport and G R H K OAD SOUT Exercise R11 R Retail Sciences Y5 O Y14 A Toilets P D Y6 South ATM Car Park To city centre Canal bridge Y15 Y7 Sculpture trail Sports Pitches AD 24 24 hour security Grange RO Road L STO average walk time Gate South RI 8 B from Chancellor’s Court Pedestrian access only Gate A3 To Jarratt Hall To Selly Oak Campus 248 The small print

The small print – essential information for all students

THE FOLLOWING SECTION COVERS ESSENTIAL INFORMATION FOR ALL APPLICANTS, INCLUDING IMPORTANT TERMS, CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS THAT THE UNIVERSITY WILL APPLY AND RELY UPON IN ITS FUTURE RELATIONSHIP WITH YOU. THE UNIVERSITY THEREFORE CONSIDERS IT ESSENTIAL THAT YOU READ THEM CAREFULLY.

The following documentation and Application and admission to the encourage you to do so at the earliest legislation provides a framework through University: information and requirements opportunity to assist us in putting in place which the University and its students work It is essential that you provide accurate the appropriate support in good time. We together to create a positive environment and complete information in your would normally document the support to for learning and academic achievement: application form. If you fail to do so be provided in an agreed statement. Even n The Undergraduate and Postgraduate the University can withdraw the offer if you have already disclosed a disability, Prospectuses of a place and insist that you leave. please make sure you contact the n The offer letter See also www.birmingham.ac.uk/ Disability and Learning Support Service n The University’s Royal Charter, statutes, students/apply before you accept any offer of a place, ordinances and regulations in order to establish what support is n Code of practice and related Criminal convictions available and the information we need to information on admission to the When you apply to the University, you ensure this can be arranged. You should University of Birmingham must disclose any unspent criminal be aware that if you choose not to n School guidelines convictions. Some programmes will disclose your disability, or to limit that n Programme requirements require the disclosure of all convictions, disclosure, while we will do our best to n Registration documentation spent or unspent. The University will help you, you may not be able to access consider whether such convictions are the full range of support available. The This documentation establishes the basis compatible with membership and a place Disability and Learning Support Team of an agreement between the University on a particular programme. If your situation can be contacted by telephone on 0121 and its students as to the rights, roles changes after the offer of a place please 414 5130 or by email at disability@bham. and responsibilities of both parties. notify the Admissions Tutor for your ac.uk. Further information is also available programme, or if you have already at www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/ Admission to the University is subject enrolled, the Programme Director. disability to the requirement that the applicant will comply with the University’s registration Disabilities Programme entry requirements procedure and will duly observe this If you have study support needs related The programme requirements for documentation. The documentation to a disability, including dyslexia and other admission are set out in the relevant (except for the Prospectus, offer letter specific learning difficulties, mental health section of the prospectus. Please and registration documentation) is conditions, or other health conditions, consider these carefully to ensure you available on the University’s website the University will seek to support you are eligible for your chosen subject. at www.as.bham.ac.uk/legislation/ whenever possible. If you have not yet regulations.shtml disclosed that disability, we would The small print 249

Health requirements regulations are set out on the University’s Financial hardship The University and bodies such as website at www.birmingham.ac.uk/ In addition to the scholarship schemes, the General Medical Council and the students/payments the University is able to provide financial Department for Education require assistance to students who suffer financial applicants for certain programmes to If you are a sponsored student and your hardship during their studies. In particular, provide information regarding their sponsor fails to pay your tuition fees, you the Access to Learning Fund can be used physical health. Applicants may also be will become responsible for payment. to make a means-tested, non-repayable required to undergo a health check and to grant to part-time or full-time provide evidence of immunisation against Your offer letter will indicate whether undergraduate or postgraduate students certain diseases. The offer of a place you will be considered as home/EU or who have been resident in the UK is conditional on such requirements overseas for fees purposes. If you feel throughout the three years prior to the being met. this classification to be incorrect it is start of their course. Further details of this your responsibility to contact the and other awards are available from the Blood-borne viruses Admissions Office. Student Funding Office at www.as.bham. The regulations on the screening and ac.uk/study/support/finance or the admissions to medical schools of students Unless stated otherwise, the programme Department for Education www.direct. with blood-borne viruses, and other and course fees do not include any gov.uk/en/educationandlearning/ regulations, are subject to change from charges for residential accommodation, index.htm time to time and you are advised to examination resits, extensions to the consult the relevant college website designated period of study, travelling Registration and University membership: for up-to-date information. expenses, or other miscellaneous information and requirements expenses which may be related to Fees and payment your programme of study. General guidance and regulations It is your responsibility to make sure your All members of the University (which tuition fees and all other expenses relating If you would like the University to be able includes Registered Students) are to your programme are paid in a timely to discuss your fee account with a third required to comply with the following: manner. The tuition fee will be stated in party, we will require you to complete n Health and safety guidance your offer pack. The fee quoted is revised a ‘Disclosure to a Third Party’ form in n Code of practice on use of computing each academic year. When you register accordance with the Data Protection facilities online, you will be required to indicate how Act 1998. This form can be found at n Equality policy your fees will be paid. If you are paying the www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/ n Discrimination and harassment fee yourself, the University will require payments guidance either full payment or an application to n Data protection policy make payment using the University direct Scholarships n Public interest disclosure policy debit scheme. Information on sources of funding for n Rules on car parking on University postgraduate students can be found at premises As a member of the University you will www.as.bham.ac.uk/study/support/ be bound by the University’s regulations finance/pgstudents Further details of these requirements can on the payment of fees. Failure to be found at www.as.bham.ac.uk/ make payment in accordance with studentlife/welcome/rights/index.shtml the regulations will ultimately result in exclusion from the University. The 250 The small print

Data protection and disclosure Further information can be found at Conduct of personal information www.birmingham.ac.uk/university/ Students are required to attend such The application procedure, registration data-protection lectures, tutorials, examinations and other and your academic progress will provide activities as form part of their programme. the University with a range of information Programmes, courses and modules This includes the requirement to submit about you. It will use this to support The University will make all reasonable theses, dissertations and coursework on you on your programme and for the efforts to deliver your programme as time. Students must also be aware of administration and management of described in the University’s offer letter. and observe the University’s discipline the University, including statistical However, the University may have to vary regulations and codes of conduct (which analysis. Some information may be the method of delivery of your programme, include the University’s right to suspend disclosed outside the University, either and in some cases the syllabus may be or exclude a student in exceptional at your request or in your interest. altered or updated, or your supervisor circumstances on disciplinary grounds), changed. When an agreed supervisor which can be seen at www.as.bham. The information is collected from a number becomes unavailable, for example, through ac.uk/legislation/codesofpractice.shtml of sources including your application, leaving the University’s employment, registration forms and references, and the University will endeavour to find a You may also be subject to the University’s from carrying out Criminal Records Bureau suitable replacement or make alternative regulations on Fitness to Practise, and, if (CRB) or health checks (if necessary). arrangements. In extreme circumstances so, additional information will be included We may disclose information relating to the University may have to discontinue with the offer letter. your academic progress to your sponsor your programme or amalgamate modules. (if you have one). Medical information The modules described in this prospectus Diversity and equality disclosed to the University’s Medical are provided as an illustration and may be The University prides itself on being a Officer or the Student Support and subject to change. In the unlikely event diverse community within a diverse city. Development will be treated as confidential that the University discontinues your Our commitment to equality and diversity and disclosed only in accordance with programme or changes it significantly and the elimination of discrimination is their normal procedures. Information we will tell you at the earliest possible embodied in the University’s Charter and arising from Criminal Records Bureau opportunity. Under such circumstances our aim is to ensure that the University checks will be used only in accordance you may wish to withdraw your application; remains an inclusive environment where with the CRB’s code of practice (see if you do so, the University will assist you in equality of opportunity and tolerance for www.crb.homeoffice.gov.uk). finding an alternativeprogramme either at all are fostered and promoted. Birmingham or at another UK university. We will also ask for emergency contact Termination details and by providing them, you confirm Deposits Subject to the completion of any internal that these individuals have consented to We reserve the right to charge a appeals procedures, you may be asked the processing of their personal data by deposit for some programmes. Full to leave the University if: the University. All information will be kept details will be included in our offer n Your academic performance is for a reasonable period in accordance letter where appropriate. not satisfactory with legal requirements and for n Action is taken against you in accordance administration purposes. with the University’s disciplinary or Fitness to Practise procedures The small print 251

n You fail to pay your fees in accordance Generally the procedure is the same n The General Medical Council and with the University’s regulations on for both students and members of staff. the British Dental Association stipulate payment of fees The University claims ownership of the that the wearing of gloves and/or n You are expelled or dismissed from intellectual property, and if it is exploited, burkas is not permitted in the clinical any other organisation which you are it passes a substantial benefit from the setting. Medical students are required required to attend or be a member net profits back to the student or staff to sign a code of practice in which they of as part of your programme member. However, if you have any agree to show their faces at all times, n In the reasonable opinion of the questions or concerns regarding these and must be prepared to examine and University, you have failed to provide provisions please discuss them with touch patients of both sexes. See www. the University with all relevant your supervisor or Head of School. birmingham.ac.uk/students/support information, or have supplied false or misleading information, relating to Accommodation General matters your application for your programme If you apply to the University to reside The agreement is between the University n As a result of your actions the in University accommodation this is and the student and only these two parties University is unable to find a suitable dependent on you continuing to study can enforce the agreement between them. placement which is required to at the University. There are separate terms The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) complete your programme and conditions which apply to your Act 1999 shall not apply. The agreement occupation of University accommodation between the student and the University Depending on the circumstances the and further details of these are available is governed by English law. Further University may also be entitled to take from Housing Services at www. information can be found on our legal action against you (for example to birmingham.ac.uk/accommodation website www.birmingham.ac.uk recover an outstanding debt). Provided the action taken to terminate the Religious observance If you have any questions please contact agreement is in accordance with the Whilst the University promotes an the Undergraduate Admissions Tutor for University’s procedures, the University will egalitarian learning community, applicants your school. not be liable for any loss or damage which and students should be aware that: you may suffer as a result. Neither the n In an intensive course we have to Further information student nor the University shall be liable routinely schedule activities, including This prospectus was published in to each other for any failure or delay in examinations, on Fridays and September 2011 and refers to entry performing obligations, if the failure or Saturdays. Where this may conflict from September 2012 to July 2013. delay is due to any cause beyond that with the observance of religious The University of Birmingham reserves party’s reasonable control, for example days for some students, the University the right, without notice, to withdraw fire, flood or industrial dispute. will endeavour to make alternative programmes or raise fees at any time arrangements where reasonably before or after an applicant’s admission. Intellectual property possible. Therefore students are If you have any complaints regarding the You are subject to the University advised to inform the relevant school accuracy or fairness of this prospectus, regulations regarding exploitable new and/or the Examinations Office they should be addressed to the Director inventions and intellectual property arising in writing of such issues as soon of Communications and Marketing, whilst you are a student of the University. as possible. who will investigate the matter and The regulations are available through reply, in writing, within 21 days of the University’s website receiving the letter. www.birmingham.ac.uk 252 Index of research degrees and taught programmes

Index of research degrees and taught programmes

THIS INDEX PROVIDES YOU WITH A LIST OF THE SUBJECT AREAS AND DISCIPLINES IN WHICH DEGREES AND PROGRAMMES ARE ON OFFER AT BIRMINGHAM.

Ancient History 77 Biology, Molecular and Cellular 148 We would encourage you to visit our Antiquity 77 Biomaterials 140, 179 online prospectus which will provide Antiquity, Late 78 Biomedical Ethics 185 a better indication of the breadth of Applied Corpus Linguistics 90 Biomedical Research – In Vivo 172 research activity currently available Applied Educational and Biosciences 146–149 at Birmingham and the large range Child Psychology 213 Brain Imaging and Cognitive of taught programmes, including Applied Linguistics 90 Neuroscience 159 continuing professional development Applied Linguistics, Brain Injury Case Management 158 and distance learning courses. English Language and 89 Brain Injury Rehabilitation 158 Applied Mathematics 136 British First World War Studies 95 For a complete listing of all degrees Applied Meteorology British Politics and the State 228 and programmes, follow the links from: and Climatology 151 British Second World War Studies 95 www.birmingham.ac.uk/students/ Applied Social Research 235 Business 198–200 courses/postgraduate Applied Social Studies 232 Business Administration 200, 203

Applied Theological Studies 240 Business Administration Archaeological Practice 80 Doctorate (DBA) 203 Archaeology and Antiquity 81 Byzantine Studies 77, 80 A Archaeology and Byzantine, Ottoman and Accounting and Finance 200, 204 Heritage Management 81 Modern Greek Studies 81 Advanced Chemical Engineering 120 Archaeology, Professional 80 Advanced Computer Science 128 Art, History of 104–106 Advanced General Dental Practice 179 Artificial intelligence 129 C Advanced Manipulative Astronomy 143 Cancer Epidemiology 185 Physiotherapy 181 Atmospheric Sciences Cancer Research 168 Advancing Practice 181 and Air Pollution 156 Cancer Sciences 170 Adventure Tourism Management 240 Autism (Adults)/ Cardiovascular Medicine 173 African Studies 99, 100 Autism (Children) 208, 211 Caribbean Literature 100 Aid Management 223 Chemical Engineering, Advanced 120 Air Pollution Management Chemical Engineering 119–121 and Control 120, 155 B Chemical Engineering Science 121 Air Power History Theory Biblical Studies 115 Chemistry 122–123 and Practice 94, 97 Bilingualism in Education 211 Child Health, Paediatrics and 177 American and Canadian Studies 82–84 Biochemical Engineering 120 Children with Visual Impairment 212 American Film and Literature 83 Biological Recording and Christian–Muslim Relations 115 Anaesthetics and Intensive Care 173 Species Identification 147 Christianity, History of 95, 97, 113 Analytical Genomics 147 Biological Recording: Collection Civil Engineering 124–126 Anatomy, Functional and Clinical 190 and Management 147 Classics 80 Index of research degrees and taught programmes 253

Classics and Ancient History 81 Cultural Learning 209 Electronic and Computer Engineering/ Classical Archaeology 78 Culture, Religion and 114 with Industrial Studies 132 Clinical and Molecular Genetics 174 Culture and Communication, Electronic, Electrical and Computer Clinical Criminology 158 Italian Studies 102 Engineering 130–133 Clinical Neuropsychiatry 172 Cuneiform and Ancient Near Electronic Scholarly Editing 113 Clinical Neuroscience 174 Eastern Studies 80 Embedded Systems/with Industrial Clinical Oncology 170 Studies 132 Clinical Primary and Engineered Materials for High Community Care 181 D Performance Applications Clinical Psychology 159, 161 Dental Practice, Advanced General 179 in Aerospace and Related Cognition and Computational Dentistry 178–179 Technologies 140 Neuroscience 160 Dentistry (Biomaterials) 179 Engineering Management 138 Cognition and Neuroscience 159 Dentistry (Primary Dental Care) 179 Engineering, Sustainability Cognitive Behaviour Therapy 159 Dentistry (Tissue Injury and Repair) 179 and Resilience 126 Cognitive Neuropsychology and Development Economics 201, 205 English 87–89 Rehabilitation 160 Development Management 223 English as a Foreign/ Commercial Law 74 Development, Social and Applied Second Language 90 Communications Engineering Psychology 161 English Language and and Networks/with Digital Entrepreneurship 131 Applied Linguistics 89 Industrial Studies 131 Directing and Dramaturgy 85 English Literature 88, 89 Composition, Musical 108 Drama and Theatre Arts 84–86 Enterprise, Environment and Place 151 Computational Neuroscience and Drama and Theatre Studies 86 Environmental and Natural Resource Cognitive Robotics 160 Dramaturgy, Directing and 85 Economics 201 Computer Science 127–129 Environmental Archaeology and Computer Science/ Palaeoenvironments 79 Cognitive Science 129 E Environmental Health 155 Computer Science, Advanced 128 Early Modern History 96 Environmental Health and Risk Computer Security 128 Early Modern Studies, Management 154–156 Computing and systems 129 Renaissance, Reformation and 95 Environmental Science and Risk Conflict Archaeology 79 Earth Sciences 154 Management 156 Conflict, Security and Development 224 East European Studies 216–218 Ethics, Biomedical 185 Conservation and Utilisation Econometrics 135, 205 Ethics, Global 111, 112 of Plant Genetic Resources 148 Economic Competitiveness and European Archaeology 78 Construction Management 125 International Business 202 European Languages Contemporary German Studies 219 Economic Policy 201 and Cultures 101–104 Contemporary History 95 Economic Policy and International European Law 74 Contemporary Religion and Society 115 Business 202 European Research 230 Contemporary Russian and East Economic Theory 205 Evangelical and Charismatic Studies 113 European Studies 216 Economics 201, 205 Executive Management Corporate Governance Economics, Development 201, 205 Development Programmes 221 and Responsibility MBA 199 Education 206–214 Executive MBA 199 Corpus Linguistics 88 Education, Shakespeare and 92 Creative Writing 88 Education and Learning 213 Criminal Law 74 Education for Health Professionals 209 F Criminological Psychology 158 Educational Psychology 213 Film Studies 83 Critical Discourse, Culture and Educational Studies 213 Film and Television: Research and Communication 90 Egyptology 78, 80 Production 83 Cultural Heritage of Shakespeare’s Electromagnetic Sensor Networks/ Finance, Mathematical 135, 201 England 95 with Industrial Studies 132 Financial Engineering (Mathematics) 135 254 Index of research degrees and taught programmes

First World War Studies, British 95 Health Studies 182 International Studies 226–229 Food Safety, Hygiene Health Technology Assessment International Studies in Education 209 and Management 120 (Public Health) 183 Inter-religious Relations 114 Foreign Policy, US 83 Heritage and Identity 79 Introduction to CBT for Occupational Forensic Mental Health Studies 172 Heritage Management 78–79 Health Professionals 185 Forensic Psychology Practice 159, 161 Hispanic Studies 103 Investments 200 Formulation Engineering 121 Historic Environment Conservation 79 Islamic Studies 113, 114 French Studies 102 History 94–98 Italian Studies 102, 104 Functional and Clinical Anatomy 190 History of Art 104–106 Italian Studies: Culture History of Christianity 95, 97, 113 and Communication 104 History of Medicine 184, 186 G History, Contemporary 95 Gender Studies 72 History, Early Modern 96 J General Dental Practice 179 History, Medieval 96, 97 Genomics, Analytical 147 History, Modern 97 Jewish and Holocaust Studies 115 Geography and History, Modern European 96 Environmental Sciences 150–153 History, Twentieth Century British 97 Geotechnical Engineering 125 History, West Midlands 96 L Geotechnical Engineering Hospitality and Tourism 240 Landscape Archaeology 79 and Management 125 Human and Environmental Language, Cognition and German Studies 218–219 Health Impacts of Nanoscience Perceptual Systems 161 Global Banking and Finance MBA 199 and Nanotechnology (HEINN) 156 Language and Linguistics, Global Economic Governance 227 Human Computer Interaction 128 Philosophy of 110 Global Ethics 111, 112 Human Resource Management 202 Languages and Cultures, Global MBA 199 Human Rights and Human Values 111 European 101–104 Globalisation and Governance 227 Hydrogen, Fuel Cells and Late Antiquity 78 Golf Coaching 211 their Applications 121 Law 73–75 Governance, State-building and Hydrogeology 154 Law, Commercial 74 Development 224 Law, Criminal 74 Graduate Diploma in Law 74 Law, European 74 Graduate Entry Medical I Law, Graduate Diploma in 74 Course MBChB 166 Immunity and Infection 191 Law, International Commercial 74 Greek Archaeology 80 Inclusion and Special Leaders and Leadership in Education 213 Educational Needs 209, 211 Leadership and Management Industrial Project Management 121 for Social Care 233 H Initial teacher education 207–208 Leadership and Management Hand-Arm Vibration Syndrome 184 Intelligence Services, US 83 for Social Work 233 Hearing Impairment, Teachers Intercultural and Practical Theology 115 Leadership for Health Services of Children with 212 International Accounting and Finance 200 Improvement 237 Health and Happiness, International Business 202 Leading Public Service Change Philosophy of 110 International Commercial Law 74 and Organisational Development 236 Health Care Policy International Development 222–226 Learning and Learning Contexts 213 and Management 236 International Economics 201 Learning Difficulties and Disabilities Health Economics 185 International Marketing 202 (Severe, Profound and Complex) 211 Health Economics and International Money and Banking 201 Linguistics, Applied 90 Health Policy 182 International Political Economy Linguistics, Corpus 88 Health Research 184 and Development 224, 227 Linguistics, Special Applications of 90 Health Sciences 185 International Relations 227 Literary Linguistics 88 Health Services Management 235–237 International Relations Theory 229 Literature and Film 83 Index of research degrees and taught programmes 255

Literature and Modernity 88 Modern East Mediterranean History 81 Philosophy of Health and Happiness 110 Literature, Culture and Modernity: Modern European History 96 Philosophy of Language Victorian and Modernist 88 Modern Greek Studies 81 and Linguistics 110 Literature, American Film and 83 Modern History 87 Philosophy of Mind and Literature, Caribbean 100 Modern Theology 115 Cognitive Science 110 Literature, English 88, 89 Modernity, Literature and 88 Philosophy of Religion 115 LLB for Graduates 75 Molecular and Cell Biology 149 Philosophy of Religion and Ethics 111 LLM (General) 74 Molecular and Cellular Biology 148 Physical Sciences of Imaging Local and Regional Economic Molecular Biotechnology 147 in the Biomedical Sciences 118 Development 151 Molecular Mechanistic Toxicology 148 Physicians Assistant (Anaesthesia) 172 Local Government Studies 219–222 Molecular Microbiology 149 Physics and Astronomy 141–143 Local Policy and Politics 220 Money, Banking and Finance 201 Physics and Technology Multidisciplinary Optimisation 128, 135 of Nuclear Reactors 143 Multisensory Impairment Physiology 173 M (Deafblindness) 212 Physiotherapy 182 Management 202–203 Music 106–108 Playwriting Studies 86 Management Mathematics 136 Musical Composition 108 Policy into Practice 233, 234 Management of Special Education Musicology 108 Political Economy and in Developing Countries 210 Economic Policy 205 Managing Partnerships in Health Political Science 228 and Social Care 221, 237 N Political Science and Manufacturing Processes, Natural Computation 129 International Studies 226–229 Technology and Modelling 138 Nature-inspired computation 129 Political Theory 228 Marketing 202 Neurophysiology 174 Politics and Religion 228 Marketing Communications 203 Poverty, Inequality and Development 224 Masters in Public Practical Occupational Ergonomics 185 Administration (MPA) 221, 224 O Practical Theology 115 Materials Chemistry 123 Obstetrics and Gynaecology 176 Practice-based Research 86 Materials for Sustainable Occupational and Environmental Primary Care Clinical Sciences 186 Energy Technologies 140 Medicine 186 Primary Education, PGCE – see below Mathematical Finance 135, 201 Occupational Health 182 Primary Education, Mathematics 134–136 Occupational Medicine 184 Postgraduate Diploma 207–208 Mathematics and Computing Occupational Mental Health 184 Professional Archaeology 80 in Biology and Medicine 135 Operations Management 138 Professional Studies/ Mathematics, Operational Research, Organisms and Environment 149 Professional Studies (SENCO) 210 Statistics and Econometrics Ornithology 147 Programmes in collaboration (MORSE) 135 Ottoman Studies 81 with other organisations 240 MBA 198–200 Project Management Mechanical Engineering 137–138 (mechanical engineering) 138 Medical and Radiation Physics 143 P Project Management, Industrial 121 Medicine 175 Paediatrics and Child Health 177 Psychiatry 177 Medicine Graduate Entry Palaeobiology and Psychology 157–161 Course MBChB 166 Palaeoenvironments 154 Public Administration Medieval History 96, 97 Pentecostal and and Development 225 Medieval Studies 88, 89, 95 Charismatic Studies 114, 115 Public and Environmental Medieval Studies (Medieval Literature) 88 PGCE programmes (Postgraduate Health Sciences 155 Metallurgy and Materials 139–140 Diploma in Education) 207–208 Public Economic Management Mind and Cognitive Science, Pharmacology 177 and Finance 223 Philosophy of 110 Philosophy 109–112 Public Health 183 256 Index of research degrees and taught programmes

Public Health (Health Shakespeare and Education 92 Theoretical computer science 129 Technology Assessment) 183 Shakespeare and Theatre 92 Tissue Injury and Repair (Dentistry) 179 Public Health, Epidemiology Shakespeare Studies 92, 93 Tourism Business Administration 240 and Biostatistics 187 Shakespeare, Stratford-upon-Avon Toxicology 148 Public Management 221 and the Cultural History of Transatlantic Studies 83 Public Service 200 Renaissance England 92, 96 Translation Studies 72, 90 Public Service Commissioning 221, 237 Shakespeare’s England, Treatment of Substance Misuse 172 Pure Mathematics 136 Cultural Heritage of 95 Twentieth Century British History 97 Sikh Studies 114 Social and Political Theory 228, 231 Q Social Policy 234, 235 U Social Research 231, 234 Urban and Regional Planning 152 Quaker Studies 114, 115 Social Research (African Studies) 100 Urban and Regional Studies 152, 153 Social Research (Economic Urban Development 224 and Social History) 96 Urban Regeneration and Renewal 152 R Social Research (Social Policy) 234 US Foreign Policy 83 Radio Frequency and Microwave Social Research (Social Work and US Intelligence Services 83 Engineering/with Industrial Studies 132 Professional Practice) 234 Radioactive Waste Management Social Research (Sociology) 231 and Decommissioning 143 Social Work 234 V Railway Systems Engineering Social, Emotional and Vehicle Technology 138 and Integration 125 Behavioural Difficulties 212 Visual Impairment 212 Railway Systems Integration 126 Sociology 230–231 Renaissance, Reformation and South Asian Religions 115 Early Modern Studies 95 Special Applications of Linguistics 90 W Religion, Theology and 112–115 Speech and Language Difficulties 212 Water Resources Technology Religion and Culture 114 Sport and Exercise Sciences 162–163 and Management 126 Religion and Ethics, Philosophy of 111 Sports Coaching 214 West African Studies 99–100 Resilience, Regeneration Statistics 136 West Midlands History 96 and Urban Living 151 Strategic Marketing and Consulting 203 Writing, Creative 88 River Environmental Management 151 Strategic Studies in the Age of Terror 228 Road Management and Engineering 126 Strategy and Procurement Roman History and Archaeology 78 Management 200 Russian and East Subsurface Structure and Properties 154 European Studies 216–218 Systemic Therapy 240 S T School Improvement Teachers of Children with and Educational Leadership 210 Hearing Impairment 212 Scholarly Editing, Electronic 113 Teaching English as a Foreign Science and Engineering of Materials 140 Language (TEFL) 210 Science of Occupational Health, Television [and Film]: Research Safety and the Environment 156, 183 and Production 83 Second World War Studies, British 95 Terrorism and Political Violence 228 Secondary Education, PGCE – see below Theatre, Shakespeare and 92 Secondary Education (QTS), Theatre Studies, Drama and 86 Postgraduate Diploma 206 Theology 114 Security, Computer 128 Theology and Religion 112–115 General index 257

General index

Access to Learning Fund (ALF) 65 E-learning 24 Sources of finance 64-65 Accommodation 59–61 English Language requirements 68 Sport 56–58 Accommodation for Entry requirements for Statutory funding 64 international students 60 international students 68 Student Mentor Scheme 35, 65 Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) 69 Faith and worship 38 Students with disabilities 40 Active lifestyle 58 Fees 62–63 Students’ Union 34–35 ADEPT careers service 36 Graduate School 32–33 Study options 14–19 Advice and Representation Graduate teaching assistantships 65 Support 38–41 Centre (ARC) 35, 38 Groups and societies 34 Support for international students 41 Advice before you arrive Guild of Students 34–35 Supporting your faith 38 (for international students) 44 How to find us 242–244 Taught programme options 14 Alumni 46–47 Immigration advice 44 Terms and conditions 248 Application process 66–69 International Students The city of Birmingham 52–53 Bespoke programmes 18 Advisory Service (ISAS) 41, 44 The Job Zone 65 Bringing your family to the UK 44 Investment 50 Tuition fees 62–63 Career and business skills 36–37 Learning at Birmingham 20–21 University Scholarships 65 Careers and Learning resources 22–23 Universitas 21 42 Employability Centre 36–37, 46 Loans and funds 64–65 Vice-Chancellor’s Welcome 4–5 Campus life 50–51 Making your application 66–69 Visiting the University 259 Childcare facilities 38 Maps 245–247 When to apply 66 Combined research and Mental wellbeing 38 Why come to Birmingham 10–13 taught programmes 16–17 Part-time employment 65 Your offer 69 Community Warden Scheme 35 Planning your career 36–37 Continuing professional Postgraduate open day 259 development 18–19 Pritchatts Park Village Conversion courses 18 accommodation 59 Counselling and guidance 38–41 Private sector accommodation 60–61 Development and Alumni Research councils 64 Relations Office 46 Research degrees 15 Disability issues 40 Research excellence 26–29 Distance education Research in action 28–29 (see distance learning) 18 Research proposals 67 Distance learning 18 Research supervisors, finding 66 Doctoral research study options 15 Selly Oak campus map 245 Earning while you learn 65 Selly Oak Village accommodation 59 Edgbaston campus map 246–247 Short open courses 18 258 Visit the University

Visit the University

A PROSPECTUS CAN ONLY TELL YOU SO MUCH. THE BEST WAY TO FIND OUT WHAT BIRMINGHAM CAN OFFER YOU AS A POSTGRADUATE STUDENT IS TO COME AND SEE FOR YOURSELF.

Postgraduate Open Day Midlands Postgraduate Study Fair

Wednesday 30 November 2011 Wednesday 22 February 2012 n Learn more about our postgraduate study The University works with TARGETcourses to offer the and research opportunities Midlands Postgraduate Study Fair, giving you an opportunity n Get information on hundreds of scholarship to explore the wide range of taught and research options and funding opportunities available in the UK. The Fair is an excellent forum for students n Meet with current students, course directors to talk to representatives from over 60 institutions along with and admissions staff the opportunity to attend a series of free seminars on various n Visit the Careers Advice Lounge, offering aspects of postgraduate study. one-to-one careers guidance sessions n Get expert advice through a programme Other opportunities to visit of presentations, seminars and workshops If you are unable to attend the Postgraduate Open Day, n Take campus tours we organise guided tours of the campus on Tuesdays and Thursdays throughout the year. Advance booking is essential The Open Day is ideal for final-year students at all UK for these visits – please contact the Student Recruitment universities thinking about further study and also for and Outreach Office on +44 (0)121 414 3374; recent and experienced graduates looking to add to [email protected] their skills and qualifications. Register to attend now at www.birmingham.ac.uk/pg If you can’t make one of our scheduled tours you are welcome on to campus at any time to have a look around. You will find directions to the University on pages 242–244 or at www.birmingham.ac.uk/contact/directions

Alternatively, you can get a taste of Birmingham online by visiting our virtual tour at www.virtualtour.bham.ac.uk Sustainability Note for applicants Sustainability is not just about the environment. A strategy This prospectus was published in September 2011 and refers has to encompass ‘people’ and ‘finance’ elements as well. to entry from September 2012 to July 2013. The University The University has grasped the opportunities offered by an reserves the right, without notice, to withdraw programmes institution-wide approach to sustainable development through or raise fees at any time before or after an applicant’s admission. our five-year Sustainability Strategy initiated in 2003. If you have any complaints regarding the fairness or accuracy of this prospectus, they should be addressed to the Director of We have already made significant savings on energy and Communications and Marketing, who will investigate the matter water usage. A waste management contract for the disposal and reply, in writing, within 21 days of receiving the letter. All of general waste optimises our use of recycling. The University internal web addresses have been checked and verified. For has acquired Fairtrade status; one of the first universities to the most up-to-date information, visit www.birmingham.ac.uk do so and our postgraduate students are working on waste minimisation projects with businesses and others. Acknowledgements Designed and produced by External Relations, Our students help us to build the values and current best University of Birmingham practice of sustainable development into all University systems, policies and practices. Photography: David Green/Molyneux Associates/Tracey Gibbs Print: Belmont Press Our commitment to sustainability extends to the materials we use for our publications. This prospectus is printed on © University of Birmingham, September 2011 paper manufactured from 100% recycled fibres (post-consumer waste). The selected waste is cleaned but is not re-bleached. Many thanks to all the students, staff, alumni and friends of the The mill has an environmental management system in place University who have contributed to this publication. and paper is produced in accordance with European environmental legislation. Founded in 1900, Birmingham grew out of the radical vision of its first Chancellor, Joseph Chamberlain, and was England’s first civic university where students from all religions and backgrounds were accepted on an equal basis. From the embryonic beginnings of our Medical School in 1825, Birmingham has maintained the spirit of innovation of our founder and remains a university with a passion for original thought.

Edgbaston, Birmingham, B15 2TT, United Kingdom www.birmingham.ac.uk